Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K

(Mark One)    

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period From                                    to                                     

Commission File Number 1-15525



EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   36-4316614
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

One Edwards Way, Irvine, California 92614
(Address of principal executive offices) (ZIP Code)

(949) 250-2500
Registrant's telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Name of each exchange on which registered:
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None



          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý  No  o

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  o  No  ý

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý  No  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý  No  o

          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ý   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller Reporting Company  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  o  No  ý

          The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 29, 2012 (the last trading day of the registrant's most recently completed second quarter): $11,803,285,983 based on a closing price of $103.30 of the registrant's common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purpose.

          The number of shares outstanding of the registrant's common stock, $1.00 par value, as of January 31, 2013, was 114,100,658.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

          Portions of the registrant's proxy statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (to be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2012) are incorporated by reference into Part III, as indicated herein.


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
Form 10-K Annual Report—2012
Table of Contents

PART I

   

Item 1.

 

Business

  1

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

  11

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

  21

Item 2.

 

Properties

  21

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

  21

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

  21

  

       

PART II

   

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  22

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

  23

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  23

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  39

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  42

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  91

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

  91

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

  91

  

       

PART III

   

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

  92

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

  92

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  92

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  92

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

  92

  

       

PART IV

   

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

  93

 

Signatures

  96

Table of Contents


PART I

Item 1.    Business

         This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company (as defined below in "Corporate Background") intends the forward-looking statements contained in this report to be covered by the safe harbor provisions of such Acts. All statements other than statements of historical fact in this report or referred to or incorporated by reference into this report are "forward-looking statements" for purposes of these sections. These statements include, among other things, any predictions of earnings, revenues, expenses or other financial items, plans or expectations with respect to development activities, clinical trials or regulatory approvals, any statements of plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations, any statements concerning the Company's future operations, financial conditions and prospects, and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. These statements can sometimes be identified by the use of the forward-looking words such as "may," "believe," "will," "expect," "project," "estimate," "should," "anticipate," "plan," "goal," "continue," "seek," "pro forma," "forecast," "intend," "guidance," "optimistic," "aspire," "confident," other forms of these words or similar words or expressions or the negative thereof. Investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties that could cause the Company's results or future business, financial condition, results of operations or performance to differ materially from the Company's historical results or experiences or those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements contained in this report. See "Risk Factors" below for a further discussion of these risks, as well as the Company's subsequent reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made and the Company does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date of the statement. If the Company does update or correct one or more of these statements, investors and others should not conclude that the Company will make additional updates or corrections.

Overview

        Edwards Lifesciences Corporation is focused on technologies that treat structural heart disease and critically ill patients. A pioneer in the development and commercialization of heart valve products, Edwards Lifesciences is the world's leading manufacturer of tissue heart valves and repair products used to replace or repair a patient's diseased or defective heart valve. The Company is also a global leader in hemodynamic monitoring systems used to measure a patient's cardiovascular function in the hospital setting.

        Cardiovascular disease is the number-one cause of death in the world, and is the top disease in terms of health care spending in nearly every country. Cardiovascular disease is progressive in that it tends to worsen over time and often affects an individual's entire circulatory system.

        The products and technologies provided by Edwards Lifesciences to treat advanced cardiovascular disease or critically ill patients are categorized into three main areas: Surgical Heart Valve Therapy, which combines surgical heart valves and Cardiac Surgery Systems; Transcatheter Heart Valves; and Critical Care, which includes Vascular.

        Patients undergoing surgical treatment for cardiovascular disease may be treated using a variety of Edwards Lifesciences' products and technologies. For example, an individual with a heart valve disorder may have a faulty valve. A clinician may elect to remove the valve and replace it with one of Edwards Lifesciences' bioprosthetic surgical tissue heart valves, surgically re-shape and repair the faulty valve with an Edwards Lifesciences annuloplasty ring, or deploy an Edwards Lifesciences transcatheter valve via a minimally invasive catheter-based system. If a patient undergoes open-heart surgery, Edwards Lifesciences' Cardiac Surgery Systems products may be used while the patient's heart and lung functions are being bypassed, or used during minimally invasive valve surgery. Virtually all high-risk patients in the operating room or intensive care unit are candidates for having their cardiac function monitored by Edwards Lifesciences' Critical Care products. If the circulatory problems are in the limbs rather than in the heart, the patient's procedure may involve some of

1


Table of Contents

Edwards Lifesciences' Vascular products, which include various types of balloon-tipped catheters that are used to remove blood clots from diseased blood vessels.

Corporate Background

        Edwards Lifesciences Corporation was incorporated in Delaware on September 10, 1999. Unless otherwise indicated or otherwise required by the context, the terms "we," "our," "it," "its," "Company," "Edwards" and "Edwards Lifesciences" refer to Edwards Lifesciences Corporation and its subsidiaries.

        Edwards Lifesciences' principal executive offices are located at One Edwards Way, Irvine, California 92614. The telephone number at that address is (949) 250-2500. The Company makes available, free of charge on its website located at www.edwards.com, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The Company's corporate governance guidelines, audit and public policy committee charter, compensation and governance committee charter, and code of business conduct (business practice standards) are also posted on the Company's website at www.edwards.com under "Investors." The contents of the Company's website are not incorporated by reference into this report.

Edwards Lifesciences' Product and Technology Offerings

        The following discussion summarizes the main areas of products and technologies offered by Edwards Lifesciences to treat advanced cardiovascular disease. For more information on net sales from these three main areas, see "Net Sales by Product Line " under " Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ."

Surgical Heart Valve Therapy

        Edwards Lifesciences is the global leader in heart valve therapy and the world's leading manufacturer of tissue heart valves and repair products, which are used to replace or repair a patient's diseased or defective heart valve. The Company produces pericardial valves from biologically inert animal tissue sewn onto proprietary wireform stents.

        The core of Edwards Lifesciences' surgical tissue heart valve product line is the Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT pericardial valve, including the line of PERIMOUNT Magna Ease valves, the newest generation pericardial valves for aortic and mitral replacement. With their proven durability and performance, PERIMOUNT valves are the most widely prescribed tissue heart valves in the world. In addition to its replacement valves, Edwards Lifesciences pioneered and is the worldwide leader in heart valve repair therapies, including annuloplasty rings and systems.

        Cardiac surgeons and their patients increasingly are seeking less invasive approaches to aortic or mitral valve surgery, which offer a number of potential benefits, including smaller incisions, less blood loss, quicker recoveries and less scarring. Edwards Lifesciences' ThruPort systems enable minimal incision valve surgery ("MIVS") where surgeons perform intricate procedures through small incisions, and allow surgeons to tailor procedures based on their preferred surgical approach. The ThruPort systems portfolio includes soft tissue retractors, aortic occlusion devices, venting, coronary sinus catheters and reusable instrumentation. To support the adoption of MIVS techniques, the Company offers comprehensive team training, onsite clinical operating room support and educational programs. Edwards Lifesciences is also a global leader in protection cannulae, which are used during cardiac surgery in venous drainage, aortic perfusion, venting and cardioplegia delivery.

        Sales of the Company's surgical tissue heart valve products represented approximately 36%, 40% and 44% of the Company's net sales in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

2


Table of Contents

Transcatheter Heart Valves

        Edwards Lifesciences has leveraged the knowledge and experience from its Surgical Heart Valve portfolio to optimize transcatheter heart valve replacement technology, designed to treat heart valve disease using catheter-based approaches. The Company received approval in the United States in 2011 for the transfemoral delivery of the Edwards SAPIEN transcatheter aortic heart valve for treatment of certain inoperable patients, and in 2012 for the transfemoral and transapical delivery of the Edwards SAPIEN transcatheter aortic heart valve for treatment of certain patients deemed at high risk for traditional open-heart surgery. The Edwards SAPIEN transcatheter aortic heart valve is delivered using the RetroFlex 3 delivery system for transfemoral approach, and the Ascendra delivery system for transapical approach. Both are percutaneous beating heart procedures. The Company has also developed the Edwards SAPIEN XT transcatheter heart valve, which is delivered using the lower profile NovaFlex+ delivery system for transfemoral approach, and the Ascendra+ delivery system for other approaches. The Edwards SAPIEN XT valve is available for sale in Europe and certain other international markets, and is currently in clinical study in the United States. In Japan, the clinical study of the Edwards SAPIEN XT valve has been completed and the regulatory approval process is underway. Sales of the Company's Transcatheter Heart Valves represented approximately 29%, 20% and 14% of the Company's net sales in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Critical Care

        Edwards Lifesciences is a world leader in hemodynamic monitoring systems used to measure a patient's heart function in surgical and intensive care settings. Hemodynamic monitoring enables a clinician to balance the oxygen supply and demand of a critically ill patient and plays an important role in assuring tissue and organ perfusion, and ultimately patient survival.

        Edwards Lifesciences' hemodynamic monitoring technologies are utilized before, during and after open-heart, major vascular, major abdominal, neurological and orthopedic surgical procedures, as well as for acutely ill patients with conditions such as sepsis, acute respiratory distress syndrome and multi-organ failure. Edwards Lifesciences manufactures and markets the Swan-Ganz line of pulmonary artery catheters, and the PreSep continuous venous oximetry catheter for measuring central venous oxygen saturation. The Edwards hemodynamic monitoring product line also includes the FloTrac continuous cardiac output monitoring system, a minimally invasive cardiac monitoring technology for goal-directed hemodynamic optimization. The Company's VolumeView sensor-catheter set measures a critically ill patient's volumetric hemodynamic parameters, while the EV1000 clinical monitoring platform displays a patient's physiologic status and integrates many of the Company's sensors and catheters into one intuitive platform.

        In 2012, Edwards Lifesciences extended its Critical Care product offering with the acquisition of a non-invasive hemodynamic monitoring product line, which the Company plans to further develop and integrate into its EV1000 clinical platform.

        Edwards Lifesciences is also the global leader in disposable pressure monitoring devices and innovative closed blood sampling systems to help protect both patients and clinicians from the risk of infection. Sales of the Company's hemodynamic monitoring devices represented approximately 26% of the Company's net sales in 2012 and 29% of the Company's net sales in 2011 and 2010.

        The pervasive nature of cardiovascular disease means that the circulatory conditions that occur inside the heart are often mirrored in peripheral blood vessels elsewhere in a patient's body. Atherosclerotic disease is one common condition that involves the thickening of blood vessels and the formation of circulation restricting plaque, clots and other substances.

        Edwards Lifesciences manufactures and sells a variety of products used to treat endolumenal occlusive disease, including balloon-tipped, catheter-based embolectomy products, surgical clips and clamps. Edwards Lifesciences' Fogarty line of embolectomy catheters has been an industry standard for removing blood clots from peripheral blood vessels for more than 40 years.

3


Table of Contents

Competition

        The medical device industry is highly competitive. Edwards Lifesciences competes with many companies, ranging from small start-up enterprises to companies that are larger with broader product offerings than Edwards Lifesciences. Furthermore, new product development and technological change characterize the areas in which Edwards Lifesciences competes. The present or future products of Edwards Lifesciences could be rendered obsolete or uneconomical as a result of technological advances by one or more of Edwards Lifesciences' present or future competitors or by other therapies, including drug therapies. Edwards Lifesciences must continue to develop and acquire new products and technologies to remain competitive in the cardiovascular medical device industry. Edwards Lifesciences believes that it competes primarily on the basis of clinical superiority and innovative features that enhance patient benefit, product reliability, performance, customer and sales support, and cost-effectiveness.

        The cardiovascular segment of the medical device industry is dynamic and subject to significant change due to cost-of-care considerations, regulatory reform, industry and customer consolidation, and evolving patient needs. The ability to provide products and technologies that demonstrate value and improve clinical outcomes is becoming increasingly important for medical device manufacturers.

        Edwards Lifesciences believes that it is globally one of the leading competitors in each of its major product lines. The Company's products and technologies face substantial competition from a number of companies including divisions of companies much larger than Edwards Lifesciences and smaller companies that compete in specific product lines or certain geographies. In Surgical and Transcatheter Heart Valve therapies, the Company's primary competitors include St. Jude Medical, Inc., Medtronic, Inc. and Sorin Group. In Critical Care, Edwards Lifesciences competes primarily with a variety of companies in specific product lines including ICU Medical, Inc., PULSION Medical Systems AG and LiDCO Group PLC.

Sales and Marketing

        Edwards Lifesciences has a number of broad product lines that require a sales and marketing strategy tailored to its customers in order to deliver high-quality, cost-effective products and technologies to all of its customers worldwide. Edwards Lifesciences' portfolio includes some of the most recognizable product brands in cardiovascular devices today. To help broaden awareness of the Company's products and technologies, Edwards Lifesciences conducts educational symposia and provides training to its customers.

        Because of the diverse global needs of the population that Edwards Lifesciences serves, the Company's distribution system consists of a direct sales force as well as independent distributors. Edwards Lifesciences is not dependent on any single customer and no single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company's net sales in 2012.

        Sales personnel work closely with the primary decision makers who purchase Edwards Lifesciences' products, which primarily include physicians, but can also include material managers, nurses, biomedical staff, hospital administrators, purchasing managers and ministries of health. Also, for certain of its products and where appropriate, the Company's sales force actively pursues approval of Edwards Lifesciences as a qualified supplier for hospital group purchasing organizations ("GPOs") that negotiate contracts with suppliers of medical products. Additionally, Edwards Lifesciences has contracts with a number of United States national and regional buying groups.

        United States.     In the United States, Edwards Lifesciences sells substantially all of its products through its direct sales force. In 2012, 43% of Edwards Lifesciences' reported sales were derived from sales to customers in the United States.

        International.     In 2012, 57% of Edwards Lifesciences' reported sales were derived internationally through its direct sales force and independent distributors. Of the total international sales, 51% were in Europe, 27% were in Japan, and 22% were in Rest of World. Edwards Lifesciences sells its products in approximately 100 countries, and its major international markets include Australia, Canada, China, France,

4


Table of Contents

Germany, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Spain and the United Kingdom. A majority of the sales and marketing approach outside the United States is direct sales, although it varies depending on each country's size and state of development. The international markets in which the Company chooses to market its products are also influenced by the existence of, or potential for, adequate product reimbursement at the country level.

Raw Materials and Manufacturing

        Edwards Lifesciences operates manufacturing facilities in various geographies around the world. The Company's Surgical Heart Valve Therapy and Transcatheter Heart Valve products are manufactured in California, Switzerland, Utah and Singapore. Critical Care products are manufactured primarily in the Company's facilities located in Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic.

        Edwards Lifesciences uses a diverse and broad range of raw and organic materials in the design, development and manufacture of its products. Edwards Lifesciences' non-implantable products are manufactured from man-made raw materials including resins, chemicals, electronics and metal. Most of Edwards Lifesciences' Surgical Heart Valve Therapy and Transcatheter Heart Valve products are manufactured from natural tissues harvested from animal tissue, as well as man-made materials. The Company purchases certain materials and components used in manufacturing its products from external suppliers. In addition, Edwards Lifesciences purchases certain supplies from single sources for reasons of quality assurance, sole source availability, cost effectiveness or constraints resulting from regulatory requirements.

        Edwards Lifesciences works closely with its suppliers to mitigate risk and assure continuity of supply while maintaining uncompromised quality and reliability. Alternative supplier options are generally considered and identified, although the Company does not typically pursue regulatory qualification of alternative sources due to the strength of its existing supplier relationships and the time and expense associated with the regulatory validation process.

        Edwards Lifesciences follows rigorous sourcing and manufacturing procedures intended to safeguard humans from potential risks associated with diseases such as bovine spongiform encephalopathy ("BSE"). International health and regulatory authorities have given guidance identifying three factors contributing to the control of BSE: source of animals, nature of tissue used and manufacturing process controls. In the countries in which the Company sells its products, it complies with all current global guidelines regarding risks for products intended to be implanted in humans. The Company obtains bovine tissue used in its pericardial tissue valve products only from sources within the United States and Australia, where strong control measures and surveillance programs exist. In addition, bovine tissue used in the Company's pericardial tissue valve products is from tissue types considered by global health and regulatory organizations to have shown no risk of infectibility. The Company's manufacturing and sterilization processes are designed to render tissue biologically safe from all known infectious agents and viruses, and exceed the worldwide standard for sterile medical products. See "Risk Factors" contained herein.

Quality Assurance

        Edwards Lifesciences is committed to providing quality products to its customers. To meet this commitment, the Company has implemented modern quality systems and concepts throughout the organization. The quality system starts with the initial product specification and continues through the design of the product, component specification processes, and the manufacturing, sales and servicing of the product. The quality system is intended to incorporate quality into products and utilizes continuous improvement concepts throughout the product lifecycle.

        Edwards Lifesciences' operations are certified under applicable international quality systems standards, such as International Organization for Standardization ("ISO") 13485. These standards require, among other items, quality system controls that are applied to product design, component material, suppliers and

5


Table of Contents

manufacturing operations. These ISO certifications can be obtained only after a complete audit of a company's quality system has been conducted by an independent outside auditor. Periodic reexamination by an independent outside auditor is required to maintain these certifications.

Environmental Health and Safety

        Edwards Lifesciences is committed to a safe and healthy workplace and the promotion of environmental excellence in its own communities and worldwide. Through its Environmental Health and Safety function, the Company facilitates compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and monitors performance against these requirements at all levels of its organization. In order to measure performance, the Company monitors a number of metrics, which include the generation of both regulated and non-regulated waste, emissions of air toxics, energy usage and lost time incidents in the Company's production activities. Each of the Company's manufacturing sites is evaluated regularly with respect to a broad range of Environmental Health and Safety criteria.

Research and Development

        Edwards Lifesciences is engaged in ongoing research and development to deliver clinically advanced new products, to enhance the effectiveness, ease of use, safety and reliability of its current leading products, and to expand the applications of its products as appropriate. Edwards Lifesciences focuses on opportunities within specific areas of structural heart disease and critical care monitoring, and is dedicated to developing novel technologies to better enable clinicians to treat patients who suffer from the disease.

        The Company invested $291.3 million in research and development in 2012, $246.3 million in 2011, and $204.4 million in 2010 (15.3%, 14.7% and 14.1% of net sales, respectively). A significant portion of the Company's research and development investment has been applied to extend and defend its leadership position in transcatheter heart valve replacement technologies, surgical tissue heart valves, heart valve repair therapies, and hemodynamic monitoring products. Additionally, the Company dedicates a sizable portion of its research and development investment to developing advanced technologies designed to address unmet clinical needs within the area of structural heart disease.

        Edwards Lifesciences is investing substantially in the development of transcatheter heart valve technologies designed to treat heart valve disease using catheter-based approaches. In the area of transcatheter aortic valve replacement, the Company is developing a repositionable, self-expanding transcatheter heart valve system, the Edwards CENTERA transcatheter valve system, in addition to its next generation balloon-expandable valve, the Edwards SAPIEN 3 transcatheter valve system. Surgical heart valve therapy development programs include the EDWARDS INTUITY Elite Valve System , a minimally invasive aortic heart valve system designed to enable a faster procedure, shorter patient time on cardiopulmonary bypass and a smaller incision. The Company also plans to broaden its offering of minimally invasive surgical technologies and other products to complement its surgical heart valve therapy products.

        In its Critical Care product line, the Company is pursuing the development of non-invasive and minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring systems, including continuous hemodynamic monitoring, automated glucose monitoring and other technologies that collect critical patient information to help clinicians make more informed treatment decisions, for larger patient populations.

        Edwards Lifesciences' research and development activities are conducted primarily in facilities located in the United States, Israel and the Netherlands. The Company's experienced research and development staff is focused on product design and development, quality, clinical research and regulatory compliance. To pursue primary research efforts, Edwards Lifesciences has developed alliances with several leading research institutions and universities, and also works with leading clinicians around the world in conducting scientific studies on the Company's existing and developing products. These studies include clinical trials, which provide data for use in regulatory submissions, and post-market approval studies involving applications of Edwards Lifesciences' products.

6


Table of Contents

Proprietary Technology

        Patents and other proprietary rights are important to the success of Edwards Lifesciences' business. Edwards Lifesciences also relies upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing innovations and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain its competitive position.

        Edwards Lifesciences owns more than 2,500 issued United States patents, pending United States patent applications, issued foreign patents and pending foreign patent applications. The Company also has licensed various United States and foreign patents and patent applications that relate to aspects of the technology incorporated in certain of Edwards Lifesciences' products, including its heart valves, and annuloplasty rings and systems. Edwards Lifesciences also owns or has rights in United States and foreign patents and patent applications in the field of transcatheter heart valve repair and replacement. In addition, Edwards Lifesciences owns or has rights in United States and foreign patents and patent applications that cover catheters, systems and methods for hemodynamic monitoring, and vascular access products.

        Edwards Lifesciences is a party to several license agreements with unrelated third parties pursuant to which it has obtained, for varying terms, the exclusive or non-exclusive rights to certain patents held by such third parties in consideration for cross licensing rights or royalty payments. Edwards Lifesciences has also licensed certain patent rights to others.

        Edwards Lifesciences monitors the products of its competitors for possible infringement of Edwards Lifesciences' owned and/or licensed patents. Litigation has been necessary to enforce certain patent rights held by Edwards Lifesciences, and the Company plans to continue to defend and prosecute its rights with respect to such patents.

        Edwards Lifesciences owns certain United States registered trademarks used in its business. Many Company trademarks have also been registered for use in certain foreign countries where registration is available and Edwards Lifesciences has determined it is commercially advantageous to do so.

Government Regulation and Other Matters

        The Company's products and technologies are subject to regulation by numerous domestic and foreign government agencies, including the United States Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), and various laws and regulations governing the development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, marketing and distribution of the Company's products and technologies. The Company is also governed by federal, state, local and international laws of general applicability, such as those regulating employee health and safety and the protection of the environment. Overall, the amount and scope of domestic and foreign laws and regulations applicable to the Company's business is increasing.

        United States Regulation.     In the United States, the FDA has responsibility for regulating medical devices. The FDA regulates design, development, testing, clinical studies, manufacturing, labeling, promotion and record-keeping for medical devices, and reporting of adverse events, recalls, or other field actions by manufacturers and users to identify potential problems with marketed medical devices. Many of the devices that Edwards Lifesciences develops and markets are in a category for which the FDA has implemented stringent clinical investigation and pre-market clearance or approval requirements. The process of obtaining FDA clearance or approval to market a product is resource intensive, lengthy and costly. FDA review may involve substantial delays that adversely affect the marketing and sale of Edwards Lifesciences' products. A number of the Company's products are pending regulatory clearance or approval to begin commercial sales in various markets. Ultimately, the FDA may not authorize the commercial release of a medical device if it determines the device is not safe and effective or does not meet other standards for clearance. Additionally, even if a product is cleared or approved, the FDA may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effects of these products once commercialized.

        The FDA has the authority to halt the distribution of certain medical devices, detain or seize adulterated or misbranded medical devices, order the repair, replacement or refund of the costs of such devices, or

7


Table of Contents

preclude the importation of devices that are or appear violative. The FDA also conducts inspections to determine compliance with the quality system regulations concerning the manufacturing and design of devices and current medical device reporting regulations, recall regulations, clinical testing regulations, and other requirements. The FDA may withdraw product clearances or approvals due to failure to comply with regulatory standards or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following initial approval and require notification of health professionals and others with regard to medical devices that present unreasonable risks of substantial harm to the public health. Additionally, the failure to comply with FDA or comparable regulatory standards or the discovery of previously unknown product problems could result in fines, delays or suspensions of regulatory clearances or approvals, seizures, injunctions, recalls, refunds, civil money penalties, or criminal prosecution. The Company's compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review. Moreover, the FDA and several other United States agencies administer controls over the export of medical devices from the United States and the importation of devices into the United States, which could also subject the Company to sanctions for noncompliance.

        The Company is also subject to additional laws and regulations that govern its business operations, products and technologies, including:

    federal, state and foreign anti-kickback laws and regulations, which generally prohibit payments to physicians or other purchasers of medical products as an inducement to purchase a product;

    the Stark law, which prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to a provider that bills these programs for the provision of certain designated health services if the physician (or a member of the physician's immediate family) has a financial relationship with that provider;

    federal and state laws and regulations that protect the confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient records, and restrict the use and disclosure of such information, in particular, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996;

    the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires public disclosure of the financial relationships of United States physicians and teaching hospitals with applicable manufacturers, including medical device, pharmaceutical and biologics companies;

    the False Claims Act, which prohibits the submission of false or otherwise improper claims for payment to a federally funded health care program, and health care fraud statutes that prohibit false statements and improper claims to any third-party payor; and

    the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which can be used to prosecute companies in the United States for arrangements with foreign government officials or other parties outside the United States.

        Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in criminal liability, significant fines or penalties, negative publicity and substantial costs and expenses associated with investigation and enforcement activities. To assist in the Company's compliance efforts, the Company adheres to many codes of ethics and conduct regarding its sales and marketing activities in the United States and other countries in which it operates. In addition, the Company has in place a dedicated team to improve its internal business compliance programs and policies.

        International Regulation.     Internationally, the regulation of medical devices is complex. In Europe, the Company's products are subject to extensive regulatory requirements. The regulatory regime in the European Union for medical devices became mandatory in June 1998. It requires that medical devices may only be placed on the market if they do not compromise safety and health when properly installed, maintained and used in accordance with their intended purpose. National laws conforming to the European Union's legislation regulate the Company's products under the medical devices regulatory system. Although the more variable national requirements under which medical devices were formerly regulated have been substantially replaced by the European Union Medical Devices Directive, individual nations can still impose unique requirements

8


Table of Contents

that may require supplemental submissions. The European Union medical device laws require manufacturers to declare that their products conform to the essential regulatory requirements after which the products may be placed on the market bearing the CE Mark. Manufacturers' quality systems for products in all but the lowest risk classification are also subject to certification and audit by an independent notified body. In Europe, particular emphasis is being placed on more sophisticated and faster procedures for the reporting of adverse events to the competent authorities.

        In Japan, pre-market approval and clinical studies are required as is governmental pricing approval for medical devices. Clinical studies are subject to a stringent "Good Clinical Practices" standard. Approval time frames from the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare vary from simple notifications to review periods of one or more years, depending on the complexity and risk level of the device. In addition, importation into Japan of medical devices is subject to the "Good Import Practices" regulations. As with any highly regulated market, significant changes in the regulatory environment could adversely affect future sales.

        In many of the other foreign countries in which the Company markets its products, the Company may be subject to regulations affecting, among other things:

    product standards and specifications;

    packaging requirements;

    labeling requirements;

    quality system requirements;

    import restrictions;

    tariffs;

    duties; and

    tax requirements.

        Many of the regulations applicable to our devices and products in these countries are similar to those of the FDA. In some regions, the level of government regulation of medical devices is increasing, which can lengthen time to market and increase registration and approval costs. In many countries, the national health or social security organizations require the Company's products to be qualified before they can be marketed and considered eligible for reimbursement.

        Health Care Initiatives.     Government and private sector initiatives to limit the growth of health care costs, including price regulation and competitive pricing, coverage and payment policies, comparative effectiveness therapies, technology assessments and managed-care arrangements, are continuing in many countries where Edwards Lifesciences does business, including the United States, Europe and Japan. As a result of these changes, the marketplace has placed increased emphasis on the delivery of more cost-effective medical therapies. For example, government programs, private health care insurance and managed-care plans have attempted to control costs by limiting the amount of reimbursement they will pay for procedures or treatments, and some third-party payors require their pre-approval before new or innovative devices or therapies are utilized by patients. These various initiatives have created increased price sensitivity over medical products generally and may impact demand for the Company's products and technologies.

        The delivery of the Company's products is subject to regulation by the Health and Human Services Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services ("CMS") and comparable state and foreign agencies responsible for reimbursement and regulation of health care items and services. Foreign governments also impose regulations in connection with their health care reimbursement programs and the delivery of health care items and services. Reimbursement schedules regulate the amount the United States government will reimburse hospitals and doctors for the inpatient care of persons covered by Medicare. CMS may also review whether and/or under what circumstances a procedure or technology is reimbursable. Several legislative proposals in

9


Table of Contents

the United States have been advanced that would restrict future funding increases for government-funded programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. Changes in current reimbursement levels could have an adverse effect on market demand and the Company's pricing flexibility.

        Hospital reimbursement in the United States for transcatheter aortic valve replacement ("TAVR") procedures is currently aligned with surgical aortic valve replacement codes. On May 1, 2012, CMS issued a National Coverage Determination ("NCD") that provided nationwide coverage of TAVR for patients who either fall within FDA-approved criteria or are part of an approved clinical study. The Company has always believed a well-written NCD that ensures adequate patient access is a positive for patients and physicians.

        Health care cost containment efforts have also prompted domestic hospitals and other customers of medical device manufacturers to consolidate into larger purchasing groups to enhance purchasing power, and this trend is expected to continue. The medical device industry has also experienced some consolidation, partly in order to offer a broader range of products to large purchasers. As a result, transactions with customers are larger, more complex and tend to involve more long-term contracts than in the past. These larger customers, due to their enhanced purchasing power, may attempt to increase the pressure on product pricing.

        Health Care Reform.     In 2010, significant reforms to the health care system were adopted as law in the United States. The law includes provisions that, among other things, reduce or limit Medicare reimbursement, require all individuals to have health insurance (with limited exceptions) and impose increased taxes. Specifically, the law requires the medical device industry to subsidize health care reform in the form of a 2.3% excise tax on United States sales of most medical devices beginning in 2013. The excise tax will increase the Company's operating expenses. Because many other parts of the 2010 health care law remain subject to implementation, the long-term impact on the Company is uncertain. The new law or any future legislation could reduce medical procedure volumes, lower reimbursement for the Company's products, and impact the demand for the Company's products or the prices at which the Company sells its products.

        Puerto Rico Excise Tax.     On October 25, 2010, the Puerto Rican government enacted a new tax law effective for transactions occurring after December 31, 2010. The law, Act 154, modifies Puerto Rican tax law by imposing a temporary excise tax on intercompany purchases made through 2016 and by adopting a new sourcing rule. The Company projects that the excise tax impact for 2012 of $5.9 million will be offset by credits available under the implementing excise tax regulations. The financial impact of the new sourcing rule is not expected to be material.

        The Puerto Rican government recently announced plans effective in 2013 to increase the excise tax rate to four percent and to maintain that level through 2017. The Company projects that the excise tax impact for 2013 of approximately $5.3 million will be fully offset by credits.

Seasonality

        Edwards Lifesciences' quarterly net sales are influenced by many factors, including new product introductions, acquisitions, regulatory approvals, patient and physician holiday schedules, and other factors. Net sales in the third quarter are typically lower than other quarters of the year due to the seasonality of the United States and European markets, where summer vacation schedules normally result in fewer medical procedures.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2012, Edwards Lifesciences had approximately 8,200 employees worldwide, the majority of whom were located in the United States, the Dominican Republic, and Singapore. Other major concentrations of employees are located in Europe and Japan. Edwards Lifesciences emphasizes competitive compensation, benefits, equity participation and work environment practices in its efforts to attract and retain qualified personnel, and employs a rigorous talent management system. None of Edwards Lifesciences' North

10


Table of Contents

American employees are represented by a labor union. In various countries outside of North America, the Company interacts with trade unions and work councils that represent a limited number of employees.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors

         Our business and assets are subject to varying degrees of risk and uncertainty. An investor should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also adversely affect our business. If any of these events or circumstances occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially harmed. In that case, the value of our securities could decline and an investor could lose part or all of his or her investment. In addition, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws that are contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in our other filings or statements may be subject to the risks described below as well as other risks and uncertainties. Please read the cautionary notice regarding forward-looking statements in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, below.

If we do not introduce new products in a timely manner, our products may become obsolete and our operating results may suffer.

        The cardiovascular products industry is characterized by technological changes, frequent new product introductions and evolving industry standards. Without the timely introduction of new and improved products, our products could become technologically obsolete or more susceptible to competition and our revenue and operating results would suffer. Even if we are able to develop new or improved products, our ability to market them could be limited by the need for regulatory clearance, restrictions imposed on approved indications, entrenched patterns of clinical practice, uncertainty over third-party reimbursement or other factors. We devote significant financial and other resources to our research and development activities; however, the research and development process is prolonged and entails considerable uncertainty. Accordingly, products we are currently developing may not complete the development process or obtain the regulatory or other approvals required to market such products in a timely manner or at all.

        Technical innovations often require substantial time and investment before we can determine their commercial viability. We may not have the financial resources necessary to fund all of these projects. In addition, even if we are able to successfully develop new or improved products, they may not produce revenue in excess of the costs of development, and they may be rendered obsolete or less competitive by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products with newer technologies or features or other factors.

We may incur product liability losses that could adversely affect our operating results.

        Our business exposes us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture and marketing of medical devices. Our products are often used in surgical and intensive care settings with seriously ill patients. In addition, many of the medical devices we manufacture and sell are designed to be implanted in the human body for long periods of time. Component failures, manufacturing flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product related risks or product related information could result in an unsafe condition or injury to, or death of, patients. Such a problem could result in product liability lawsuits and claims, safety alerts or product recalls in the future, which, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation and on our ability to attract and retain customers. Product liability claims may be brought from time to time either by individuals or by groups seeking to represent a class. We may incur charges related to such matters in excess of any established reserves and such charges, including the establishment of any such reserves, could have a material adverse impact on our net income and net cash flows.

11


Table of Contents

We may experience supply interruptions that could harm our ability to manufacture products.

        We use a broad range of raw and organic materials and other items in the design and manufacture of our products. Our Surgical and Transcatheter Heart Valve Therapy products are manufactured from treated natural animal tissue and man-made materials. Our non-implantable products are manufactured from man-made raw materials including resins, chemicals, electronics and metals. We purchase certain of the materials and components used in the manufacture of our products from external suppliers, and we purchase certain supplies from single sources for reasons of quality assurance, cost-effectiveness, availability or constraints resulting from regulatory requirements. General economic conditions could adversely affect the financial viability of our suppliers, resulting in their inability to provide materials and components used in the manufacture of our products. While we work closely with suppliers to monitor their financial viability and to assure continuity of supply and maintain high quality and reliability, these efforts may not be successful. In addition, due to the rigorous regulations and requirements of the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of our products (including the need for approval of any change in supply arrangements), we may have difficulty establishing additional or replacement sources on a timely basis or at all if the need arises. Although alternative supplier options are considered and identified, we typically do not pursue regulatory qualification of alternative sources due to the strength of our existing supplier relationships and the time and expense associated with the regulatory validation process. A change in suppliers could require significant effort or investment in circumstances where the items supplied are integral to product performance or incorporate unique technology, and the loss of any existing supply contract could have a material adverse effect on us.

        Regulatory agencies in the United States or other international geographies from time to time have limited or banned the use of certain materials used in the manufacture of our products. In these circumstances, transition periods typically provide time to arrange for alternative materials. In addition, the SEC recently enacted disclosure rules regarding products that may contain certain minerals that originate from conflict areas in and around the Democratic Republic of Congo. If our suppliers cannot certify that their components do not originate from these conflict areas, we may need to source components from alternative suppliers. If we are unable to identify alternative materials or suppliers and secure approval for their use in a timely manner, our business could be harmed.

        Some of our suppliers are located outside the United States. As a result, trade or regulatory embargoes imposed by foreign countries or the United States could result in delays or shortages that could harm our business.

The manufacture of many of our products is highly complex and subject to strict quality controls. If we or one of our suppliers encounters manufacturing or quality problems, our business could suffer.

        The manufacture of many of our products is highly complex and subject to strict quality controls, due in part to rigorous regulatory requirements. In addition, quality is extremely important due to the serious and costly consequences of a product failure. Problems can arise during the manufacturing process for a number of reasons, including equipment malfunction, failure to follow protocols and procedures, raw material problems or human error. If these problems arise or if we otherwise fail to meet our internal quality standards or those of the FDA or other applicable regulatory body, which include detailed record-keeping requirements, our reputation could be damaged, we could become subject to a safety alert or a recall, we could incur product liability and other costs, product approvals could be delayed and our business could otherwise be adversely affected.

12


Table of Contents

We may be required, from time to time, to recognize charges in connection with the write-down of our investments, asset or business dispositions, or for other reasons.

        We have equity investments in other companies, and we may make similar investments in the future. To the extent that the value of any of these investments declines, we may be required to recognize charges to write down the value of that investment.

        At December 31, 2012, we had $21.1 million of investments in equity instruments of other companies and had recorded unrealized gains of $1.4 million on these investments on our consolidated balance sheet in " Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss ," net of tax.

        In addition, from time to time we identify businesses and products that are not performing at a level commensurate with the rest of our business. We may seek to dispose of these underperforming businesses or products. We may also seek to dispose of other businesses or products for strategic or other business reasons. If we cannot dispose of a business or product on acceptable terms, we may voluntarily cease operations related to that business or product. Any of these events could result in charges, which could be substantial and which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We may not successfully identify and complete acquisitions or strategic alliances on favorable terms or achieve anticipated synergies relating to any acquisitions or alliances, and such acquisitions could result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, require significant management resources and require significant charges or write-downs.

        We regularly explore potential acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies, services or products, as well as potential strategic alliances. We may be unable to find suitable acquisition candidates or appropriate partners with which to form alliances. Even if we identify appropriate acquisition or alliance candidates, we may be unable to complete the acquisitions or alliances on favorable terms, if at all. In addition, the process of integrating an acquired business, technology, service or product into our existing operations could result in unforeseen difficulties and expenditures. Integration of an acquired company often requires significant expenditures as well as significant management resources that otherwise would be available for ongoing development of our other businesses. Moreover, we may not realize the anticipated financial or other benefits of an acquisition or alliance.

        We may be required to take charges or write-downs in connection with acquisitions. In particular, acquisitions of businesses engaged in the development of new products may give rise to in-process research and development assets. To the extent that the value of these assets declines, we may be required to write down the value of the assets. Also, in connection with certain asset acquisitions, we may be required to take an immediate charge related to acquired in-process research and development. Either of these situations could result in substantial charges, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

        Future acquisitions could also involve the issuance of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization of expenses related to other intangible assets, any of which could adversely impact our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, equity or debt financing required for such acquisitions may not be available.

General economic and political conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        External factors can affect our profitability and financial condition. Such external factors include general domestic and global economic conditions, such as interest rates, tax rates and factors affecting global economic stability, and the political environment regarding health care in general. While the economic environment has shown some signs of improvement, the strength and timing of any economic recovery remains uncertain, and we cannot predict to what extent the global economic slowdown may negatively impact our business. For example, negative conditions in the credit and capital markets could impair our ability to access the financial markets for working capital or other funds, and could negatively impact our

13


Table of Contents

ability to borrow. An increase in interest rates could result in an increase in our borrowing costs and could otherwise restrict our ability to access the capital markets. Such conditions could result in decreased liquidity and impairments in the carrying value of our investments, and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. These and other conditions could also adversely affect our customers, and may impact their ability or decision to purchase our products or make payments on a timely basis.

        In 2010, significant reforms to the health care system were adopted as law in the United States. The law includes provisions that, among other things, reduce or limit Medicare reimbursement, require all individuals to have health insurance (with limited exceptions) and impose increased taxes. Specifically, the law requires the medical device industry to subsidize health care reform in the form of a 2.3% excise tax on United States sales of most medical devices beginning in 2013. The excise tax will increase our operating expenses. Because many other parts of the 2010 health care law remain subject to implementation, the long-term impact on us is uncertain. The new law or any future legislation could reduce medical procedure volumes, lower reimbursement for the Company's products, and impact the demand for the Company's products or the prices at which the Company sells its products. For example, the Budget Control Act of 2011, which provided an increase to the United States debt limit, imposed significant cuts in federal spending over the next decade. This measure and other such deficit reduction legislation could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and prospects if they were to result in cuts to, or a restructuring of, entitlement programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.

        We do business with governments outside the United States. A number of these countries, including certain European countries, have experienced a deterioration in credit and economic conditions. These conditions have resulted in, and may continue to result in, a reduction in the number of procedures that use our products and an increase in the average length of time that it takes to collect accounts receivable outstanding in these countries. In addition, we have been and may continue to be impacted by declines in sovereign credit ratings or sovereign defaults in these countries.

Our business is subject to economic, political and other risks associated with international sales and operations, including risks arising from currency exchange rate fluctuations.

        Because we sell our products in a number of countries, our business is subject to the risks of doing business internationally, including risks associated with United States government oversight and enforcement of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act as well as with the United Kingdom's Bribery Act and anti-corruption laws in other jurisdictions. Our net sales originating outside of the United States, as a percentage of total net sales, were 57% in 2012. We anticipate that sales from international operations will continue to represent a substantial portion of our total sales. In addition, many of our manufacturing facilities and suppliers are located outside of the United States. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:

    changes in local medical reimbursement policies and programs;

    changes in foreign regulatory requirements;

    changes in a specific country's or region's political or economic conditions, such as the current financial uncertainties in Europe and changing circumstances in emerging regions;

    trade protection measures, quotas, embargoes, import or export licensing requirements and duties, tariffs or surcharges;

    potentially negative impact of tax laws, including tax costs associated with the repatriation of cash;

    difficulty in staffing and managing global operations;

    cultural, exchange rate or other local factors affecting financial terms with customers;

14


Table of Contents

    local economic and financial conditions affecting the collectability of receivables, including receivables from sovereign entities;

    an outbreak of any life threatening communicable disease;

    economic and political instability and local economic and political conditions;

    differing labor regulations; and

    differing protection of intellectual property.

        Substantially all of our sales outside of the United States are denominated in local currencies. Measured in local currency, a substantial portion of our international sales was generated in Europe (and primarily denominated in the Euro) and in Japan. The United States dollar value of our international sales varies with currency exchange rate fluctuations. Decreases in the value of the United States dollar to the Euro or the Japanese yen have the effect of increasing our reported revenues even when the volume of international sales has remained constant. Increases in the value of the United States dollar relative to the Euro or the Japanese yen, as well as other currencies, have the opposite effect and, if significant, could have a material adverse effect on our reported revenues and results of operations. We have a hedging program for certain currencies that attempts to manage currency exchange rate risks to an acceptable level based on management's judgment of the appropriate trade-off between risk, opportunity and cost; however, this hedging program does not completely eliminate the effects of currency exchange rate fluctuations.

        The United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act, and similar laws in other jurisdictions contain prohibitions against bribery and other illegal payments or for the failure to have procedures in place that prevent such payments. Recent years have seen an increasing number of investigations and other enforcement activities under these laws. Although we have compliance programs in place with respect to these laws, no assurance can be given that a violation will not be found, and if found, the resulting penalties could adversely affect us and our business.

The stock market can be volatile and fluctuations in our quarterly operating results as well as other factors could cause our stock price to decline.

        From time to time the stock market experiences extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility can have a significant effect on the market prices of securities for reasons unrelated to underlying performance. These broad market fluctuations may materially adversely affect our stock price, regardless of our operating results. In addition, the market price of our common stock could fluctuate substantially in response to any of the other risk factors set out above and below, as well as a number of other factors, including the performance of comparable companies or the medical device industry, or changes in financial estimates and recommendations of securities analysts.

        Our sales and operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter. A high proportion of our costs are fixed, due in part to significant sales, research and development, and manufacturing costs. Thus, small declines in revenue could disproportionately affect our operating results in a quarter, and the price of our common stock could fall. Other factors that could affect our quarterly operating results include:

    announcements of innovations, new products, strategic developments or business combinations by us or our competitors;

    demand for and clinical acceptance of products;

    the timing and execution of customer contracts, particularly large contracts that would materially affect our operating results in a given quarter;

    the timing of sales of products and of the introduction of new products;

    the timing or marketing, training, and other expenses related to the introduction of new products;

15


Table of Contents

    the timing of regulatory approvals;

    changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

    delays or problems in introducing new products, such as slower than anticipated adoption of transcatheter heart valves;

    changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;

    the timing of approvals of governmental reimbursement rates or changes in reimbursement rates for our products;

    increased expenses, whether related to sales and marketing, raw materials or supplies, product development or administration;

    changes in the level of economic activity in the United States or other regions in which we do business;

    costs related to acquisitions of technologies or businesses; and

    our ability to expand our operations and the amount and timing of expansion-related expenditures.

We face intense competition, and if we do not compete effectively our business will be harmed.

        The cardiovascular medical device industry is highly competitive. We compete with many companies, some of which have longer operating histories, better brand or name recognition, and broader product offerings. Our customers consider many factors when selecting a product, including product reliability, breadth of product line, clinical outcomes, product availability, price, availability and rate of reimbursement, and services provided by the manufacturer. In addition, our ability to compete will depend in large part on our ability to develop and acquire new products and technologies, anticipate technology advances and keep pace with other developers of cardiovascular therapies and technologies. Our sales, technical and other key personnel play an integral role in the development, marketing and selling of new and existing products. If we are unable to recruit, hire, develop and retain a talented, competitive work force, our ability to compete may be adversely affected. Our competitive position can also be adversely affected by product problems, physician advisories and safety alerts, reflecting the importance of quality in the medical device industry. Our position can shift as a result of any of these factors. See " Competition " under " Business " included herein.

Consolidation in the health care industry could have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

        The health care industry has been consolidating and organizations such as GPOs, independent delivery networks, and large single accounts such as the United States Veterans Administration, continue to consolidate purchasing decisions for many of our health care provider customers. As a result, transactions with customers are larger, more complex, and tend to involve more long-term contracts. The purchasing power of these larger customers has increased, and may continue to increase, causing downward pressure on product pricing. If we are not one of the providers selected by one of these organizations, we may be precluded from making sales to its members or participants. Even if we are one of the selected providers, we may be at a disadvantage relative to other selected providers that are able to offer volume discounts based on purchases of a broader range of medical equipment and supplies. Further, we may be required to commit to pricing that has a material adverse effect on our revenues and profit margins, business, financial condition and results of operations. We expect that market demand, governmental regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide health care industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances, which may exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and could adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

16


Table of Contents

Our inability to protect our intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Our success and competitive position are dependent in part upon our proprietary intellectual property. We rely on a combination of patents and trade secrets to protect our proprietary intellectual property, and we expect to continue to do so. Although we seek to protect our proprietary rights through a variety of means, we cannot guarantee that the protective steps we have taken are adequate to protect these rights. Patents issued to or licensed by us in the past or in the future may be challenged and held invalid. In addition, as our patents expire, we may be unsuccessful in extending their protection through patent term extensions. The expiration of, or the failure to maintain or extend our patents, could have a material adverse effect on us.

        We also rely on confidentiality agreements with certain employees, consultants and other third parties to protect, in part, trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements could be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for such a breach. In addition, others could independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information or gain access to our trade secrets or proprietary information.

        We spend significant resources to enforce our intellectual property rights, sometimes resulting in litigation. Intellectual property litigation is complex and can be expensive and time-consuming. However, our efforts in this regard may not be successful. We may not be able to detect infringement. In addition, competitors may design around our technology or develop competing technologies. Patent litigation can result in substantial cost and diversion of effort. Intellectual property protection may also be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries, enabling our competitors to capture increased market position. The invalidation of key intellectual property rights or an unsuccessful outcome in lawsuits filed to protect our intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

Third parties may claim we are infringing their intellectual property, and we could suffer significant litigation or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products.

        During recent years, we and our competitors have been involved in substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the medical device industry. From time to time, we have been and may in the future be forced to defend against claims and legal actions alleging infringement of the intellectual property rights of others, and such intellectual property litigation is typically costly and time-consuming. Adverse determinations in any such litigation could result in significant liabilities to third parties or injunctions, or could require us to seek licenses from third parties and, if such licenses are not available on commercially reasonable terms, prevent us from manufacturing, selling or using certain products, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, some licenses may be non-exclusive, which could provide our competitors access to the same technologies.

        Third parties could also obtain patents that may require us to either redesign products or, if possible, negotiate licenses from such third parties. Such licenses may materially increase our expenses. If we are unable to redesign products or obtain a license, we might have to exit a particular product offering.

We and our customers are subject to rigorous governmental regulations and we may incur significant expenses to comply with these regulations and develop products that are compatible with these regulations. In addition, failure to comply with these regulations could subject us to substantial sanctions which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        The medical devices we manufacture and market are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities, including regulations that cover the composition, labeling, testing, clinical study, design, sourcing, manufacturing, packaging, marketing, advertising, promotion and distribution of our products.

        We are required to register with the FDA as a device manufacturer. As a result, we are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA's Quality System Regulation ("QSR") requirements, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations, including

17


Table of Contents

testing, design, quality control and documentation procedures. The FDA may also inspect our compliance with requirements related to adverse event reporting, recalls or corrections (field actions), the conduct of clinical studies, and other requirements. In the European Union, we are required to maintain certain CE Mark and ISO certifications in order to sell our products, and are subject to periodic inspections by notified bodies to obtain and maintain these certifications. If we or our suppliers fail to adhere to QSR, CE Mark, ISO or similar requirements, this could delay or interrupt product production or sales and/or lead to fines, difficulties in obtaining regulatory clearances, recalls or other consequences, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations or prospects.

        Medical devices must receive FDA clearance or approval before they can be commercially marketed in the United States. In addition, the FDA may require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effects of approved products that have been commercialized, and can prevent or limit further marketing of a product based upon the results of post-marketing programs. In addition, the federal Medical Device Reporting regulations require us to provide information to the FDA whenever there is evidence that reasonably suggests that a device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or, if a malfunction were to occur, would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. Federal regulations also require us to report certain recalls or corrective actions to the FDA. Furthermore, most major markets for medical devices outside the United States require clearance, approval or compliance with certain standards before a product can be commercially marketed. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA and certain foreign governmental authorities, can be costly and time-consuming, and clearances or approvals may not be granted for products or product improvements on a timely basis, if at all. Delays in receipt of, or failure to obtain, clearances or approvals for products or product improvements could result in delayed realization of product revenues or in substantial additional costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations or prospects. At any time after approval of a product for commercial sale, the FDA may conduct periodic inspections to determine compliance with QSR requirements, and/or current Medical Device Reporting regulations, or other regulatory requirements. Noncompliance with applicable requirements may subject the Company or responsible individuals to sanctions including civil money penalties, product seizure, injunction, or criminal prosecution. Additionally, product approvals by the FDA can be withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory standards or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following initial approval.

        We are also subject to various United States and international laws pertaining to health care pricing and fraud and abuse, including prohibitions on kickbacks and the submission of false claims laws and restrictions on relationships with physicians and other referral sources. These laws are broad in scope and are subject to evolving interpretation, which could require us to incur substantial costs to monitor compliance or to alter our practices if we are found not to be in compliance. Violations of these laws may be punishable by criminal or civil sanctions against the Company and our officers and employees, including substantial fines, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in governmental health care programs.

        Despite our implementation of robust compliance processes, we may be subject, from time to time, to inspections, investigations and other enforcement actions by governmental authorities. If we are found not to be in compliance with applicable laws or regulations, the applicable governmental authority can impose fines, delay, suspend, or revoke regulatory clearances or approvals, institute proceedings to detain or seize our products, issue a recall, impose marketing or operating restrictions, enjoin future violations and assess civil penalties against us or our officers or employees, and institute criminal prosecution. Moreover, governmental authorities can ban or request the recall, repair, replacement or refund of the cost of any device or product we manufacture or distribute. Any of the foregoing actions could result in decreased sales as a result of negative publicity and product liability claims, and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition to the sanctions for noncompliance described above, commencement of an enforcement proceeding, inspection or investigation could divert substantial management attention from the operation of our business and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

18


Table of Contents

Our industry is experiencing greater scrutiny and regulation by governmental authorities, which may lead to greater governmental regulation in the future.

        In recent years, the medical device industry has been subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, including by the FDA, numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities, as well as members of Congress. This has included increased regulation, enforcement, inspections, and governmental investigations of the medical device industry and disclosure of financial relationships with health care professionals. We anticipate that the government will continue to scrutinize our industry closely, and that additional regulation by governmental authorities, both foreign and domestic, may increase compliance costs, exposure to litigation and other adverse effects to our operations.

Unsuccessful clinical trials or procedures relating to products under development could have a material adverse effect on our prospects.

        The regulatory approval process for new products and new indications for existing products requires extensive clinical trials and procedures, including early clinical experiences and regulatory studies. Unfavorable or inconsistent clinical data from current or future clinical trials or procedures conducted by us, our competitors, or third parties, or perceptions regarding this clinical data, could adversely affect our ability to obtain necessary approvals and the market's view of our future prospects. Such clinical trials and procedures are inherently uncertain and there can be no assurance that these trials or procedures will be completed in a timely or cost-effective manner or result in a commercially viable product. Failure to successfully complete these trials or procedures in a timely and cost-effective manner could have a material adverse effect on our prospects. Clinical trials or procedures may experience significant setbacks even after earlier trials have shown promising results. Further, preliminary results from clinical trials or procedures may be contradicted by subsequent clinical analysis. In addition, results from our clinical trials or procedures may not be supported by actual long-term studies or clinical experience. If preliminary clinical results are later contradicted, or if initial results cannot be supported by actual long-term studies or clinical experience, our business could be adversely affected. Clinical trials or procedures may be suspended or terminated by us, the FDA or other regulatory authorities at any time if it is believed that the trial participants face unacceptable health risks.

We are subject to risks arising from concerns and/or regulatory actions relating to "mad cow disease."

        Certain of our products, including pericardial tissue valves, are manufactured using bovine tissue. Concerns relating to the potential transmission of BSE, commonly known as "mad cow disease," from cows to humans may result in reduced acceptance of products containing bovine materials. Certain medical device regulatory agencies have considered whether to continue to permit the sale of medical devices that incorporate bovine material. We obtain bovine tissue only from closely controlled sources within the United States and Australia. The bovine tissue used in our pericardial tissue valves is from tissue types considered by global health and regulatory organizations to have shown no risk of infectibility for the suspected BSE infectious agent. We have not experienced any significant adverse impact on our sales as a result of concerns regarding BSE, but no assurance can be given that such an impact may not occur in the future.

If third-party payors decline to reimburse our customers for our products or impose other cost containment measures to reduce reimbursement levels, our ability to profitably sell our products will be harmed.

        We sell our products and technologies to hospitals, doctors and other health care providers, all of which receive reimbursement for the health care services provided to patients from third-party payors, such as government programs (both domestic and international), private insurance plans and managed care programs. The ability of customers to obtain appropriate reimbursement for their products from private and governmental third-party payors is critical to the success of medical technology companies. The availability of reimbursement affects which products customers purchase and the prices they are willing to pay. Reimbursement varies from country to country and can significantly impact acceptance of new products.

19


Table of Contents

        Third-party payors are increasingly attempting to contain health care costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement for medical products and services. There can be no assurance that levels of reimbursement, if any, will not be decreased in the future, or that future legislation, regulation or reimbursement policies of third-party payors will not otherwise adversely affect the demand for and price levels of our products. The introduction of cost containment incentives, combined with closer scrutiny of health care expenditures by both private health insurers and employers, has resulted in increased discounts and contractual adjustments to hospital charges for services performed. Hospitals or physicians may respond to such cost-containment pressures by substituting lower cost products or other therapies. In addition, the 2010 United States health care law could adversely affect reimbursement levels for our products, or otherwise adversely affect our product pricing and profitability.

        Initiatives to limit the growth of health care costs, including price regulation, are underway in several countries around the world. In many countries, customers are reimbursed for our products under a government operated insurance system. Under such a system, the government periodically reviews reimbursement levels and may limit patient access. If a government were to decide to reduce reimbursement levels, our product pricing could be adversely affected.

        Third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure was not used in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods as determined by such third-party payors, or was used for an unapproved indication. Third-party payors may also deny reimbursement for experimental procedures and devices. We believe that many of our existing products are cost-effective, even though the one-time cost may be significant, because they are intended to reduce overall health care costs over a long period of time. We cannot be certain that these third-party payors will recognize these cost savings instead of merely focusing on the lower initial costs associated with competing therapies. If our products are not considered cost-effective by third-party payors, our customers may not be reimbursed for them, resulting in lower sales of our products.

Use of our products in unapproved circumstances could expose us to liabilities.

        The marketing approval from the FDA and other regulators of certain of our products are, or are expected to be, limited to specific indications. We are prohibited by law from marketing or promoting any unapproved use of our products. Physicians, however, can use these products in ways or circumstances other than those strictly within the scope of the regulatory approval. Although the product training we provide to physicians and other health care professionals is limited to approved uses or for clinical trials, no assurance can be given that claims might not be asserted against us if our products are used in ways or for procedures that are not approved.

Our operations are subject to environmental, health and safety regulations that could result in substantial costs.

        Our operations are subject to environmental, health and safety laws, and regulations concerning, among other things, the generation, handling, transportation and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes, the cleanup of hazardous substance releases, and emissions or discharges into the air or water. We have incurred and may incur expenditures in the future in connection with environmental, health and safety laws, and regulations. New laws and regulations, violations of these laws or regulations, stricter enforcement of existing requirements, or the discovery of previously unknown contamination could require us to incur costs or could become the basis for new or increased liabilities that could be material.

The success of many of our products depends upon strong relationships with certain key physicians.

        The development, marketing and sale of many of our products requires us to maintain working relationships with physicians upon whom we rely to provide considerable knowledge and experience. These physicians may assist us as researchers, marketing consultants, product trainers and consultants, inventors and as public speakers. If new laws, regulations or other developments limit our ability to maintain strong

20


Table of Contents

relationships with these professionals or to continue to receive their advice and input, the development and marketing of our products could suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

        None.

Item 2.    Properties

        The locations and uses of the major properties of Edwards Lifesciences are as follows:

North America        
Irvine, California   (1)   Corporate Headquarters, Research and Development, Regulatory and Clinical Affairs, Manufacturing
Irvine, California   (2)   Administration
Draper, Utah   (2)   Administration, Research and Development, Manufacturing
Haina, Dominican Republic   (2)   Manufacturing
Añasco, Puerto Rico   (2)   Manufacturing

Europe

 

 

 

 
Horw, Switzerland   (2)   Manufacturing, Administration
Nyon, Switzerland   (1)   Administration, Marketing

Asia

 

 

 

 
Tokyo, Japan   (2)   Administration, Marketing, Distribution
Singapore   (2)   Manufacturing, Marketing, Distribution, Administration

(1)
Owned property.

(2)
Leased property.

        The Irvine, California lease expires in 2021; the Draper, Utah lease expires in 2025; the Dominican Republic property has one lease that expires in 2016 and one that expires in 2019; the Puerto Rico property has one lease that expires in 2018 and one that expires in 2016; the Horw, Switzerland lease expires in 2014; the Tokyo, Japan lease expires in 2015; and Singapore has one landlease that expires in 2036 and one that expires in 2041. The Company believes its properties have been well maintained, are in good operating condition and are adequate for current needs.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

        For a description of our material pending legal proceedings, please see Note 16 to the " Consolidated Financial Statements " of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated by reference.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

        Not applicable.

21


Table of Contents


PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Price

        The principal market for Edwards Lifesciences' common stock is the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE"). The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the high and low sales prices of Edwards Lifesciences' common stock as reported by the NYSE.

 
  2012   2011  
 
  High   Low   High   Low  

Calendar Quarter Ended:

                         

March 31

  $ 83.96   $ 67.95   $ 91.82   $ 77.26  

June 30

    104.25     67.86     90.38     80.44  

September 30

    109.88     96.36     91.50     61.63  

December 31

    110.79     81.29     77.40     61.59  

Number of Stockholders

        On January 31, 2013 there were 17,086 stockholders of record of Edwards Lifesciences' common stock.

Dividends

        Edwards Lifesciences has never paid any cash dividends on its capital stock and has no current plans to pay any cash dividends. The current policy of Edwards Lifesciences is to retain any future earnings for use in the business of the Company.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Calendar Month Ended
  Total Number
of Shares
(or Units)
Purchased
  Average
Price Paid
per Share
(or Unit)
  Total Number
of Shares (or
Units) Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
  Maximum Number
(or Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
(in millions)(a) (b)
 

October 31, 2012

    700,000   $ 86.70     700,000   $ 373.9  

November 30, 2012

    1,358,164     86.23     1,358,164     247.6  

December 31, 2012

                247.6  
                       

Total

    2,058,164     86.39     2,058,164        
                       

(a)
On September 13, 2011, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions up to $500.0 million of the Company's common stock.

(b)
In November 2012, the Company paid $100.0 million under its November accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") agreement and received an initial delivery of 1.1 million shares of the Company's common stock at $85.73 per share, representing approximately 90 percent of the total contract value. In February 2013, the November ASR concluded, and the Company received an additional 0.1 million shares. Shares purchased pursuant to the ASR agreement are presented in the above table in the periods in which they are received. The amount that may yet be purchased under the stock repurchase program, as presented in the above table, was reduced by the $100.0 million payment.

22


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

        The following table sets forth selected financial information with respect to Edwards Lifesciences. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with Edwards Lifesciences' "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Consolidated Financial Statements" found elsewhere in this Form 10-K. See Note 3 to the "Consolidated Financial Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for discussions of the effect of certain transactions on Edwards Lifesciences' operations.

 
   
  As of or for the Years Ended December 31,  
 
   
  2012   2011   2010   2009   2008  
 
   
  (in millions, except per share data)
 

OPERATING RESULTS

 

Net sales

  $ 1,899.6   $ 1,678.6   $ 1,447.0   $ 1,321.4   $ 1,237.7  

 

Gross profit

    1,405.0     1,188.8     1,038.7     922.3     818.1  

 

Net income(a)

    293.2     236.7     218.0     229.1     128.9  

BALANCE SHEET DATA

 

Total assets

  $ 2,221.5   $ 1,980.5   $ 1,767.2   $ 1,615.5   $ 1,400.2  

 

Long-term debt(b)

    189.3     150.4         90.3     175.5  

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION

 

Net income per common share(a):

                               

 

    Basic

  $ 2.55   $ 2.07   $ 1.92   $ 2.04   $ 1.15  

 

    Diluted

    2.48     1.98     1.83     1.95     1.10  

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

                     

(a)
See Note 3 to the "Consolidated Financial Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for additional information regarding special charges of $16.0 million, $21.6 million and $22.7 million during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(b)
The Company's Five-Year Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement ("the Credit Agreement") matured on September 29, 2011. At December 31, 2010, all amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement were classified as short-term obligations as these obligations were due within one year. In July 2011, the Company entered into a new Four-Year Credit Agreement ("the Credit Facility"). All amounts outstanding under the new Credit Facility have been classified as long-term as the obligations are expected to be refinanced on a long-term basis under the Credit Facility.

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        The following discussion and analysis presents the factors that had a material effect on the results of operations of Edwards Lifesciences during the three years ended December 31, 2012. Also discussed is Edwards Lifesciences' financial position as of December 31, 2012. You should read this discussion in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Overview

        Edwards Lifesciences Corporation is focused on technologies that treat structural heart disease and critically ill patients. A pioneer in the development and commercialization of heart valve products, Edwards Lifesciences is the world's leading manufacturer of tissue heart valves and repair products used to replace or repair a patient's diseased or defective heart valve. The Company is also a global leader in hemodynamic monitoring systems used to measure a patient's cardiovascular function in the hospital setting.

23


Table of Contents

        During the first quarter of 2012, the Company began reporting its products and technologies in three new product groups: Surgical Heart Valve Therapy, which combines surgical heart valves and Cardiac Surgery Systems; Transcatheter Heart Valves; and Critical Care, which includes Vascular. Sales amounts for the prior year periods have been recast to conform with the new product classifications.

        Edwards Lifesciences' Surgical Heart Valve Therapy portfolio is comprised primarily of tissue heart valves and heart valve repair products for the surgical replacement or repair of a patient's heart valve. The portfolio also includes a diverse line of products used during minimally invasive surgical procedures, and cannulae, embolic protection devices and other products used during cardiopulmonary bypass. The Company's Transcatheter Heart Valves portfolio includes technologies designed to treat heart valve disease using catheter-based approaches as opposed to open surgical techniques. In the Critical Care portfolio, Edwards Lifesciences' products include pulmonary artery catheters, disposable pressure transducers and advanced monitoring systems. The portfolio also includes a line of balloon catheter-based vascular products, surgical clips and inserts.

        The health care marketplace continues to be competitive with strong global and local competitors. The Company competes with many companies, ranging from small start-up enterprises to companies that are larger with broader product offerings than Edwards Lifesciences. Furthermore, rapid product development and technological change characterize the market in which the Company competes. Global demand for health care is increasing as the population ages. There is mounting pressure to contain health care costs in the face of this increasing demand, which has resulted in pricing and market share pressures. The cardiovascular segment of the medical device industry is dynamic, and technology, cost-of-care considerations, regulatory reform, industry and customer consolidation, and evolving patient needs are expected to continue to drive change.

        In 2010, significant reforms to the health care system were adopted as law in the United States. The law includes provisions that, among other things, reduce or limit Medicare reimbursement, require all individuals to have health insurance (with limited exceptions) and impose increased taxes. Specifically, the law requires the medical device industry to subsidize health care reform in the form of a 2.3% excise tax on United States sales of most medical devices beginning in 2013. The excise tax will increase the Company's operating expenses. Because many other parts of the 2010 health care law remain subject to implementation, the long-term impact on the Company is uncertain. The new law or any future legislation could reduce medical procedure volumes, lower reimbursement for the Company's products, and impact the demand for the Company's products or the prices at which the Company sells its products.

Results of Operations

    Net Sales by Major Regions
    (dollars in millions)

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Change   Percent Change  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2012   2011   2012   2011  

United States

  $ 812.1   $ 605.6   $ 567.6   $ 206.5   $ 38.0     34.1 %   6.7 %
                                   

Europe

    559.7     574.0     457.0     (14.3 )   117.0     (2.5 )%   25.6 %

Japan

    294.1     283.7     247.8     10.4     35.9     3.7 %   14.5 %

Rest of World

    233.7     215.3     174.6     18.4     40.7     8.5 %   23.3 %
                                   

International

    1,087.5     1,073.0     879.4     14.5     193.6     1.3 %   22.0 %
                                   

Total net sales

  $ 1,899.6   $ 1,678.6   $ 1,447.0   $ 221.0   $ 231.6     13.2 %   16.0 %
                                   

24


Table of Contents

        The $206.5 million increase in net sales in the United States in 2012 was due primarily to:

    Transcatheter Heart Valves, which increased net sales by $203.5 million, driven primarily by sales of the Edwards SAPIEN transcatheter heart valve which was launched in the fourth quarter of 2011.

        The $14.5 million increase in international net sales in 2012 was due primarily to:

    Transcatheter Heart Valves, which increased net sales by $35.9 million, driven primarily by sales of the Edwards SAPIEN XT transcatheter heart valve; and

    Surgical Heart Valve Therapy products, which increased net sales by $19.5 million, driven primarily by sales of the Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT Magna Aortic Ease valve;

        partially offset by:

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which decreased net sales by $42.4 million, due primarily to the weakening of the Euro against the United States dollar.

        The $38.0 million increase in net sales in the United States in 2011 was due primarily to:

    Transcatheter Heart Valves, which increased net sales by $23.5 million, driven primarily by sales of the Edwards SAPIEN and SAPIEN XT transcatheter heart valves for clinical trials and commercial sales resulting from the launch in the fourth quarter of 2011;

    Critical Care products, which increased net sales by $9.3 million, driven primarily by the FloTrac minimally invasive monitoring system and pressure monitoring products.

    Surgical Heart Valve Therapy products, which increased net sales by $5.1 million, driven primarily by the Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT Magna Aortic Ease and Magna Mitral Ease valves (launched in the third quarter of 2010).

        The $193.6 million increase in international net sales in 2011 was due primarily to:

    Transcatheter Heart Valves, which increased net sales by $88.2 million, driven primarily by sales of the Edwards SAPIEN XT transcatheter heart valve;

    Surgical Heart Valve Therapy products, which increased net sales by $20.2 million, driven primarily by the Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT Magna Aortic Ease valve;

    Critical Care products, which increased net sales by $18.6 million, driven primarily by pressure monitoring products and the FloTrac minimally invasive monitoring system; and

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which increased net sales by $58.0 million, due to the strengthening of various currencies against the United States dollar, primarily the Euro and the Japanese yen.

        The impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on net sales is not necessarily indicative of the impact on net income due to the corresponding effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on international manufacturing and operating costs and the Company's hedging activities. For more information see "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk."

25


Table of Contents

    Net Sales by Product Line
    (dollars in millions)

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Change   Percent Change  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2012   2011   2012   2011  

Surgical Heart Valve Therapy

  $ 787.5   $ 784.4   $ 732.1   $ 3.1   $ 52.3     0.4 %   7.1 %

Transcatheter Heart Valves

    552.1     333.8     206.4     218.3     127.4     65.4 %   61.7 %

Critical Care

    560.0     560.4     508.5     (0.4 )   51.9     (0.1 )%   10.2 %
                                   

Total net sales

  $ 1,899.6   $ 1,678.6   $ 1,447.0   $ 221.0   $ 231.6     13.2 %   16.0 %
                                   

    Surgical Heart Valve Therapy

        The $3.1 million increase in net sales of Surgical Heart Valve Therapy products in 2012 was primarily due to:

    surgical heart valve products, which increased net sales by $12.5 million, driven by sales of the Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT Magna Aortic Ease valve; and

    cardiac surgery systems, which increased net sales by $6.0 million, driven by specialty cannula products and minimally invasive surgical products;

        partially offset by:

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which decreased net sales by $15.3 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Euro against the United States dollar.

        The $52.3 million increase in net sales of Surgical Heart Valve Therapy products in 2011 was primarily due to:

    surgical heart valve products, which increased net sales by $21.1 million, driven by sales of the Carpentier-Edwards PERIMOUNT Magna Aortic Ease and Magna Mitral Ease valves; and

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which increased net sales by $25.4 million, primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro and the Japanese yen against the United States dollar.

        In Europe, the Company received CE Mark in February 2012 for EDWARDS INTUITY , its minimally invasive aortic valve surgery system. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company received conditional Investigational Device Exemption ("IDE") approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") to initiate the TRANSFORM Trial, which will evaluate the EDWARDS INTUITY valve system, and began enrollment in the third quarter of 2012. Also, during the second quarter of 2012, the Company received IDE approval to initiate a clinical trial, called COMMENCE, to study its GLX next-generation tissue treatment platform applied to the Magna Ease aortic surgical valve, and in the fourth quarter of 2012 received approval to include the Magna Mitral Ease valve in the study.

        During the second quarter of 2012, the Company received regulatory approval in the United States and Europe for its ProPlege retrograde cardioplegia device, designed to protect the heart during aortic and mitral valve procedures. The Company initiated a limited launch of ProPlege in Europe in June 2012 and in the United States in July 2012.

    Transcatheter Heart Valves

        The $218.3 million increase in net sales of Transcatheter Heart Valves in 2012 was primarily due to:

    the Edwards SAPIEN transcatheter heart valve, which increased net sales by $176.7 million, primarily due to the launch in the United States in the fourth quarter of 2011; and

26


Table of Contents

    the Edwards SAPIEN XT transcatheter heart valve, which increased net sales by $63.8 million, primarily due to an increase in international sales;

        partially offset by:

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which decreased net sales by $16.7 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Euro against the United States dollar.

        The $127.4 million increase in net sales of Transcatheter Heart Valves in 2011 was primarily due to:

    the Edwards SAPIEN XT transcatheter heart valve, which increased net sales by $185.6 million, primarily due to an increase in international sales; and

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which increased net sales by $11.0 million, primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro and the Japanese yen against the United States dollar;

        partially offset by:

    decreased international sales of the Edwards SAPIEN transcatheter heart valve due to the adoption of the SAPIEN XT valve.

        The Company expects that sales of its transcatheter heart valves will continue to grow during 2013. In November 2011, the Company received approval from the FDA for the transfemoral delivery of the Edwards SAPIEN transcatheter heart valve for treatment of certain inoperable patients with severe symptomatic aortic stenosis (Cohort B of The PARTNER Trial). In October 2012, the Company received approval from the FDA for the transfemoral and transapical delivery of the Edwards SAPIEN transcatheter heart valve for treatment of patients with severe, symptomatic aortic stenosis deemed at high risk for traditional open-heart surgery (Cohort A of The PARTNER Trial). The Company is continuing to conduct the PARTNER II Trial, which is evaluating the Edwards SAPIEN XT transcatheter heart valve for the United States market. In September 2012, the Company received FDA approval to add to the trial its larger 29 millimeter SAPIEN XT valve with the NovaFlex+ delivery system and the Ascendra+ delivery system for both the transapical and new transaortic approach. In early 2013, the Company began enrollment in the CE Mark trial for its SAPIEN 3 valve, designed to reduce paravalvular leak.

    Critical Care

        The $0.4 million decrease in net sales of Critical Care products in 2012 was primarily due to:

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which decreased net sales by $10.4 million, primarily due to the weakening of the Euro against the United States dollar; and

    the discontinuation of distributed sales of certain oximetry products and reduced sales of the Company's Central Venous Access products, which decreased net sales by $6.7 million;

        partially offset by:

    advanced monitoring products, which increased net sales by $16.7 million, driven by FloTrac systems.

        The $51.9 million increase in net sales of Critical Care products in 2011 was primarily due to:

    pressure monitoring products, which increased net sales by $15.4 million;

    advanced monitoring products, led by FloTrac systems, which increased net sales by $13.1 million, and the EV1000 Clinical Platform , which increased net sales by $5.7 million; and

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which increased net sales by $21.6 million, primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro and Japanese yen against the United States dollar.

27


Table of Contents

    Gross Profit

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Change  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2012   2011  

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales

    74.0 %   70.8 %   71.8 %   3.2 pts.   (1.0 ) pts.

        The 3.2 percentage point increase in gross profit as a percentage of net sales in 2012 was driven by:

    a 2.3 percentage point increase due to the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, including the settlement of foreign currency hedging contracts; and

    a 2.3 percentage point increase in the United States due to a more profitable product mix, primarily higher sales of Transcatheter Heart Valves;

        partially offset by:

    the voluntary recalls in the second quarter of 2012 of certain of the Company's heart valves and Critical Care catheters, and manufacturing inefficiencies.

        The 1.0 percentage point decrease in gross profit as a percentage of net sales in 2011 was driven by:

    a 1.3 percentage point decrease due to the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, including the settlement of foreign currency hedging contracts; and

    investments in the expansion of the Company's international manufacturing capacity in preparation for its Transcatheter Heart Valve launch in the United States;

        partially offset by:

    a 0.5 percentage point increase in international markets due to a more profitable international product mix, primarily higher sales of transcatheter heart valves; and

    a 0.3 percentage point increase in the United States due to a more profitable product mix, primarily higher sales across all product lines.

    Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expenses
    (dollars in millions)

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Change  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2012   2011  

SG&A expenses

  $ 705.3   $ 642.4   $ 550.0   $ 62.9   $ 92.4  

SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales

    37.1 %   38.3 %   38.0 %   (1.2 ) pts.   0.3 pts.

        The $62.9 million increase in SG&A expenses in 2012 was due primarily to higher sales and marketing expenses in the United States, mainly to support the launch of the Transcatheter Heart Valve program. The decrease in SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales in 2012 was primarily due to the impact of foreign currency and lower sales and marketing expenses in Europe as a percentage of net sales. The impact of foreign currency reduced SG&A expenses by $17.0 million due primarily to the weakening of the Euro against the United States dollar.

        The $92.4 million increase in SG&A expenses in 2011 was due primarily to higher sales and marketing expenses in the United States and Europe, mainly to support the launch of the Transcatheter Heart Valve program. The impact of foreign currency increased SG&A expenses by $21.3 million due to the strengthening of various currencies against the United States dollar, primarily the Euro and the Japanese yen.

        In 2010, significant reforms to the health care system were adopted as law in the United States. The law requires the medical device industry to subsidize health care reform in the form of a 2.3% excise tax on

28


Table of Contents

United States sales of most medical devices beginning in 2013, which will increase the Company's SG&A expenses.

    Research and Development Expenses
    (dollars in millions)

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Change  
 
  2012   2011   2010   2012   2011  

Research and development expenses

  $ 291.3   $ 246.3   $ 204.4   $ 45.0   $ 41.9  

Research and development expenses as a percentage of net sales

    15.3 %   14.7 %   14.1 %   0.6 pts.   0.6 pts.

        The increase in research and development expenses in 2012 and 2011 was primarily due to additional investments in clinical studies and new product development efforts in the Transcatheter Heart Valve program.

    Special Charges
    (in millions)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Realignment expenses

  $ 9.0   $ 5.5   $ 7.2  

Licensing of intellectual property

    7.0          

European receivables reserve

        12.8      

Settlements and litigation

        3.3      

MONARC program discontinuation

            8.3  

Investment impairment

            7.2  
               

Total special charges

  $ 16.0   $ 21.6   $ 22.7  
               

    Realignment Expenses

        In December 2012, the Company recorded a $9.0 million charge related primarily to severance expenses associated with a global workforce realignment impacting 92 employees. As of December 31, 2012, the Company's remaining severance obligations of $8.5 million are expected to be substantially paid by the end of 2013.

        In December 2011, the Company recorded a $5.5 million charge related primarily to severance expenses associated with a global workforce realignment impacting 49 employees. As of December 31, 2012, payments related to the realignment were substantially complete.

        In December 2010, the Company recorded a $7.2 million charge related primarily to severance expenses associated with a global workforce realignment impacting 84 employees. As of December 31, 2012, payments related to the realignment were complete.

    Licensing of Intellectual Property

        In April 2012, the Company obtained an exclusive license to a suturing device for minimally invasive surgery applications. The intellectual property is under development and there is uncertainty as to whether the product will ultimately be approved. The Company recorded a charge of $2.0 million related to the upfront licensing and royalty fees.

29


Table of Contents

        In June 2012, the Company obtained a co-exclusive sublicense to intellectual property related to processing tissue and implanting cardiovascular valves. The intellectual property is under development and there is uncertainty as to whether the product will ultimately be approved. The Company recorded a charge of $5.0 million related to the upfront licensing fee.

    European Receivables Reserve

        During 2011, the Company recorded a $12.8 million charge to reflect the increased risk associated with its southern European receivables, primarily Greece.

    Settlements and Litigation

        In December 2011, the Company recorded a $3.3 million charge related to a litigation settlement.

    MONARC Program Discontinuation

        During the second quarter of 2010, the Company decided to discontinue its MONARC transcatheter mitral valve program due to slow enrollment in the EVOLUTION II trial. As a result, the Company recorded an $8.3 million charge primarily related to the impairment of intangible assets associated with the program.

    Investment Impairment

        During 2010, the Company recorded a $7.2 million charge related to the other-than-temporary impairment of certain of its investments in unconsolidated affiliates. The Company concluded that the impairment of these investments was other-than-temporary based upon the continuing duration and severity of the impairment.

    Interest Expense

        Interest expense was $4.4 million, $3.1 million and $2.4 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $1.3 million increase in interest expense for 2012 resulted primarily from higher average interest rates and a higher average debt balance as compared to the prior year. The $0.7 million increase in interest expense for 2011 resulted primarily from a higher average debt balance as compared to the prior year.

    Interest Income

        Interest income was $4.8 million, $3.4 million and $0.9 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $1.4 million increase in interest income for 2012 resulted primarily from the recognition of interest income on discounted accounts receivables in southern Europe, partially offset by lower average interest rates. The $2.5 million increase in interest income for 2011 resulted primarily from higher investment returns.

    Other Expense (Income), net
    (in millions)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Foreign exchange losses (gains), net

  $ 1.2   $ 1.9   $ (0.2 )

Losses (gains) on investments in unconsolidated affiliates

    0.7     (5.4 )   (0.8 )

Earn-out payments

        (1.0 )   (6.0 )

Other

    (0.2 )   (0.3 )   (1.1 )
               

Total other expense (income), net

  $ 1.7   $ (4.8 ) $ (8.1 )
               

30


Table of Contents

        The foreign exchange losses (gains) relate to the foreign currency fluctuations in the Company's global trade and intercompany receivable and payable balances, offset by the gains and losses on derivative instruments intended as an economic hedge of those exposures. Foreign exchange fluctuations (primarily related to United States dollar payables in non-United States dollar functional currency locations) resulted in a net loss in 2012.

        The losses (gains) on investments in unconsolidated affiliates primarily represents the Company's net share of gains and losses in investments accounted for under the equity method, and realized gains and losses on the Company's available-for-sale and cost method investments.

        In September 2009, the Company sold its hemofiltration product line. In connection with the transaction, the Company was entitled to earn-out payments up to $9.0 million based on certain revenue objectives to be achieved by the buyer over the two years following the sale. As of March 31, 2011, all earn-out payments had been earned.

    Provision for Income Taxes

        The Company's effective income tax rates for 2012, 2011 and 2010 were impacted as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Income tax expense at U.S. federal statutory rate

  $ 136.9   $ 99.2   $ 93.9  

Foreign income tax at different rates

    (39.8 )   (57.4 )   (28.1 )

Tax credits, federal and state

    (4.9 )   (10.4 )   (7.8 )

State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit

    3.9     4.6     4.1  

Nondeductible stock-based compensation

    1.9     1.9     1.9  

U.S. tax on foreign earnings, net of credits

    (1.0 )   11.8     2.2  

Release of reserve for uncertain tax positions for prior years

    (0.8 )   (4.1 )   (13.4 )

Other

    1.7     1.3     (2.6 )
               

Income tax provision

  $ 97.9   $ 46.9   $ 50.2  
               

    Reserve for Uncertain Tax Positions

        As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions was $113.6 million and $78.0 million, respectively. The Company estimates that these liabilities would be reduced by $26.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively, from offsetting tax benefits associated with the correlative effects of potential transfer pricing adjustments, state income taxes and timing adjustments. The net amounts of $87.5 million and $71.2 million, respectively, if not required, would favorably affect the Company's effective tax rate.

31


Table of Contents

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest, penalties and foreign exchange, is as follows (in millions):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Unrecognized tax benefits, January 1

  $ 78.0   $ 55.1   $ 47.1  

Current year tax positions

    41.7     26.0     20.8  

Increase prior period tax positions

    2.6     5.9     8.6  

Decrease prior period tax positions

    (4.3 )   (5.5 )   (20.1 )

Settlements

    (4.3 )   (0.1 )   (0.1 )

Lapse of statutes of limitations

    (0.1 )   (3.4 )   (1.2 )
               

Unrecognized tax benefits, December 31

  $ 113.6   $ 78.0   $ 55.1  
               

        The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had accrued $3.1 million (net of $2.1 million tax benefit) of interest related to uncertain tax positions, and as of December 31, 2011, the Company had accrued $2.0 million (net of $1.2 million tax benefit) of interest related to uncertain tax positions. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company recognized interest expense, net of tax benefit, of $1.0 million, $0.4 million and ($0.9) million, respectively, in " Provision for Income Taxes " on the consolidated statements of operations.

        The Company strives to resolve open matters with each tax authority at the examination level and could reach agreement with a tax authority at any time. While the Company has accrued for matters it believes are more likely than not to require settlement, the final outcome with a tax authority may result in a tax liability that is more or less than that reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, the Company may later decide to challenge any assessments, if made, and may exercise its right to appeal. The uncertain tax positions are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as events occur that affect potential liabilities for additional taxes, such as lapsing of applicable statutes of limitations, proposed assessments by tax authorities, negotiations between tax authorities, identification of new issues and issuance of new legislation, regulations or case law. Management believes that adequate amounts of tax and related penalty and interest have been provided in income tax expense for any adjustments that may result from these uncertain tax positions.

        At December 31, 2012, all material state, local and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2006. The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") has completed its examination of the Company's 2007 and 2008 tax years, including certain transfer pricing issues that were under appeal. The appeals process for those transfer pricing issues was finalized during the third quarter of 2012. The IRS began its examination of the 2009 and 2010 tax years during the second quarter of 2011. As a result of on-going negotiations of an Advanced Pricing Agreement between Switzerland and the United States, the expiration of statutes of limitations, and the possible settlement of on-going audits in several jurisdictions throughout the world for multiple years, the total liability for unrecognized tax benefits may change within the next 12 months. The range of such change could vary, but the amount of such change is not expected to be material.

        In November 2012, California voters approved a ballot measure which implements mandatory single sales factor apportionment for years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The impact of the new legislation has been considered in determining the Company's tax provision for 2012, including the realizability of its California research and development credit carryforward.

        The federal research credit expired on December 31, 2011 and was retroactively reinstated on January 2, 2013. As a result, the effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 has been calculated without a benefit for the federal research credit. It is expected that the Company will record an $8.4 million tax benefit in the first quarter of 2013 representing the benefit earned retroactively from January 1 through

32


Table of Contents

December 31, 2012. Had the federal research credit been recorded in 2012, it would have favorably impacted the effective tax rate by 2.0 percentage points.

        The Company has received tax incentives in Puerto Rico, Dominican Republic, Singapore and Switzerland. The tax reductions as compared to the local statutory rates favorably impacted earnings per diluted share for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 by $0.39, $0.40 and $0.34, respectively. The Puerto Rico, Dominican Republic, Singapore and Switzerland grants provide the Company's manufacturing operations partial or full exemption from local taxes until the years 2028, 2017, 2024 and 2015, respectively. In 2012, the Company negotiated a new Puerto Rico grant with the Puerto Rican government with an extended term until 2028.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        The Company's sources of cash liquidity include cash on hand and cash equivalents, short-term investments (bank time deposits with original maturities over three months but less than one year), amounts available under credit facilities and cash from operations. The Company believes that these sources are sufficient to fund the current requirements of working capital, capital expenditures and other financial commitments. The Company further believes that it has the financial flexibility to attract long-term capital to fund short-term and long-term growth objectives. However, no assurances can be given that such long-term capital will be available to the Company on favorable terms, or at all.

        The Company believes that cash held in the United States, in addition to amounts available under credit facilities and cash from operations, are sufficient to fund its United States operating requirements. As of December 31, 2012, cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments held outside the United States were $473.3 million, and have historically been used to fund international operations and acquire businesses outside of the United States. The majority of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments held outside the United States relate to undistributed earnings of certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries which are considered to be indefinitely reinvested by the Company. Repatriations of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments held outside the United States are subject to restrictions in certain jurisdictions and may be subject to withholding and other taxes. The potential tax liability related to any repatriation would be dependent on the facts and circumstances that would exist at the time such repatriation is made and the complexities of the tax laws of the United States and the respective foreign jurisdictions.

        The Company has a Four-Year Credit Agreement ("the Credit Facility") which matures on July 29, 2015. The Credit Facility provides up to an aggregate of $500.0 million in borrowings in multiple currencies. Borrowings generally bear interest at the London interbank offering rate ("LIBOR") plus 0.875%, subject to adjustment for leverage ratio changes as defined in the Credit Facility. The Company also pays a facility fee of 0.125% on the entire $500.0 million facility whether or not drawn. The facility fee is also subject to adjustment for leverage ratio changes. All amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility have been classified as long-term obligations as these borrowings are expected to be refinanced pursuant to the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2012, borrowings of $189.3 million were outstanding under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility is unsecured and contains various financial and other covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, as defined in the Credit Facility. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2012.

        In October 2012, the Company acquired all the outstanding shares of BMEYE, B.V. ("BMEYE") for an aggregate cash purchase price of €28.4 million ($36.9 million). In addition, the Company paid €3.9 million ($5.1 million) to BMEYE as an intercompany loan for payment of certain liabilities that were assumed as part of the acquisition. The purchase price and intercompany loan were funded with cash on hand. BMEYE was a medical device company that specialized in the development of non-invasive technology for advanced hemodynamic monitoring. The acquisition provided the Company with full rights to develop BMEYE's existing technology platform to create a new, integrated hemodynamic monitoring system that has a disposable sensor unit worn by the patient.

33


Table of Contents

        In March 2011, the Company acquired all the outstanding shares of Embrella Cardiovascular, Inc. ("Embrella"), including shares already owned by the Company, for an aggregate purchase price of $42.6 million. The purchase price was funded with cash on hand and borrowings under the Credit Facility. Embrella was a start-up medical device company developing a device for cerebral embolic protection during cardiovascular procedures.

        In February 2010, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions up to $500.0 million of the Company's common stock. In September 2011, the Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions up to an additional $500.0 million of the Company's common stock. Stock repurchased under these programs has been used primarily to offset obligations under the Company's employee stock incentive programs and reduce the total shares outstanding. Under these stock repurchase authorizations, in February 2012, May 2012 and November 2012, the Company entered into ASR agreements to repurchase $54 million, $50 million, and $100 million, respectively, of the Company's common stock. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had received a total of 2.3 million shares under these agreements. The February 2012 and May 2012 agreements concluded in May 2012 and August 2012, respectively. In February 2013, the November agreement concluded, and the Company received an additional 0.1 million shares. Also, under these stock repurchase authorizations, the Company entered into Rule 10b5-1 repurchase plans. In August 2012, the Company entered into a Rule 10b5-1 plan to repurchase up to $100.0 million of the Company's common stock in accordance with certain pre-defined price parameters. The Rule 10b5-1 plan had a termination date of December 31, 2012, and as of that date, the Company had repurchased $100.0 million under that plan. In November 2012, the Company entered into a new Rule 10b5-1 plan to repurchase, during 2013, up to $245.0 million of the Company's common stock in accordance with certain pre-defined price parameters. During 2012, the Company repurchased a total of 4.0 million shares at an aggregate cost of $350.3 million and had remaining authority to purchase $247.6 million of the Company's common stock. In addition to shares repurchased under the stock repurchase program, the Company also acquired shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock issued to employees.

        Net cash flows provided by operating activities of $373.8 million for 2012 increased $59.3 million from 2011 due primarily to (1) improved operating performance, (2) a decrease in inventory builds in comparison to the prior year and (3) increased collection of accounts receivable, particularly a $26.3 million non-recurring collection in Spain and the sale of the Company's Greek bonds. These increases were partially offset by (1) a $50.5 million impact from increased excess tax benefits from stock plans, primarily the realization of excess tax benefits that had been previously unrealized due to credit carryforwards and net operating losses in the United States, and (2) the timing of supplier payments.

        Net cash flows provided by operating activities of $314.5 million for 2011 increased $63.1 million from 2010 due primarily to higher operating profits and a $49.1 million positive impact from decreased excess tax benefits from stock plans due to credit carryforwards and net operating losses in the United States in 2011 resulting in excess tax benefits that were not realized. This increase was partially offset by higher working capital needs (primarily inventory and accounts receivables).

        Net cash used in investing activities of $90.5 million in 2012 consisted primarily of capital expenditures of $120.7 million and a $36.6 million payment associated with the acquisition of BMEYE, partially offset by net proceeds from short-term investments of $69.7 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities of $412.8 million in 2011 consisted primarily of net purchases of short-term investments of $293.4 million, a $42.6 million payment associated with the acquisition of Embrella, and capital expenditures of $82.9 million.

34


Table of Contents

        Net cash used in financing activities of $155.6 million in 2012 consisted primarily of net purchases of treasury stock of $353.2 million, partially offset by proceeds from stock plans of $100.1 million, the excess tax benefit from stock plans of $56.5 million (including the realization of previously unrealized excess tax benefits), and net proceeds from debt of $39.5 million.

        Net cash used in financing activities of $135.2 million in 2011 consisted primarily of net purchases of treasury stock of $303.4 million, partially offset by net proceeds from debt of $104.4 million and proceeds from stock plans of $59.5 million.

        A summary of all of the Company's contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2012 were as follows (in millions):

 
  Payments Due by Period  
Contractual Obligations
  Total   Less Than 1 Year   1-3 Years   4-5 Years   After 5 Years  

Debt

  $ 189.3   $   $ 189.3   $   $  

Operating leases

    101.2     23.1     31.6     15.0     31.5  

Interest on debt

    8.2     3.2     5.0          

Pension obligations(a)

    6.8     6.8              

Contractual development obligations(b)

    4.7     0.5     3.9     0.3      

Capital commitment obligations(c)

    3.2     2.0     1.2          

Purchase and other commitments

    14.7     11.8     1.2     0.6     1.1  
                       

Total contractual cash obligations(d)

  $ 328.1   $ 47.4   $ 232.2   $ 15.9   $ 32.6  
                       

(a)
The amount included in "Less Than 1 Year" reflects anticipated contributions to the Company's various pension plans. Anticipated contributions beyond one year are not determinable. The total accrued benefit liability for the Company's pension plans recognized as of December 31, 2012 was $50.8 million. This amount is impacted by, among other items, pension expense funding levels, changes in plan demographics and assumptions, and investment return on plan assets. Therefore, the Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amount and period in which the liability might be paid, and did not include this amount in the contractual obligations table. See Note 11 to the " Consolidated Financial Statements " for further information.

(b)
Contractual development obligations consist primarily of cash that the Company is obligated to pay upon achievement of product development and other milestones.

(c)
Capital commitment obligations consist primarily of cash that the Company is obligated to pay to its limited partnership and limited liability corporation investees. These investees make equity investments in various development stage biopharmaceutical and medical device companies, and it is not certain if and/or when these payments will be made.

(d)
As of December 31, 2012, the liability for uncertain tax positions including interest was $118.8 million. As a result of on-going negotiations of an Advanced Pricing Agreement between Switzerland and the United States, the expiration of statutes of limitations, and the possible settlement of on-going audits in several jurisdictions for multiple years throughout the world, the total liability for unrecognized tax benefits may change within the next 12 months. The range of such change could vary, but the amount of such change is not expected to be material. The Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amount and period in which the liability might be paid, and did not include this amount in the contractual obligations table.

35


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The Company's results of operations and financial position are determined based upon the application of the Company's accounting policies, as discussed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Certain of the Company's accounting policies represent a selection among acceptable alternatives under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States ("GAAP"). In evaluating the Company's transactions, management assesses all relevant GAAP and chooses the accounting policy that most accurately reflects the nature of the transactions.

        The application of accounting policies requires the use of judgment and estimates. These matters that are subject to judgments and estimation are inherently uncertain, and different amounts could be reported using different assumptions and estimates. Management uses its best estimates and judgments in determining the appropriate amount to reflect in the consolidated financial statements, using historical experience and all available information. The Company also uses outside experts where appropriate. The Company applies estimation methodologies consistently from year to year.

        The Company believes the following are the critical accounting policies which could have the most significant effect on the Company's reported results and require subjective or complex judgments by management.

    Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is considered realized or realizable and earned upon delivery of the product, provided that an agreement of sale exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. In the case of certain products where the Company maintains consigned inventory at customer locations, revenue is recognized at the time the Company is notified that the customer has used the inventory.

        The Company's sales terms are standard terms within the medical device industry, with title and risk of loss transferring upon delivery to the customer, limited right of return and no unusual provisions or conditions. When the Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its products, an estimate of various sales returns and allowances is recorded which reduces product sales and accounts receivable. These adjustments include estimates for rebates, returns and other sales allowances. These provisions are estimated and recorded at the time of sale based upon historical payment experience, historical relationship to revenues, estimated customer inventory levels, and current contract sales terms with direct and indirect customers. Product returns are not significant because returns are generally not allowed unless the product is damaged at time of receipt. If the historical data and inventory estimates used to calculate these provisions do not approximate future activity, the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be impacted.

        The Company's primary sales adjustment relates to distributor rebates which are given to the Company's United States distributors and represents the difference between the Company's sales price to the distributor (at the Company's distributor "list price") and the negotiated price to be paid by the end-customer. This distributor rebate is recorded by the Company as a reduction to sales and a reduction to the distributor's accounts receivable at the time of sale to a distributor. The Company validates the distributor rebate accrual quarterly through either a review of the inventory reports obtained from its distributors or an estimate of its distributor's inventory. This distributor inventory information is used to verify the estimated liability for future distributor rebate claims based on historical rebates and contract rates. The Company periodically monitors current pricing trends and distributor inventory levels to ensure the credit for future distributor rebates is fairly stated.

        The Company also offers volume rebates to certain GPOs and customers based upon target sales levels. For volume rebates offered to GPOs, the rebates are recorded as a reduction to sales and an obligation to the GPO, as the Company expects to pay in cash. For volume rebates offered to customers, the rebates are recorded as a reduction to sales and accounts receivable, as the Company expects a net payment from the

36


Table of Contents

customer. The provision for volume rebates is estimated based on customers' contracted rebate programs and historical experience of rebates paid. The Company periodically monitors its customer rebate programs to ensure that the allowance and liability for accrued rebates is fairly stated.

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The Company records allowances for doubtful accounts based on customer-specific analysis and general matters such as current assessments of past due balances and economic conditions. The credit and economic conditions within Italy, Spain, Portugal and Greece, among other members of the European Union, have deteriorated as these countries have experienced slower economic growth and higher debt levels. When evaluating its allowances for doubtful accounts related to these European receivables, the Company's analysis considers a number of factors including evidence of the customer's ability to comply with credit terms, economic conditions and procedures implemented by the Company to collect the historical receivables. Additional allowances for doubtful accounts may be required if there is deterioration in past due balances, if economic conditions are less favorable than the Company has anticipated, or for customer-specific circumstances, such as financial difficulty. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $12.0 million and $19.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

    Excess and Obsolete Inventory

        The Company records allowances for excess and obsolete inventory based on historical and estimated future demand and market conditions. Additional inventory allowances may be required if future demand or market conditions are less favorable than the Company has estimated. A write-down for excess or inactive inventory is recorded for inventory which is obsolete, nearing its expiration date (generally triggered at six months prior to expiration), is damaged or slow moving (generally defined as quantities in excess of a two year supply). The allowance for excess and obsolete inventory was $16.3 million and $12.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

    Patent Costs

        The Company expenses legal costs incurred for patent preparation and applications. The Company capitalizes certain legal costs related to the defense and enforcement of issued patents and trademarks for which success is deemed probable. These capitalized legal costs are amortized over the life of the related patent or trademark. Such legal costs are periodically reviewed for impairment and recoverability.

    Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets

        The Company acquires intangible assets in connection with business combinations and asset purchases. The acquired intangible assets are recorded at fair value, which is determined based on a discounted cash flow analysis. The determination of fair value requires significant estimates, including, but not limited to, the amount and timing of projected future cash flows, the discount rate used to discount those cash flows, the assessment of the asset's life cycle, including the timing and expected costs to complete in-process projects, and the consideration of legal, technical, regulatory, economic, and competitive risks.

        Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which relate to in-process research and development acquired in business combinations, are reviewed for impairment annually, or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. Additionally, management reviews the carrying amounts of other intangible and long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of an asset may not be recoverable. The impairment reviews require significant estimates about fair value, including estimation of future cash flows, selection of an appropriate discount rate, and estimates of long-term growth rates.

37


Table of Contents

    Income Taxes

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. The Company evaluates quarterly the realizability of its deferred tax assets by assessing its valuation allowance and adjusting the amount, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are both historical experience and the Company's forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in the applicable taxing jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company's effective tax rate on future earnings.

        When assessing whether a windfall tax benefit relating to stock-based compensation has been realized, the Company follows the with and without approach, under which the windfall benefit is recognized only if an incremental benefit is provided after considering all other tax attributes presently available to the Company. Consideration is given only to the direct impacts of stock awards when calculating the amount of windfalls and shortfalls.

        The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company's uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that a position would more likely than not be sustained based upon its technical merit if challenged by the relevant taxing authority and taken by management to the court of last resort. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority.

        The Company strives to resolve open matters with each tax authority at the examination level and could reach agreement with a tax authority at any time. While the Company has accrued for matters it believes are more likely than not to require settlement, the final outcome with a tax authority may result in a tax liability that is more or less than that reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, the Company may later decide to challenge any assessments, if made, and may exercise its right to appeal. The uncertain tax positions are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as events occur that affect potential liabilities for additional taxes, such as lapsing of applicable statutes of limitations, proposed assessments by tax authorities, negotiations between tax authorities, identification of new issues and issuance of new legislation, regulations or case law. Management believes that adequate amounts of tax and related penalty and interest have been provided in income tax expense for any adjustments that may result from these uncertain tax positions.

        As a result of on-going negotiations of an Advanced Pricing Agreement, the expiration of statutes of limitations, and the possible settlement of on-going audits in several jurisdictions for multiple years throughout the world, the total liability for unrecognized tax benefits may change within the next 12 months. The range of such change could vary, but the amount of such change is not expected to be material.

        The Company has $38.4 million of California research expenditure tax credits it expects to use in future periods. The credits may be carried forward indefinitely. Based upon anticipated future taxable income, the Company expects that it is more likely than not that all California research expenditure tax credits will be utilized, although the utilization of the full benefit is expected to occur over a number of years and into the far distant future. Accordingly, no valuation allowance has been provided.

    Stock-based Compensation

        The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards based on estimated fair values. Stock-based awards consist of stock options, restricted stock units, market-based restricted stock units and employee stock purchase subscriptions. The fair value of each option award and employee stock purchase subscription is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option

38


Table of Contents

valuation model. The fair value of market-based restricted stock units is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model, which uses multiple input variables to determine the probability of satisfying the market condition requirements. The Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo models require various highly judgmental assumptions, including stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, and expected option term. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded net of estimated forfeitures. Judgment is required in estimating the stock awards that will ultimately be forfeited. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and the Company's results of operations could be impacted.

New Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

        In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The guidance requires an entity to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheet or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. In January 2013, the FASB clarified that this guidance applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific criteria contained in the accounting guidance or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company will provide the information required by this guidance in 2013.

        In July 2012, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on intangible assets to permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to calculate the fair value of the indefinite-lived asset and perform the quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value with the carrying amount. The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2013, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on reporting amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The guidance requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassed is required under United States GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under United States GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under United States GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The guidance is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company will provide the information required by this guidance in 2013.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        The Company's business and financial results are affected by fluctuations in world financial markets, including changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company manages these risks through a combination of normal operating and financing activities and derivative financial instruments. The Company uses foreign currency forward exchange contracts and option-based products to mitigate its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency rates. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

        In addition to available cash and cash from operations, the Company uses debt to finance business activities. The Company is exposed to interest rate risk on its debt obligations. The Company manages this risk through normal financing and investing activities and is not using derivative financial instruments to

39


Table of Contents

manage interest rate risk. A hypothetical 10% increase in the Company's weighted-average interest rate would have an immaterial effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

        For more information related to outstanding debt obligations, see Note 8 to the " Consolidated Financial Statements. "

Currency Risk

        The Company is exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from normal business operations. These risks include the translation of local currency balances and results of the Company's non-United States subsidiaries into United States dollars, currency gains and losses related to intercompany and third-party transactions denominated in currencies other than a location's functional currency, and currency gains and losses associated with intercompany loans. The Company's principal currency exposures relate to the Euro and the Japanese yen. The Company's objective is to minimize the volatility of its exposure to these risks through a combination of normal operating and financing activities and the use of derivative financial instruments in the form of foreign currency forward exchange contracts and foreign currency options contracts. The Company does not hedge its exposure related to its net investments in its non-United States subsidiaries. The total notional amounts of the Company's derivative financial instruments entered into for foreign currency management purposes at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $779.0 million and $759.5 million, respectively. A hypothetical 10% increase/decrease in the value of the United States dollar against all hedged currencies would increase/decrease the fair value of these derivative contracts by $55.0 million and $58.9 million, respectively. Any gains or losses on the fair value of derivative contracts would generally be offset by gains and losses on the underlying transactions and would not be significant to the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

        For more information related to outstanding foreign exchange contracts, see Notes 2 and 10 to the " Consolidated Financial Statements. "

Credit Risk

        Derivative financial instruments involve credit risk in the event the financial institution counterparty should default. It is the Company's policy to execute such instruments with major financial institutions that the Company believes to be creditworthy. At December 31, 2012, all derivative financial instruments were with bank counterparties assigned investment grade ratings of "A" or better by national rating agencies. The Company further diversifies its derivative financial instruments among counterparties to minimize exposure to any one of these entities. The Company has not experienced a counterparty default and does not anticipate any non-performance by the Company's current derivative counterparties.

Concentrations of Risk

        The Company invests excess cash in bank time deposits and diversifies the concentration of cash amongst different financial institutions.

        In the normal course of business, Edwards Lifesciences provides credit to customers in the health care industry, performs credit evaluations of these customers and maintains allowances for potential credit losses which have historically been adequate compared to actual losses. In 2012, the Company had no customers that represent 10% or more of its total net sales or accounts receivable, net.

        The Company continues to do business with foreign governments in certain European countries that have experienced a deterioration in credit and economic conditions. These conditions have resulted in, and may continue to result in, a reduction in value and an increase in the average length of time that it takes to collect accounts receivable outstanding in these countries. In addition, the Company may also be impacted by declines in sovereign credit ratings or sovereign defaults in these countries.

40


Table of Contents

        During 2011, the Company recorded a $12.8 million charge to reflect the increased risk associated with its Southern European receivables, primarily Greece. A significant further decline in sovereign credit ratings or a debt default in Greece, or in other European countries, may decrease the likelihood that the Company will collect these accounts receivable, which could result in a negative impact to the Company's operating results. As of December 31, 2012, the Company's accounts receivables, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, from customers in Italy, Spain, Portugal and Greece were $104.7 million.

Investment Risk

        Edwards Lifesciences is exposed to investment risks related to changes in the fair values of its investments. The Company invests in equity instruments of public and private companies. These investments are classified in " Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates " on the consolidated balance sheets.

        As of December 31, 2012, Edwards Lifesciences had $21.1 million of investments in equity instruments of other companies and had recorded unrealized gains of $1.4 million on these investments in " Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss ," net of tax. Should these companies experience a decline in financial condition or fail to meet certain development milestones, the decline in the investments' values may be considered other than temporary and impairment charges may be necessary.

41


Table of Contents

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2012

42


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation:

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Irvine, California
February 28, 2013

43


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except par value)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

ASSETS

 

Current assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 310.9   $ 171.2  

Short-term investments (Note 2)

    210.5     279.3  

Accounts receivable, net (Note 4)

    321.1     283.8  

Other receivables

    26.4     36.9  

Inventories, net (Note 4)

    281.0     261.3  

Deferred income taxes

    43.4     43.9  

Prepaid expenses

    41.6     35.0  

Other current assets

    57.0     57.1  
           

Total current assets

    1,291.9     1,168.5  

Long-term accounts receivable, net (Note 4)

   
9.9
   
24.6
 

Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 4)

    373.3     304.3  

Goodwill (Note 6)

    384.7     349.8  

Other intangible assets, net (Note 6)

    67.0     66.9  

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates (Note 7)

    21.1     21.8  

Deferred income taxes

    47.3     20.0  

Other assets

    26.3     24.6  
           

Total assets

  $ 2,221.5   $ 1,980.5  
           

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

Current liabilities

             

Accounts payable

  $ 74.7   $ 85.0  

Accrued liabilities (Note 4)

    263.2     234.8  

Taxes payable

    9.5     15.4  
           

Total current liabilities

    347.4     335.2  
           

Long-term debt (Note 8)

    189.3     150.4  
           

Other long-term liabilities

    205.5     157.0  
           

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 8 and 16)

             

Stockholders' equity (Note 12)

             

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 50.0 shares, no shares outstanding

         

Common stock, $1.00 par value, 350.0 shares authorized, 124.2 and 120.0 shares issued, and 114.3 and 114.1 shares outstanding, respectively

    124.2     120.0  

Additional paid-in capital

    489.0     300.5  

Retained earnings

    1,653.9     1,360.7  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (37.9 )   (37.5 )

Treasury stock, at cost, 9.9 and 5.9 shares, respectively

    (749.9 )   (405.8 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    1,479.3     1,337.9  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 2,221.5   $ 1,980.5  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

44


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in millions, except per share information)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Net sales

  $ 1,899.6   $ 1,678.6   $ 1,447.0  

Cost of goods sold

    494.6     489.8     408.3  
               

Gross profit

    1,405.0     1,188.8     1,038.7  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    705.3     642.4     550.0  

Research and development expenses

    291.3     246.3     204.4  

Special charges (Note 3)

    16.0     21.6     22.7  

Interest expense

    4.4     3.1     2.4  

Interest income

    (4.8 )   (3.4 )   (0.9 )

Other expense (income), net (Note 14)

    1.7     (4.8 )   (8.1 )
               

Income before provision for income taxes

    391.1     283.6     268.2  

Provision for income taxes (Note 15)

    97.9     46.9     50.2  
               

Net income

  $ 293.2   $ 236.7   $ 218.0  
               

Share information (Note 2):

                   

Earnings per share:

                   

Basic

  $ 2.55   $ 2.07   $ 1.92  

Diluted

  $ 2.48   $ 1.98   $ 1.83  

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:

                   

Basic

    114.9     114.6     113.7  

Diluted

    118.3     119.4     119.2  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

45


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in millions)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Net income

  $ 293.2   $ 236.7   $ 218.0  
               

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax (Note 13):

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    4.2     (5.2 )   (24.9 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges

    1.1     16.8     (6.8 )

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments for the period

        (0.1 )   (0.8 )

Reclassification of net realized investment loss (gain) to earnings

    0.3     (1.0 )   4.0  

Defined benefit pension plans—net actuarial loss and other

    (6.0 )   (5.9 )   (5.7 )
               

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

    (0.4 )   4.6     (34.2 )
               

Comprehensive income

  $ 292.8   $ 241.3   $ 183.8  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net income

  $ 293.2   $ 236.7   $ 218.0  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    57.3     58.0     56.5  

Stock-based compensation (Notes 2 and 12)

    42.1     35.0     29.3  

Excess tax benefit from stock plans (Notes 2 and 12)

    (56.5 )   (6.0 )   (55.1 )

Deferred income taxes

    8.1     (0.6 )   (11.2 )

Special charges (Note 3)

    14.9     21.2     22.7  

(Gain) loss on trading securities

    (0.7 )   1.0     (2.7 )

Other

    3.9     (1.1 )   (5.0 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Accounts and other receivables, net

    (26.5 )   (53.7 )   (34.2 )

Inventories, net

    (21.7 )   (57.0 )   (36.8 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    41.9     61.7     63.6  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    12.8     20.6     (2.5 )

Other

    5.0     (1.3 )   8.8  
               

Net cash provided by operating activities

    373.8     314.5     251.4  
               

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Capital expenditures

    (120.7 )   (82.9 )   (61.8 )

Proceeds from short-term investments (Note 2)

    662.3     349.9      

Purchases of short-term investments (Note 2)

    (592.6 )   (643.3 )    

Acquisitions (Note 5)

    (36.6 )   (42.6 )    

Investments in intangible assets

    (7.0 )   (7.7 )   (1.2 )

Proceeds from sale of assets

    3.0     3.9     6.6  

Proceeds from unconsolidated affiliates

    2.8     9.1     2.2  

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

    (2.0 )   (2.3 )   (6.9 )

(Investments in) proceeds from trading securities, net

    (0.6 )   3.1     (0.4 )

Other

    0.9          
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (90.5 )   (412.8 )   (61.5 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Proceeds from issuance of debt

    407.0     526.1     254.4  

Payments on debt

    (367.5 )   (421.7 )   (302.8 )

Purchases of treasury stock

    (344.1 )   (303.4 )   (200.0 )

Equity forward contract related to accelerated share repurchase agreement (Note 12)

    (9.1 )        

Proceeds from stock plans

    100.1     59.5     92.1  

Excess tax benefit from stock plans (Notes 2 and 12)

    56.5     6.0     55.1  

Other

    1.5     (1.7 )   (2.7 )
               

Net cash used in financing activities

    (155.6 )   (135.2 )   (103.9 )
               

Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    12.0     8.6     (24.0 )
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    139.7     (224.9 )   62.0  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    171.2     396.1     334.1  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 310.9   $ 171.2   $ 396.1  
               

Supplemental disclosures:

                   

Cash paid during the year for:

                   

Interest

  $ 4.4   $ 3.2   $ 2.4  

Income taxes

  $ 38.0   $ 15.4   $ 14.7  

Non-cash investing and financing transactions:

                   

Capital expenditures accruals

  $ 2.4   $ 4.3   $ 3.0  

Distribution of treasury shares to effect stock split

  $   $   $ 970.3  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in millions)

 
  Common Stock   Treasury Stock    
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
   
 
 
  Shares   Par
Value
  Shares   Amount   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009

    76.1     76.1     19.3     (872.3 )   1,056.0     906.0     (7.9 )   1,157.9  

Net income

                                  218.0           218.0  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                                        (34.2 )   (34.2 )

Common stock issued under equity plans, including tax benefits

    4.3     4.3                 132.9                 137.2  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            29.3                 29.3  

Purchase of treasury stock

                3.1     (200.0 )                     (200.0 )

Stock issued to effect stock split

    36.6     36.6     (20.4 )   970.3     (1,006.9 )                
                                   

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010

    117.0     117.0     2.0     (102.0 )   211.3     1,124.0     (42.1 )   1,308.2  

Net income

                                  236.7           236.7  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                        4.6     4.6  

Common stock issued under equity plans, including tax benefits

    3.0     3.0                 54.2                 57.2  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            35.0                 35.0  

Purchase of treasury stock

                3.9     (303.8 )                     (303.8 )
                                   

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

    120.0     120.0     5.9     (405.8 )   300.5     1,360.7     (37.5 )   1,337.9  

Net income

                                  293.2           293.2  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                                        (0.4 )   (0.4 )

Common stock issued under equity plans, including tax benefits

    4.2     4.2                 155.5                 159.7  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            42.1                 42.1  

Purchase of treasury stock

                4.0     (344.1 )   (9.1 )               (353.2 )
                                   

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

    124.2   $ 124.2     9.9   $ (749.9 ) $ 489.0   $ 1,653.9   $ (37.9 ) $ 1,479.3  
                                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

        Edwards Lifesciences Corporation ("Edwards Lifesciences" or the "Company") conducts operations worldwide and is managed in the following geographical regions: United States, Europe, Japan and Rest of World. Edwards Lifesciences is focused on technologies that treat structural heart disease and critically ill patients. A pioneer in the development and commercialization of heart valve products, Edwards Lifesciences is the world's leading manufacturer of tissue heart valves and repair products used to replace or repair a patient's diseased or defective heart valve. The Company is also a global leader in hemodynamic monitoring systems used to measure a patient's cardiovascular function in the hospital setting.

        The products and technologies provided by Edwards Lifesciences to treat advanced cardiovascular disease or critically ill patients are categorized into the following main areas: Surgical Heart Valve Therapy; Transcatheter Heart Valves; and Critical Care. The Company's Surgical Heart Valve Therapy portfolio includes tissue heart valves and heart valve repair products for the surgical replacement or repair of a patient's heart valve. The portfolio also includes a diverse line of products used during minimally invasive surgical procedures, and cannulae, embolic protection devices and other products used during cardiopulmonary bypass procedures. The Company's Transcatheter Heart Valves portfolio includes technologies designed to treat heart valve disease using catheter-based approaches as opposed to open surgical techniques. In the Critical Care portfolio, Edwards Lifesciences' products include pulmonary artery catheters, disposable pressure transducers and advanced monitoring systems. The portfolio also includes a line of balloon catheter-based vascular products, surgical clips and inserts.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Edwards Lifesciences and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

        The consolidated financial statements of Edwards Lifesciences have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America ("GAAP") which have been applied consistently in all material respects. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign Currency Translation

        When the local currency of the Company's foreign entities is the functional currency, all assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars at the rate of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the weighted-average exchange rate prevailing during the period. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments for these entities are deferred and reported in stockholders' equity as a component of " Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss ." The effects of foreign currency transactions denominated in a currency other than an entity's functional currency are included in " Other Expense (Income), net. "

49


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is considered realized or realizable and earned upon delivery of the product, provided that an agreement of sale exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. In the case of certain products where the Company maintains consigned inventory at customer locations, revenue is recognized at the time the Company is notified that the customer has used the inventory.

        The Company's sales terms are standard terms within the medical device industry, with title and risk of loss transferring upon delivery to the customer, limited right of return and no unusual provisions or conditions. When the Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its products, an estimate of various sales returns and allowances is recorded which reduces product sales and accounts receivable. These adjustments include estimates for rebates, returns and other sales allowances. These provisions are estimated and recorded at the time of sale based upon historical payment experience, historical relationship to revenues, estimated customer inventory levels, and current contract sales terms with direct and indirect customers. Product returns are not significant because returns are generally not allowed unless the product is damaged at time of receipt. If the historical data and inventory estimates used to calculate these provisions do not approximate future activity, the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be impacted.

        The Company's primary sales adjustment relates to distributor rebates which are given to the Company's United States distributors and represents the difference between the Company's sales price to the distributor (at the Company's distributor "list price") and the negotiated price to be paid by the end-customer. This distributor rebate is recorded by the Company as a reduction to sales and a reduction to the distributor's accounts receivable at the time of sale to a distributor. The Company validates the distributor rebate accrual quarterly through either a review of the inventory reports obtained from its distributors or an estimate of its distributor's inventory. This distributor inventory information is used to verify the estimated liability for future distributor rebate claims based on historical rebates and contract rates. The Company periodically monitors current pricing trends and distributor inventory levels to ensure the credit for future distributor rebates is fairly stated.

        The Company also offers volume rebates to certain group purchasing organizations ("GPOs") and customers based upon target sales levels. For volume rebates offered to GPOs, the rebates are recorded as a reduction to sales and an obligation to the GPO, as the Company expects to pay in cash. For volume rebates offered to customers, the rebates are recorded as a reduction to sales and accounts receivable, as the Company expects a net payment from the customer. The provision for volume rebates is estimated based on customers' contracted rebate programs and historical experience of rebates paid. The Company periodically monitors its customer rebate programs to ensure that the allowance and liability for accrued rebates is fairly stated.

Shipping and Handling Costs

        Shipping costs, which are costs incurred to physically move product from the Company's premises to the customer's premises, are included in " Selling, General and Administrative Expenses ." Handling costs, which are costs incurred to store, move and prepare products for shipment, are included in " Cost of Goods Sold ." For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, shipping costs of $54.9 million, $51.0 million and $43.6 million, respectively, were included in " Selling, General and Administrative Expenses ."

50


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are valued at cost, which approximates fair value.

Short-term Investments

        The Company invests in bank time deposits. Bank time deposits with original maturities of three months or less are classified as cash equivalents, and bank time deposits with original maturities between three months and one year are classified as short-term investments. Investments in bank time deposits are classified as held-to-maturity, as management has both the intent and ability to hold these investments to maturity, and are reported at cost, which approximates fair value. Income relating to these bank time deposits is reported as " Interest Income ."

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The Company records allowances for doubtful accounts based on customer-specific analysis and general matters such as current assessments of past due balances and economic conditions. The credit and economic conditions within Italy, Spain, Portugal and Greece, among other members of the European Union, have deteriorated as these countries have experienced slower economic growth and higher debt levels. When evaluating its allowances for doubtful accounts related to these European receivables, the Company's analysis considers a number of factors including evidence of the customer's ability to comply with credit terms, economic conditions and procedures implemented by the Company to collect the historical receivables. Additional allowances for doubtful accounts may be required if there is deterioration in past due balances, if economic conditions are less favorable than the Company has anticipated, or for customer-specific circumstances, such as financial difficulty. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $12.0 million and $19.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market value. Market value for raw materials is based on replacement costs, and for other inventory classifications is based on net realizable value.

        A write-down for excess or inactive inventory is recorded for inventory which is obsolete, nearing its expiration date (generally triggered at six months prior to expiration), is damaged or slow moving (generally defined as quantities in excess of a two year supply). The allowance for excess and obsolete inventory was $16.3 million and $12.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        The Company allocates to inventory general and administrative costs that are related to the production process. These costs include insurance, manufacturing accounting personnel, human resources personnel and information technology. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company allocated $26.2 million, $25.3 million and $23.4 million, respectively, of general and administrative costs to inventory. General and administrative costs included in inventory at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $15.1 million and $15.9 million, respectively.

51


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is principally calculated for financial reporting purposes on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from 10 to 40 years for buildings and improvements, from 3 to 15 years for machinery and equipment, and from 3 to 10 years for software. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the related facility leases or the asset, whichever is shorter. Straight-line and accelerated methods of depreciation are used for income tax purposes.

        Depreciation expense for property, plant and equipment was $44.0 million, $44.0 million and $40.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Repairs and maintenance expense was $20.6 million, $18.1 million and $16.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

        Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. The Company identifies its reporting units and determines the carrying value of each reporting unit by assigning the assets and liabilities, including existing goodwill, to those reporting units. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated based on the Company's market capitalization and a market revenue multiple. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, then the Company measures the amount of the impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying value. In 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not record any impairment loss as the fair value of each reporting unit significantly exceeded its respective carrying value.

        Indefinite-lived intangible assets, which relate to in-process research and development ("IPR&D") acquired in business combinations, is reviewed for impairment annually, or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized when the asset's carrying value exceeds its fair value.

        Additionally, management reviews the carrying amounts of other finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived tangible assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of an asset may not be recoverable. Impairment indicators include, among other conditions, cash flow deficits, historic or anticipated declines in revenue or operating profit, and adverse legal or regulatory developments. If it is determined that such indicators are present and the review indicates that the assets will not be fully recoverable, based on undiscounted estimated cash flows over the remaining amortization periods, their carrying values are reduced to estimated fair market value. Estimated fair market value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. For the purposes of identifying and measuring impairment, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities.

In-process Research and Development

        The estimated fair values of IPR&D projects acquired in a business combination which have not reached technological feasibility are capitalized and accounted for as indefinite-lived intangible assets subject to impairment testing until completion or abandonment of the projects. Upon successful completion of the

52


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

project, the capitalized amount is amortized over its estimated useful life. If the project is abandoned, all remaining capitalized amounts are written off immediately. IPR&D projects acquired in an asset acquisition are expensed unless the project has an alternative future use.

Patent Costs

        The Company expenses legal costs incurred for patent preparation and applications. The Company capitalizes certain legal costs related to the defense and enforcement of issued patents and trademarks for which success is deemed probable. These capitalized legal costs are amortized over the life of the related patent or trademark. Such legal costs are periodically reviewed for impairment and recoverability.

Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates

        Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are long-term equity investments in companies that are in various stages of development. Certain of these investments are designated as available-for-sale. These investments are carried at fair market value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in stockholders' equity as a component of " Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss ." Gains or losses on investments sold are based on the specific identification method. Other investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for under the cost or the equity method of accounting, as appropriate. The Company accounts for investments in limited partnerships or limited liability corporations, whereby the Company owns a minimum of 5% of the investee's outstanding voting stock, under the equity method of accounting. These investments are recorded at the amount of the Company's investment and adjusted each period for the Company's share of the investee's income or loss and dividends paid. As investments accounted for under the cost method do not have readily determinable fair values, the Company only estimates fair value if there are identified events or changes in circumstances that could have a significant adverse effect on the investment's fair value.

        When the fair value of an available-for-sale investment declines below cost, management uses the following criteria to determine if such a decline should be considered other-than-temporary and result in a recognized loss:

    the duration and extent to which the market value has been less than cost;

    the financial condition and near term prospects of the investee;

    the reasons for the decline in market value;

    the investee's performance against product development milestones; and

    the Company's ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

Income Taxes

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. The Company evaluates quarterly the realizability of its deferred tax assets by assessing its valuation allowance and adjusting the amount, if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are both historical experience and the Company's forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in the applicable taxing

53


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company's effective tax rate on future earnings.

        When assessing whether a windfall tax benefit relating to stock-based compensation has been realized, the Company follows the with and without approach, under which the windfall benefit is recognized only if an incremental benefit is provided after considering all other tax attributes presently available to the Company. Consideration is given only to the direct impacts of stock awards when calculating the amount of windfalls and shortfalls.

        The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Company's uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that a position would more likely than not be sustained based upon its technical merit if challenged by the relevant taxing authority and taken by management to the court of last resort. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Research and Development Costs

        Research and development costs are charged to expense when incurred.

Earnings per Share

        Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during a period. Employee equity share options, nonvested shares and similar equity instruments granted by the Company are treated as potential common shares in computing diluted earnings per share. Diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of restricted stock units, market-based restricted stock units and in-the-money options. The dilutive impact of the restricted stock units, market-based restricted stock units and in-the-money options is calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount that the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation expense for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefits that would be recorded in " Additional Paid-in Capital " when the award becomes deductible are assumed to be used to repurchase shares. Potential common share equivalents have been excluded where their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

54


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The table below presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in millions, except for per share information):

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Basic:

                   

Net income

  $ 293.2   $ 236.7   $ 218.0  
               

Weighted-average shares outstanding

    114.9     114.6     113.7  
               

Basic earnings per share

  $ 2.55   $ 2.07   $ 1.92  
               

Diluted:

                   

Net income

  $ 293.2   $ 236.7   $ 218.0  
               

Weighted-average shares outstanding

    114.9     114.6     113.7  

Dilutive effect of stock plans

    3.4     4.8     5.5  
               

Dilutive weighted-average shares outstanding

    118.3     119.4     119.2  
               

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 2.48   $ 1.98   $ 1.83  
               

        Stock options, restricted stock units and market-based restricted stock units to purchase approximately 1.7 million, 1.0 million and 0.9 million shares for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. Additionally, 0.1 million shares that would have been received if the accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") agreement discussed in Note 12 was settled as of December 31, 2012, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Stock-based Compensation

        The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards based on estimated fair values. Stock-based awards consist of stock options, restricted stock units, market-based restricted stock units, and employee stock purchase subscriptions. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period (vesting period) on a straight-line basis. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Upon exercise of stock options or vesting of restricted stock units and market-based restricted stock units, the Company issues common stock.

55


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Total stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was as follows (in millions):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Cost of goods sold

  $ 5.0   $ 4.0   $ 2.7  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    31.2     25.4     22.0  

Research and development expenses

    5.9     5.6     4.6  
               

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 42.1   $ 35.0   $ 29.3  
               

        Upon retirement, all unvested stock options are immediately forfeited. In addition, upon retirement, a participant will immediately vest in 25% of restricted stock units for each full year of employment with the Company measured from the grant date. All remaining unvested restricted stock units are immediately forfeited. For market-based restricted stock units, upon retirement and in certain other specified cases, a participant will receive a pro-rated portion of the shares that would ultimately be issued based on attainment of the performance goals as determined on the vesting date. The pro-rated portion is based on the participant's whole months of service with the Company during the performance period prior to the date of termination.

Derivatives

        The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage foreign currency risks. It is the Company's policy not to enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. The Company uses foreign currency forward exchange contracts to offset the changes due to currency rate movements in the amount of future cash flows associated with intercompany transactions and certain third-party expenses expected to occur within the next 13 months. These foreign currency forward exchange contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. Certain of the Company's locations have assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than their functional currencies resulting from intercompany and third-party transactions. The Company uses foreign currency forward exchange contracts that are not designated as hedging instruments to offset the transaction gains and losses associated with certain of these assets and liabilities. All foreign currency forward exchange contracts are denominated in currencies of major industrial countries, principally the Euro and the Japanese yen.

        All derivative financial instruments are recognized at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company reports in " Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss " the effective portion of the gain or loss on derivative financial instruments that are designated, and that qualify, as cash flow hedges. The Company reclassifies these gains and losses into earnings in the same period in which the underlying hedged transactions affect earnings. Any hedge ineffectiveness (which represents the amount by which the changes in fair value of the derivative exceed the variability in the cash flows of the forecasted transaction) are recorded in current period earnings. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not record any gains or losses due to hedge ineffectiveness. The gains and losses on derivative financial instruments for which the Company does not elect hedge accounting treatment are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in each period based upon the change in the fair value of the derivative financial instrument. Cash flows from derivative financial instruments are reported as operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

56


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Derivative financial instruments involve credit risk in the event the counterparty should default. It is the Company's policy to execute such instruments with global financial institutions that the Company believes to be creditworthy. The Company diversifies its derivative financial instruments among counterparties to minimize exposure to any one of these entities. The Company also uses International Swap Dealers Association master-netting agreements. Under the master-netting agreements, the Company's counterparty settlement risk is the net amount of any receipts or payments due between the Company and the counterparty financial institution.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

        In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on fair value measurements to ensure that United States GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards have common requirements for fair value measurement and disclosures, including a consistent definition of fair value. The guidance was effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income. The guidance eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income ("OCI") as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity, and instead requires that all nonowner changes in stockholders' equity be presented in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The guidance was effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company elected to present two separate but consecutive statements.

        In September 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on goodwill to permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The guidance was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

New Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

        In December 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The guidance requires an entity to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheet or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. In January 2013, the FASB clarified that this guidance applies only to derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with specific criteria contained in the accounting guidance or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company will provide the information required by this guidance in 2013.

57


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In July 2012, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on intangible assets to permit an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to calculate the fair value of the indefinite-lived asset and perform the quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value with the carrying amount. The guidance is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2013, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting guidance on reporting amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The guidance requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassed is required under United States GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under United States GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under United States GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The guidance is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company will provide the information required by this guidance in 2013.

3.    SPECIAL CHARGES

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in millions)
 

Realignment expenses

  $ 9.0   $ 5.5   $ 7.2  

Licensing of intellectual property

    7.0          

European receivables reserve

        12.8      

Settlements and litigation

        3.3      

MONARC program discontinuation

            8.3  

Investment impairment

            7.2  
               

Total special charges

  $ 16.0   $ 21.6   $ 22.7  
               

    Realignment Expenses

        In December 2012, the Company recorded a $9.0 million charge related primarily to severance expenses associated with a global workforce realignment impacting 92 employees. As of December 31, 2012, the Company's remaining severance obligations of $8.5 million are expected to be substantially paid by the end of 2013.

        In December 2011, the Company recorded a $5.5 million charge related primarily to severance expenses associated with a global workforce realignment impacting 49 employees. As of December 31, 2012, payments related to the realignment were substantially complete.

        In December 2010, the Company recorded a $7.2 million charge related primarily to severance expenses associated with a global workforce realignment impacting 84 employees. As of December 31, 2012, payments related to the realignment were complete.

58


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3.    SPECIAL CHARGES (Continued)

    Licensing of Intellectual Property

        In April 2012, the Company obtained an exclusive license to a suturing device for minimally invasive surgery applications. The intellectual property is under development and there is uncertainty as to whether the product will ultimately be approved. The Company recorded a charge of $2.0 million related to the upfront licensing and royalty fees.

        In June 2012, the Company obtained a co-exclusive sublicense to intellectual property related to processing tissue and implanting cardiovascular valves. The intellectual property is under development and there is uncertainty as to whether the product will ultimately be approved. The Company recorded a charge of $5.0 million related to the upfront licensing fee.

    European Receivables Reserve

        During 2011, the Company recorded a $12.8 million charge to reflect the increased risk associated with its southern European receivables, primarily Greece.

    Settlements and Litigation

        In December 2011, the Company recorded a $3.3 million charge related to a litigation settlement.

    MONARC Program Discontinuation

        During the second quarter of 2010, the Company decided to discontinue its MONARC transcatheter mitral valve program due to slow enrollment in the EVOLUTION II trial. As a result, the Company recorded an $8.3 million charge primarily related to the impairment of intangible assets associated with the program.

    Investment Impairment

        During 2010, the Company recorded a $7.2 million charge related to the other-than-temporary impairment of certain of its investments in unconsolidated affiliates. The Company concluded that the impairment of these investments was other-than-temporary based upon the continuing duration and severity of the impairment.

59


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4.    COMPOSITION OF CERTAIN FINANCIAL STATEMENT CAPTIONS

        Components of selected captions in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31 are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in millions)
 

Accounts receivable, net(a)

             

Trade accounts receivable

  $ 326.7   $ 298.6  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (5.6 )   (14.8 )
           

  $ 321.1   $ 283.8  
           

Inventories, net(b)

             

Raw materials

  $ 49.5   $ 51.7  

Work in process

    58.8     66.6  

Finished products

    172.7     143.0  
           

  $ 281.0   $ 261.3  
           

Property, plant and equipment, net

             

Land

  $ 21.5   $ 21.6  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

    183.7     172.8  

Machinery and equipment

    278.9     248.8  

Equipment with customers

    40.2     37.9  

Software

    102.1     94.0  

Construction in progress

    68.1     29.0  
           

    694.5     604.1  

Accumulated depreciation

    (321.2 )   (299.8 )
           

  $ 373.3   $ 304.3  
           

Long-term accounts receivable, net(a)

             

Long-term trade accounts receivable

  $ 16.3   $ 28.8  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (6.4 )   (4.2 )
           

  $ 9.9   $ 24.6  
           

Accrued liabilities

             

Employee compensation and withholdings

  $ 102.7   $ 106.6  

Property, payroll and other taxes

    31.0     22.1  

Clinical trial accruals

    23.1     12.7  

Accrued rebates

    14.2     13.4  

Realignment reserves

    8.7     6.4  

Deferred income taxes

    8.7     8.6  

Litigation reserves (Note 16)

    3.1     6.6  

Other accrued liabilities

    71.7     58.4  
           

  $ 263.2   $ 234.8  
           

(a)
The credit and economic conditions within certain European countries have deteriorated. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company's accounts receivables, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, from customers in Italy, Spain, Portugal and Greece were $104.7 million and $113.7 million, respectively. Balances from customers located in these countries that are expected to be collected beyond

60


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4.    COMPOSITION OF CERTAIN FINANCIAL STATEMENT CAPTIONS (Continued)

    one year have been discounted to present value based on the estimated collection date and have been classified as " Long-term Accounts Receivable, net " on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(b)
The Company recorded an $8.1 million charge to gross profit during the second quarter of 2012 due to the voluntary recalls of certain of the Company's heart valves and Critical Care catheters. The majority of the affected products were still part of inventory at the time of the recalls. As of December 31, 2012, there were $0.4 million of reserves for the recall remaining in inventory.

5.    ACQUISITIONS

BMEYE, B.V.

        On October 9, 2012, the Company acquired all the outstanding shares of BMEYE, B.V. ("BMEYE") for an aggregate cash purchase price of €28.4 million ($36.9 million). In addition, the Company paid €3.9 million ($5.1 million) to BMEYE as an intercompany loan for payment of certain liabilities that were assumed as part of the acquisition. In connection with the acquisition, the Company placed €4.3 million of the purchase price into escrow to satisfy any claims for indemnification made in accordance with the merger agreement. Any funds remaining 18 months after the acquisition date will be disbursed to BMEYE's former shareholders. Acquisition-related costs of $0.5 million were recorded in " Selling, General and Administrative Expenses " during the year ended December 31, 2012.

        BMEYE was a medical device company that specialized in the development of non-invasive technology for advanced hemodynamic monitoring. The acquisition provides the Company with full rights to develop BMEYE's existing technology platform to create a new, integrated hemodynamic monitoring system that has a disposable sensor unit worn by the patient. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. Tangible and intangible assets acquired were recorded based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded to goodwill. The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in millions):

Cash

  $ 0.3  

Other current assets

    0.9  

Property and equipment, net

    1.3  

Goodwill

    34.9  

IPR&D

    5.2  

Developed technology

    1.2  

Current liabilities assumed

    (4.5 )

Long-term liabilities assumed

    (2.4 )
       

Total purchase price

    36.9  

Less: cash acquired

    (0.3 )
       

Total purchase price, net of cash acquired

  $ 36.6  
       

        Goodwill includes expected synergies and other benefits the Company believes will result from the acquisition. Goodwill was assigned to the Company's Europe segment and is not deductible for tax purposes. IPR&D has been capitalized at fair value as an intangible asset with an indefinite life and will be assessed for impairment in subsequent periods. The fair value of the IPR&D was determined using the income approach. This approach determines fair value based on cash flow projections which are discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted rate of return. Completion of successful design developments, bench testing, pre-clinical

61


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5.    ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

studies and human clinical studies are required prior to selling any product. The risks and uncertainties associated with completing development within a reasonable period of time include those related to the design, development and manufacturability of the product, the success of pre-clinical and clinical studies, and the timing of regulatory approvals. The valuation assumed approximately $8.4 million of additional research and development expenditures would be incurred prior to the date of product introduction. In the valuation, net cash inflows were forecasted to commence in 2014. Upon completion of development, the underlying research and development intangible asset will be amortized over its estimated useful life. Developed technology assets are being amortized over a weighted-average useful life of 6 years.

        The results of operations for BMEYE have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Pro forma results have not been presented as the results of BMEYE are not material in relation to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Embrella Cardiovascular, Inc.

        On March 11, 2011, the Company acquired all the outstanding shares of Embrella Cardiovascular, Inc. ("Embrella"), including shares already owned by the Company, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $42.6 million. In connection with the acquisition, the Company placed $4.5 million of the purchase price into escrow to satisfy any claims for indemnification made in accordance with the terms of the merger agreement. All remaining funds were disbursed to Embrella's former shareholders one year after the acquisition date. Acquisition-related costs of $0.9 million were recorded in " Other Expense (Income), net. "

        Embrella was a start-up medical device company developing a device for cerebral embolic protection during cardiovascular procedures. The acquisition provides the Company with full rights to develop and commercialize Embrella's embolic deflector system, designed to be used as a protective shield during transcatheter heart valve procedures. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. Tangible and intangible assets acquired were recorded based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired was recorded to goodwill. The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets acquired (in millions):

Goodwill

  $ 34.6  

IPR&D

    6.3  

Developed technology

    5.8  

Deferred income taxes

    (4.1 )
       

  $ 42.6  
       

        Goodwill includes expected synergies and other benefits the Company believes will result from the acquisition. Goodwill was assigned to the Company's Europe segment and is partially deductible for tax purposes. IPR&D has been capitalized at fair value as an intangible asset with an indefinite life and will be assessed for impairment in subsequent periods. The fair value of the IPR&D was determined using the income approach. This approach determines fair value based on cash flow projections which are discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted rate of return. Completion of successful design developments, bench testing, pre-clinical studies and human clinical studies are required prior to selling any product. The risks and uncertainties associated with completing development within a reasonable period of time include those related to the design, development and manufacturability of the product, the success of pre-clinical and clinical studies, and the timing of regulatory approvals. At the time of the valuation, it was assumed that

62


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5.    ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

approximately $4.4 million of additional research and development expenditures would be incurred prior to the date of product introduction and that net cash inflows would commence in late 2013. Due to unanticipated efforts required to redesign the product, the Company is currently projecting that approximately $7.9 million of research and development expenditures will be incurred prior to the date of product introduction and that net cash inflows will commence in 2015. Upon completion of development, the underlying research and development intangible asset will be amortized over its estimated useful life. Developed technology assets are being amortized over a weighted-average useful life of 8 years.

        Prior to the acquisition date, the Company owned approximately 9% of the fully-diluted outstanding shares of Embrella. As a result of the acquisition, the Company remeasured at fair value its previously held ownership in Embrella, which had a carrying value of $1.3 million at the date of acquisition, and, accordingly, recognized a gain of $3.1 million. The gain was recorded in " Other Expense (Income), net " during the quarter ended March 31, 2011, and the cash received was recorded in " Proceeds from Unconsolidated Affiliates " on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The fair value of the Company's previous ownership interest in Embrella was determined using a market approach considering the amounts paid to acquire the remaining outstanding shares of Embrella.

        The results of operations for Embrella have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Pro forma results have not been presented as the results of Embrella are not material in relation to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

6.    GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by segment, during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 
  United
States
  Europe   Total  
 
  (in millions)
 

Goodwill at December 31, 2010

  $ 304.2   $ 11.0   $ 315.2  

Goodwill acquired during the year

    4.1     30.5     34.6  

Accumulated impairment losses

             
               

Goodwill at December 31, 2011

    308.3     41.5     349.8  

Goodwill acquired during the year

        34.9     34.9  

Accumulated impairment losses

             
               

Goodwill at December 31, 2012

  $ 308.3   $ 76.4   $ 384.7  
               

63


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6.    GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        Other intangible assets consist of the following (in millions):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Value
  Cost   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Value
 

Amortizable intangible assets

                                     

Patents

  $ 211.2   $ (167.3 ) $ 43.9   $ 205.9   $ (158.4 ) $ 47.5  

Developed technology

    41.3     (33.0 )   8.3     39.3     (31.3 )   8.0  

Other

    10.6     (6.8 )   3.8     12.0     (6.9 )   5.1  
                           

    263.1     (207.1 )   56.0     257.2     (196.6 )   60.6  

Unamortizable intangible assets

                                     

IPR&D

    11.0         11.0     6.3         6.3  
                           

  $ 274.1   $ (207.1 ) $ 67.0   $ 263.5   $ (196.6 ) $ 66.9  
                           

        Goodwill and IPR&D resulting from purchase business combinations are not subject to amortization. Other acquired intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives. The Company expenses costs incurred to renew or extend the term of acquired intangible assets.

        In October 2012, the Company completed its acquisition of BMEYE (see Note 5). This transaction resulted in an increase to goodwill of $34.9 million, developed technology of $1.2 million and IPR&D of $5.2 million. In March 2011, the Company completed its acquisition of Embrella (see Note 5). This transaction resulted in an increase to goodwill of $34.6 million, developed technology of $5.8 million and IPR&D of $6.3 million.

        The net carrying value of patents includes $19.2 million and $16.1 million of capitalized legal costs related to the defense and enforcement of issued patents and trademarks for which success is deemed probable as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively (see Note 2).

        Amortization expense related to other intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $13.3 million, $14.1 million and $16.6 million, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for each of the years ending December 31 is as follows (in millions):

2013

  $ 14.7  

2014

    13.2  

2015

    12.0  

2016

    11.6  

2017

    2.9  

64


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7.    INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES

        The Company has a number of equity investments in privately and publicly held companies. Investments in these unconsolidated affiliates are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in millions)
 

Available-for-sale investments

             

Cost

  $ 0.4   $ 2.0  

Unrealized gains

    1.6     1.3  
           

Fair value of available-for-sale investments

    2.0     3.3  
           

Equity method investments

             

Cost

    13.3     12.6  

Equity in losses

    (1.8 )   (0.7 )
           

Carrying value of equity method investments

    11.5     11.9  
           

Cost method investments

             

Carrying value of cost method investments

    7.6     6.6  
           

Total investments in unconsolidated affiliates

  $ 21.1   $ 21.8  
           

        Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale investments for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $2.1 million, $3.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and the Company realized pre-tax gains of $0.4 million, $1.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. During 2010, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $4.2 million related to certain available-for-sale investments. During 2010, the Company also recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $3.0 million related to one of its cost method investments. See Note 3 for additional information.

8.    DEBT, CREDIT FACILITIES AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS

        The Company has a Four-Year Credit Agreement ("the Credit Facility") which matures on July 29, 2015. The Credit Facility provides up to an aggregate of $500.0 million in borrowings in multiple currencies. Borrowings generally bear interest at the London interbank offering rate ("LIBOR") plus 0.875%, subject to adjustment for leverage ratio changes as defined in the Credit Facility. The Company also pays a facility fee of 0.125% on the entire $500.0 million facility whether or not drawn. The facility fee is also subject to adjustment for leverage ratio changes. All amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility have been classified as long-term obligations as these borrowings are expected to be refinanced pursuant to the Credit Facility. Issuance costs of $1.8 million are being amortized to interest expense over 4 years. As of December 31, 2012, borrowings of $189.3 million were outstanding under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility is unsecured and contains various financial and other covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, as defined in the Credit Facility. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2012.

        Included in the Credit Facility at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were unsecured notes denominated in Japanese yen of ¥1.2 billion (US$14.3 million) and ¥1.2 billion (US$15.4 million), respectively.

        The weighted-average interest rate under all debt obligations was 1.7% and 1.8% at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

65


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8.    DEBT, CREDIT FACILITIES AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

        Certain facilities and equipment are leased under operating leases expiring at various dates. Most of the operating leases contain renewal options. Total expense for all operating leases was $23.9 million, $21.5 million and $19.6 million for the years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        Future minimum lease payments (including interest) under non-cancelable operating leases and aggregate debt maturities at December 31, 2012 were as follows (in millions):

 
  Operating
Leases
  Aggregate
Debt
Maturities
 

2013

  $ 23.1   $  

2014

    19.9      

2015

    11.7     189.3  

2016

    8.8      

2017

    6.2      

Thereafter

    31.5      
           

Total obligations and commitments

  $ 101.2   $ 189.3  
           

9.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        The consolidated financial statements include financial instruments for which the fair market value of such instruments may differ from amounts reflected on a historical cost basis. Financial instruments of the Company consist of cash deposits, bank time deposits, accounts and other receivables, investments in unconsolidated affiliates, accounts payable, certain accrued liabilities and borrowings under a revolving credit agreement. The carrying value of these financial instruments generally approximates fair value due to their short-term nature.

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Company prioritizes the inputs used to determine fair values in one of the following three categories:

        Level 1—Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

        Level 2—Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable, either directly or indirectly.

        Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

        In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

66


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9.    FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

    Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        The following table summarizes the Company's financial instruments which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

December 31, 2012
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets

                         

Investments held for executive deferred compensation plan

  $ 12.7   $   $   $ 12.7  

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

    2.0             2.0  

Derivatives

        5.7         5.7  
                   

  $ 14.7   $ 5.7   $   $ 20.4  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Executive deferred compensation plan

  $ 12.4   $   $   $ 12.4  
                   

 

December 31, 2011
   
   
   
   
 

Assets

                         

Investments held for executive deferred compensation plan

  $ 11.5   $   $   $ 11.5  

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

    3.3             3.3  

Derivatives

        12.7         12.7  
                   

  $ 14.8   $ 12.7   $   $ 27.5  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Executive deferred compensation plan

  $ 9.9   $   $   $ 9.9  
                   

    Executive Deferred Compensation Plan

        The Company holds investments in trading securities related to its executive deferred compensation plan. The investments are in a variety of stock and bond mutual funds. The fair values of these investments and the corresponding liabilities are based on quoted market prices and are categorized as Level 1.

    Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates

        Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are long-term equity investments in companies that are in various stages of development. Certain of the Company's investments in unconsolidated affiliates are designated as available-for-sale. These investments are carried at fair market value based on quoted market prices and are categorized as Level 1.

    Derivative Instruments

        The Company uses derivative financial instruments in the form of foreign currency forward exchange contracts to manage foreign currency exposures. All derivatives contracts are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value. The fair value for derivatives is determined based on quoted foreign currency exchange rates discounted to present as appropriate. The valuation procedures are based upon well recognized financial principles. Although readily observable data is used in the valuations, different valuation methods could have an effect on the estimated fair value. The derivative instruments are categorized as Level 2.

67


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10.    DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

        The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its currency exchange rate risk as summarized below. Notional amounts are stated in United States dollar equivalents at spot exchange rates at the respective dates. The Company does not enter into these arrangements for trading or speculation purposes.

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  Notional
Amount
  Fair Value
Asset
  Notional
Amount
  Fair Value
Asset
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Foreign currency forward exchange contracts

  $ 779.0   $ 5.7   $ 759.5   $ 12.7  

        The fair value of derivative financial instruments was estimated by discounting expected cash flows using quoted market interest rates and foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Considerable judgment was employed in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value; accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions or valuation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

        The following table presents the location and fair value amounts of derivative instruments reported in the consolidated balance sheets (in millions):

 
   
  Fair Value  
 
  Balance Sheet Location   December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

                 

Assets

                 

Foreign currency contracts

  Prepaid expenses   $ 5.7   $ 12.7  

        The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of comprehensive income (in millions):

 
  Amount of
Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI on Derivative
(Effective
Portion)
   
  Amount of
Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified
from
Accumulated
OCI into
Income
 
 
  Location of Gain or
(Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated
OCI into Income
 
 
  2012   2011   2012   2011  

Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships

                             

Foreign currency contracts

  $ 13.7   $ (1.6 ) Cost of goods sold   $ 12.2   $ (29.0 )

 

 
   
  Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
 
 
  Location of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivative
 
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

                       

Foreign currency contracts

  Other expense (income), net   $ 4.4   $ (6.0 ) $ (5.0 )

68


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10.    DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES (Continued)

        The Company expects that during 2013 it will reclassify to earnings a $5.3 million gain currently recorded in " Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss ." For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not record any gains or losses due to hedge ineffectiveness.

11.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Benefit Plans

        Edwards Lifesciences maintains defined benefit pension plans in Japan and certain European countries. Information regarding the Company's defined benefit pension plans is as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

             

Beginning of year

  $ 95.6   $ 78.7  

Service cost

    7.2     6.6  

Interest cost

    2.3     2.2  

Participant contributions

    2.0     1.9  

Actuarial loss

    10.2     5.7  

Benefits paid

    (6.5 )   (2.3 )

Curtailment gain

    (2.0 )    

Currency exchange rate changes and other

    (0.8 )   2.8  
           

End of year

  $ 108.0   $ 95.6  
           

Change in fair value of plan assets:

             

Beginning of year

  $ 53.8   $ 45.3  

Actual return on plan assets

    1.7     0.7  

Employer contributions

    6.5     6.3  

Participant contributions

    2.0     1.9  

Benefits paid

    (6.3 )   (2.1 )

Currency exchange rate changes and other

    (0.5 )   1.7  
           

End of year

  $ 57.2   $ 53.8  
           

Funded Status

             

Projected benefit obligation

  $ (108.0 ) $ (95.6 )

Plan assets at fair value

    57.2     53.8  
           

Funded status, (under funded)

  $ (50.8 ) $ (41.8 )
           

Net amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet:

             

Other long-term liabilities

  $ 50.8   $ 41.8  
           

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

             

Net actuarial loss

  $ (27.9 ) $ (21.1 )

Net prior service credit

    2.4     2.9  

Net transition obligation

        (0.1 )

Deferred income tax benefit

    5.0     3.8  
           

Total

  $ (20.5 ) $ (14.5 )
           

69


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

        The accumulated benefit obligation ("ABO") for all defined benefit pension plans was $93.3 million and $84.0 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The projected benefit obligation and ABO were in excess of plan assets for all pension plans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

        The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Service cost, net

  $ 7.2   $ 6.6   $ 4.7  

Interest cost

    2.3     2.2     1.9  

Expected return on plan assets

    (1.4 )   (1.4 )   (1.2 )

Curtailment gain

    (0.2 )        

Amortization of actuarial loss

    0.8     0.6     0.4  

Amortization of prior service credit

    (0.3 )   (0.4 )   (0.3 )

Amortization of transition obligation

    0.1     0.1      
               

Net periodic pension benefits cost

  $ 8.5   $ 7.7   $ 5.5  
               

        The net actuarial loss and prior service credit that will be amortized from " Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss " into net periodic benefits cost in 2013 are expected to be $1.3 million and $(0.3) million, respectively.

        Expected long-term returns for each of the plans' strategic asset classes were developed through consultation with investment advisors. Several factors were considered, including survey of investment managers' expectations, current market data, minimum guaranteed returns in certain insurance contracts, and historical market returns over long periods. Using policy target allocation percentages and the asset class expected returns, a weighted-average expected return was calculated.

        To select the discount rates for the defined benefit pension plans, the Company uses a modeling process that involves matching the expected duration of its benefit plans to a yield curve constructed from a portfolio of AA-rated fixed-income debt instruments, or their equivalent. For each country, the Company uses the implied yield of this hypothetical portfolio at the appropriate duration as a discount rate benchmark.

        The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

Discount rate

    1.9 %   2.5 %

Rate of compensation increase

    3.1 %   3.0 %

Social securities increase

    1.8 %   1.8 %

Pension increase

    2.0 %   2.0 %

70


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

        The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Discount rate

    2.5 %   2.4 %   3.2 %

Expected return on plan assets

    2.6 %   2.7 %   3.4 %

Rate of compensation increase

    3.1 %   2.9 %   3.2 %

Social securities increase

    1.8 %   1.8 %   1.8 %

Pension increase

    2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %

    Plan Assets

        The Company's investment strategy for plan assets is to seek a competitive rate of return relative to an appropriate level of risk and to earn performance rates of return in accordance with the benchmarks adopted for each asset class. Risk management practices include diversification across asset classes and investment styles, and periodic rebalancing toward asset allocation targets.

        The Administrative and Investment Committee decides on the defined benefit plan provider in each location and that provider decides the target allocation for the Company's defined benefit plan at that location. The target asset allocation selected reflects a risk/return profile the Company feels is appropriate relative to the plans' liability structure and return goals. In certain plans, asset allocations may be governed by local requirements. Target weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2012, by asset category, are as follows:

Insurance contracts

    80.3 %

Equity securities

    10.6 %

Debt securities

    9.1 %
       

Total

    100.0 %
       

71


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

        The fair values of the Company's defined benefit plan assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, by asset category, are as follows (in millions):

December 31, 2012
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Asset Category

                         

Cash

  $ 0.8   $   $   $ 0.8  

Equity securities:

                         

United States equities

    1.6             1.6  

International equities

    4.5             4.5  

Debt securities:

                         

United States government bonds

    0.6             0.6  

International government bonds

    4.0             4.0  

Insurance contracts

            45.7     45.7  
                   

  $ 11.5   $   $ 45.7   $ 57.2  
                   

December 31, 2011
                         

Asset Category

                         

Cash

  $ 0.3   $   $   $ 0.3  

Equity securities:

                         

United States equities

    1.4             1.4  

International equities

    4.4             4.4  

Debt securities:

                         

United States government bonds

    0.4             0.4  

International government bonds

    3.8             3.8  

Insurance contracts

            43.5     43.5  
                   

  $ 10.3   $   $ 43.5   $ 53.8  
                   

72


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the changes in fair value of the Company's defined benefit plan assets that have been classified as Level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in millions):

 
  Insurance
Contracts
 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 36.5  

Actual return on plan assets:

       

Relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

    1.2  

Relating to assets sold during 2011

     

Purchases, sales and settlements

    4.6  

Currency exchange rate impact

    1.2  
       

Balance at December 31, 2011

    43.5  

Actual return on plan assets:

       

Relating to assets still held at December 31, 2012

    1.2  

Relating to assets sold during 2012

    0.1  

Purchases, sales and settlements

    0.4  

Currency exchange rate impact

    0.5  
       

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 45.7  
       

        Equity and debt securities are valued at fair value based on quoted market prices reported on the active markets on which the individual securities are traded. The insurance contracts are valued at the cash surrender value of the contracts, which is deemed to approximate its fair value.

        The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, at December 31, 2012, are expected to be paid (in millions):

2013

  $ 4.0  

2014

    4.1  

2015

    4.1  

2016

    5.0  

2017

    5.9  

2018-2022

    29.7  

        As of December 31, 2012, expected employer contributions for 2013 are $6.8 million.

Defined Contribution Plans

        The Company's employees in the United States and Puerto Rico are eligible to participate in a qualified 401(k) and 1165(e) plan, respectively. In the United States, participants may contribute up to 25% of their eligible compensation (subject to tax code limitation) to the plan. Edwards Lifesciences matches the first 3% of the participant's annual eligible compensation contributed to the plan on a dollar-for-dollar basis. Edwards Lifesciences matches the next 2% of the participant's annual eligible compensation to the plan on a 50% basis. In Puerto Rico, participants may contribute up to 25% of their annual compensation (subject to tax code limitation) to the plan. Edwards Lifesciences matches the first 4% of participant's annual eligible compensation contributed to the plan on a 50% basis. The Company also provides a 2% profit sharing contribution calculated on eligible earnings for each employee. Matching contributions relating to Edwards

73


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

Lifesciences employees were $10.8 million, $9.9 million and $8.9 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        The Company has a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of employees that provides the opportunity to defer a specified percentage of their eligible cash compensation. Participants may elect to defer up to 25% of total eligible compensation. The Company's obligations under this plan are unfunded. The amount accrued under this plan was $8.2 million and $7.3 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        During 2001, the Company adopted a nonqualified option plan ("Executive Option Plan") for the benefit of the executive officers and other key employees. The Executive Option Plan permitted participants to receive options to purchase shares of mutual funds or common stock of the Company in lieu of all or a portion of their compensation (base salary and bonus) earned prior to January 1, 2005. The Company discontinued option grants under the Executive Option Plan and has adopted the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan to provide officers and other key employees the opportunity to defer compensation earned after December 31, 2004 to future dates specified by the participant with a return based on investment alternatives selected by the participant. The amount accrued under this plan was $12.4 million and $9.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

12.    COMMON STOCK

Treasury Stock

        In February 2010, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions up to $500.0 million of the Company's common stock. In September 2011, the Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program authorizing the Company to purchase on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions up to an additional $500.0 million of the Company's common stock. Stock repurchased under these programs will be used primarily to offset obligations under the Company's employee stock option programs and reduce the total shares outstanding.

        During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company repurchased 4.0 million, 3.9 million and 4.1 million shares, respectively, at an aggregate cost of $353.2 million, $303.4 million and $200.0 million, respectively, including shares purchased under the ASR agreements described below and shares acquired to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock issued to employees. The timing and size of any future stock repurchases are subject to a variety of factors, including market conditions, stock prices and other cash requirements.

    Accelerated Share Repurchase

        In February 2012, the Company entered into an ASR agreement with an investment bank to repurchase $54.0 million of the Company's common stock. The February ASR agreement provided for the repurchase of the Company's common stock based on the volume-weighted average price ("VWAP") of the Company's common stock during the term of the agreement, less a discount, and was subject to collar provisions that established minimum and maximum number of shares to be repurchased. In March 2012, the Company paid the $54.0 million purchase price and received an initial delivery of 0.6 million shares, representing the minimum number of shares to be repurchased under the agreement. The initial shares were valued at $72.40 per share based on the VWAP of the Company's common stock on March 1, 2012, which was the date the major terms of the ASR agreement were finalized, and represented approximately 80 percent of the total

74


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12.    COMMON STOCK (Continued)

contract value. The February ASR agreement concluded in May 2012, and upon final settlement, the Company had received a total of 0.7 million shares at an average price per share of $75.12 based on the VWAP of the Company's common stock during the term of the agreement.

        In May 2012, the Company entered into another ASR agreement with the same investment bank to repurchase $50.0 million of the Company's common stock. The May ASR agreement provided for the repurchase of the Company's common stock based on the VWAP of the Company's common stock during the term of the agreement, less a discount, and was subject to collar provisions that established minimum and maximum number of shares to be repurchased. In June 2012, the Company paid the $50.0 million purchase price and received an initial delivery of 0.5 million shares, representing the minimum number of shares to be repurchased under the agreement. The initial shares were valued at $84.81 per share based on the VWAP of the Company's common stock on June 1, 2012, which was the date the major terms of the May ASR agreement were finalized, and represented approximately 80 percent of the total contract value. The May ASR agreement concluded in August 2012, and upon final settlement, the Company had received a total of 0.5 million shares at an average price per share of $97.50 based on the VWAP of the Company's common stock during the term of the agreement.

        In November 2012, the Company entered into another ASR agreement with a different investment bank to repurchase $100.0 million of the Company's common stock. The November ASR agreement provides for the repurchase of the Company's common stock based on the VWAP of the Company's common stock during the term of the agreement, less a discount, and is subject to collar provisions that established minimum and maximum number of shares to be repurchased. In November 2012, the Company paid the $100.0 million purchase price and received an initial delivery of 1.1 million shares, representing the minimum number of shares to be repurchased under the agreement. The initial shares were valued at $85.73 per share based on the VWAP of the Company's common stock on November 19, 2012, which was the date the major terms of the November ASR agreement were finalized, and represented approximately 90 percent of the total contract value. The November ASR agreement concluded in February 2013, and upon final settlement, the Company had received a total of 1.2 million shares at an average price of $88.93 based on the VWAP of the Company's common stock during the term of the agreement.

        The ASR agreements were accounted for as two separate transactions: (a) the value of the initial delivery of shares was recorded as shares of common stock acquired in a treasury stock transaction on the acquisition date and (b) the remaining amount of the purchase price paid was recorded as a forward contract indexed to the Company's own common stock and was recorded in " Additional Paid-in Capital " on the consolidated balance sheets. The initial delivery of shares resulted in an immediate reduction of the outstanding shares used to calculate the weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share. The Company determined that the forward contract indexed to the Company's common stock met all the applicable criteria for equity classification and, therefore, was not accounted for as a derivative instrument.

Employee and Director Stock Plans

        The Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Long-Term Stock Incentive Compensation Program (the "Program") provides for the grant of incentive and non-qualified stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units for eligible employees and contractors of the Company. Under the Program, these grants are awarded at a price equal to the fair market value at the date of grant based upon the closing price on that date. Options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock granted under the Program generally vest over predetermined periods of between three to four years and expire seven years after the date of grant. Restricted stock units of the Company's common stock granted under the Program generally vest over

75


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12.    COMMON STOCK (Continued)

predetermined periods ranging from three to five years after the date of grant. Market-based restricted stock units of the Company's common stock granted under the Program vest based on a combination of certain service and market conditions. The actual number of shares issued will be determined based on the Company's total shareholder return relative to a selected industry peer group over a three-year performance period, and may range from 0 percent to 175 percent of the targeted number of shares granted. On May 10, 2012, an amendment and restatement of the Program was approved by the Company's stockholders. Under the amended Program, the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the Program was increased by 1.5 million shares to a total available for issuance of 47.4 million shares. No more than 2.0 million shares reserved for issuance may be granted in the form of stock options. No more than 3.6 million shares reserved for issuance may be granted in the form of restricted stock or restricted stock units.

        The Company also maintains the Nonemployee Directors Stock Incentive Compensation Program (the "Nonemployee Directors Program"). Under the Nonemployee Directors Program, each nonemployee director may receive annually up to 20,000 stock options or 8,000 restricted stock units of the Company's common stock, or a combination thereof, provided that in no event may the total value of the combined annual award exceed $0.2 million. Additionally, each nonemployee director may elect to receive all or a portion of the annual cash retainer to which the director is otherwise entitled through the issuance of stock options or restricted stock units. Each option and restricted stock unit award granted in 2011 or prior generally vests in three equal annual installments. Each option and restricted stock unit award granted after 2011 generally vests after one year. Upon a director's initial election to the Board, the director receives an initial grant of restricted stock units equal to a fair market value on grant date of $0.2 million, not to exceed 10,000 shares. These grants vest over three years from the date of grant. Under the Nonemployee Directors Program, an aggregate of 1.4 million shares of the Company's common stock has been authorized for issuance.

        The Company has an employee stock purchase plan for United States employees and a plan for international employees (collectively "ESPP"). Under the ESPP, eligible employees may purchase shares of the Company's common stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of Edwards Lifesciences common stock on the effective date of subscription or the date of purchase. Under the ESPP, employees can authorize the Company to withhold up to 12% of their compensation for common stock purchases, subject to certain limitations. The ESPP is available to all active employees of the Company paid from the United States payroll and to eligible employees of the Company outside the United States to the extent permitted by local law. The ESPP for United States employees is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the ESPP was 5.9 million shares.

        The fair value of each option award and employee stock purchase subscription is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following tables. The risk-free interest rate is estimated using the U.S. Treasury yield curve and is based on the expected term of the award. Expected volatility is estimated based on the historical-implied volatility of publicly traded options of its common stock with a term of one year or greater. The expected term of awards granted is estimated from the vesting period of the award, as well as historical exercise behavior, and represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses historical data to estimate forfeitures and has estimated an annual forfeiture rate of 6.4%.

76


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12.    COMMON STOCK (Continued)

        The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used with the following weighted-average assumptions for options granted during the following periods:

Option Awards

 
  2012   2011   2010  

Average risk-free interest rate

    0.7 %   1.7 %   2.0 %

Expected dividend yield

    None     None     None  

Expected volatility

    31 %   27 %   26 %

Expected life (years)

    4.6     4.5     4.6  

Fair value, per share

  $ 23.93   $ 22.78   $ 13.08  

        The Black-Scholes option pricing model was used with the following weighted-average assumptions for ESPP subscriptions granted during the following periods:

ESPP

 
  2012   2011   2010  

Average risk-free interest rate

    0.1 %   0.2 %   0.3 %

Expected dividend yield

    None     None     None  

Expected volatility

    33 %   28 %   28 %

Expected life (years)

    0.6     0.6     0.6  

Fair value, per share

  $ 21.30   $ 20.02   $ 12.09  

        The fair value of market-based restricted stock units was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model, which uses multiple input variables to determine the probability of satisfying the market condition requirements. The weighted-average assumptions used to determine the fair value of the market-based restricted stock units included a 0.3 percent risk-free interest rate and a 30.4 percent expected volatility rate.

        Stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2012 under the Program and the Nonemployee Directors Program was as follows (in millions, except years and per-share amounts):

 
  Shares   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011

    10.0   $ 36.50            

Options granted

    1.1     86.70            

Options exercised

    (3.5 )   23.08            

Options forfeited

    (0.1 )   60.11            
                       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

    7.5     49.92   3.7 years   $ 304.3  
                       

Exercisable as of December 31, 2012

    5.0     38.02   2.9 years     262.1  
                       

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2012

    7.2     48.68   3.7 years     298.1  
                       

77


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12.    COMMON STOCK (Continued)

        The following table summarizes nonvested restricted stock unit activity during the year ended December 31, 2012 under the Program and the Nonemployee Directors Program (in millions, except per-share amounts):

 
  Shares   Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2011

    1.1   $ 44.30  

Granted(a)

    0.3     89.88  

Vested

    (0.5 )   30.48  

Forfeited

    (0.1 )   53.87  
             

Nonvested as of December 31, 2012

    0.8     67.92  
             

(a)
Includes 47,275 shares of market-based restricted stock units granted during 2012, which represents the targeted number of shares to be issued. As described above, the actual number of shares ultimately issued will be determined based on the Company's total shareholder return relative to a selected industry peer group.

        The intrinsic value of stock options exercised and restricted stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $252.8 million, $180.7 million and $190.9 million, respectively. The intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the amount by which the market price of the Company's common stock exceeds the exercise price of the option. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company received cash from exercises of stock options of $80.5 million, $42.4 million and $78.8 million, respectively, and realized tax benefits from exercises of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units of $82.6 million, $60.7 million and $64.7 million, respectively. The total grant-date fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $19.5 million, $16.9 million and $15.8 million, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2012, the total remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options, restricted stock units, market-based restricted stock units and employee stock purchase subscriptions amounted to $70.7 million, which will be amortized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of 30 months.

78


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13.    ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

        Presented below is a summary of activity for each component of " Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss " for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Foreign currency translation adjustments are generally not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to indefinite investments in non-United States subsidiaries.

 
  Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
  Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Cash
Flow Hedges
  Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on
Available-for-Sale
Investments
  Unrealized
Pension
Costs(a)
  Total
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
 
 
  (in millions)
 

December 31, 2009

  $ 0.1   $ (4.1 ) $ (1.0 ) $ (2.9 ) $ (7.9 )

Pre-tax period change

    (24.9 )   (11.2 )   4.5     (6.9 )   (38.5 )

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)

        4.4     (1.3 )   1.2     4.3  
                       

December 31, 2010

    (24.8 )   (10.9 )   2.2     (8.6 )   (42.1 )

Pre-tax period change

    (5.2 )   27.4     (2.3 )   (6.6 )   13.3  

Deferred income tax benefit (expense)

        (10.6 )   1.2     0.7     (8.7 )
                       

December 31, 2011

    (30.0 )   5.9     1.1     (14.5 )   (37.5 )

Pre-tax period change

    4.2     1.5     0.4     (7.2 )   (1.1 )

Deferred income tax (expense) benefit

        (0.4 )   (0.1 )   1.2     0.7  
                       

December 31, 2012

  $ (25.8 ) $ 7.0   $ 1.4   $ (20.5 ) $ (37.9 )
                       

(a)
For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the change in unrealized pension costs consisted of the following (in millions):

 
  Pre-Tax
Amount
  Tax Benefit
(Expense)
  Net of Tax
Amount
 

2012
                   

Prior service cost arising during period

  $ (0.2 ) $   $ (0.2 )

Amortization of prior service credit

    (0.3 )       (0.3 )
               

Net prior service cost arising during period

    (0.5 )       (0.5 )

Net transition obligation amortized during period

    0.1         0.1  

Net actuarial loss arising during period

    (6.8 )   1.2     (5.6 )
               

Unrealized pension costs, net

  $ (7.2 ) $ 1.2   $ (6.0 )
               

2011
                   

Prior service credit arising during period

  $ 0.1   $   $ 0.1  

Amortization of prior service credit

    (0.4 )   0.1     (0.3 )
               

Net prior service cost arising during period

    (0.3 )   0.1     (0.2 )

Net transition obligation amortized during period

    0.1         0.1  

Net actuarial loss arising during period

    (6.4 )   0.6     (5.8 )
               

Unrealized pension costs, net

  $ (6.6 ) $ 0.7   $ (5.9 )
               

2010
                   

Prior service credit arising during period

  $ 0.3   $   $ 0.3  

Amortization of prior service credit

    (0.3 )       (0.3 )
               

Net prior service credit arising during period

             

Net actuarial loss arising during period

    (6.9 )   1.2     (5.7 )
               

Unrealized pension costs, net

  $ (6.9 ) $ 1.2   $ (5.7 )
               

79


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14.    OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME), NET

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in millions)
 

Foreign exchange losses (gains), net

  $ 1.2   $ 1.9   $ (0.2 )

Losses (gains) on investments in unconsolidated affiliates

    0.7     (5.4 )   (0.8 )

Earn-out payments

        (1.0 )   (6.0 )

Other

    (0.2 )   (0.3 )   (1.1 )
               

Total other expense (income), net

  $ 1.7   $ (4.8 ) $ (8.1 )
               

15.    INCOME TAXES

        The Company's income before provision for income taxes was generated from United States and international operations as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

United States

  $ 143.7   $ 23.6   $ 71.4  

International, including Puerto Rico

    247.4     260.0     196.8  
               

  $ 391.1   $ 283.6   $ 268.2  
               

        The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Current

                   

United States:

                   

Federal

  $ 87.2   $ 29.1   $ 25.7  

State and local

    5.9     3.0     3.2  

International, including Puerto Rico

    31.6     25.0     27.2  
               

Current income tax expense

    124.7     57.1     56.1  
               

Deferred

                   

United States:

                   

Federal

    (23.8 )   (6.4 )   (1.8 )

State and local

    (2.0 )   1.2     (0.2 )

International, including Puerto Rico

    (1.0 )   (5.0 )   (3.9 )
               

Deferred income tax benefit

    (26.8 )   (10.2 )   (5.9 )
               

Total income tax provision

  $ 97.9   $ 46.9   $ 50.2  
               

80


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15.    INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

Deferred tax assets

             

Compensation and benefits

  $ 53.5   $ 51.0  

Benefits from uncertain tax positions

    28.1     10.3  

Net operating loss carryforwards

    27.6     21.8  

Net tax credit carryforwards

    20.8     15.4  

Accrued liabilities

    13.0     11.8  

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

    2.8     3.3  

Inventories

    0.4     1.8  

Other

    0.5     2.4  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    146.7     117.8  
           

Deferred tax liabilities

             

Property, plant and equipment

    (20.8 )   (22.2 )

Cash flow hedges

    (2.0 )   (4.8 )

Other intangible assets

    (1.8 )   (3.3 )

Other

    (3.3 )   (0.3 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (27.9 )   (30.6 )
           

Valuation allowance

    (38.6 )   (32.4 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 80.2   $ 54.8  
           

        During 2012, net deferred tax assets increased $25.4 million, including items that were recorded to stockholders' equity and which did not impact the Company's income tax provision.

        The valuation allowance of $38.6 million as of December 31, 2012 reduces certain deferred tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to be realized. This allowance primarily relates to the net operating loss carryforwards of certain United States and non-United States subsidiaries and to the deferred tax assets established for impairment losses on certain investments and for certain non-United States credit carryforwards.

81


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15.    INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        Net operating loss, charitable contribution and tax credit carryforwards, and the related carryforward periods, at December 31, 2012, are summarized as follows (in millions):

 
  Carryforward
Amount
  Tax Benefit
Amount
  Valuation
Allowance
  Net Tax
Benefit
  Carryforward
Period Ends
 

United States state net operating losses

  $ 143.0   $ 9.3   $ (1.9 ) $ 7.4     2013-2032  

United States federal net operating losses

    16.8     5.9         5.9     2032  

Non-United States net operating losses

    32.1     8.1     (6.5 )   1.6     2013-2021  

Non-United States net operating losses

    52.1     17.6     (16.4 )   1.2     Indefinite  

United States federal charitable contributions

    9.2     3.4         3.4     2014-2017  

United States federal tax credits

    54.2     54.2         54.2     2021-2032  

California research expenditure tax credits

    38.4     38.4         38.4     Indefinite  

Puerto Rico purchases credit

    11.0     11.0     (11.0 )       Indefinite  
                         

Total

  $ 356.8   $ 147.9   $ (35.8 ) $ 112.1        
                         

        A valuation allowance of $2.8 million has been provided for other-than-temporary impairments and unrealized losses related to certain investments in unconsolidated affiliates that may not be recognized due to the uncertainty of the ready marketability of certain impaired investments.

        The Company has $38.4 million of California research expenditure tax credits it expects to use in future periods. The credits may be carried forward indefinitely. Based upon anticipated future taxable income, the Company expects that it is more likely than not that all California research expenditure tax credits will be utilized, although the utilization of the full benefit is expected to occur over a number of years and into the far distant future. Accordingly, no valuation allowance has been provided.

        The United States state net operating loss carryforwards include $143.0 million of losses attributable to windfall stock option deductions. A net benefit of $4.8 million will be recorded to " Additional Paid-in Capital " when realized as a reduction to income taxes payable.

        The United States federal net operating loss carryforward of $16.8 million is attributable to windfall stock option deductions. A net benefit of $5.9 million will be recorded to " Additional Paid-in Capital " when realized as a reduction to income taxes payable.

        Approximately $64.6 million of the total $96.0 million United States federal and state tax credit and charitable contribution carryforwards are attributable to windfall stock option deductions and will be recorded as a benefit to " Additional Paid-in Capital " when realized as a reduction to income taxes payable.

        Deferred income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries of approximately $1,135.9 million as of December 31, 2012 since these amounts are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. It is not practicable to calculate the deferred taxes associated with these earnings because of the variability of multiple factors that would need to be assessed at the time of any assumed repatriation; however, foreign tax credits would likely be available to reduce federal income taxes in the event of distribution. In making this assertion, the Company evaluates, among other factors, the profitability of its United States and foreign operations and the need for cash within and outside the United States, including cash requirements for capital improvement, acquisitions, market expansion and stock repurchase programs. Additionally, in 2010, the Company entered into a plan to repatriate all of the accumulated earnings from certain of its European subsidiaries. The Company does not expect earnings in these European subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested and records the tax impact in net income currently.

82


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15.    INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The Company has received tax incentives in Puerto Rico, Dominican Republic, Singapore and Switzerland. The tax reductions as compared to the local statutory rates favorably impacted earnings per diluted share for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 by $0.39, $0.40 and $0.34, respectively. The Puerto Rico, Dominican Republic, Singapore and Switzerland grants provide the Company's manufacturing operations partial or full exemption from local taxes until the years 2028, 2017, 2024 and 2015, respectively. In 2012, the Company negotiated a new Puerto Rico grant with the Puerto Rican government with an extended term until 2028.

        A reconciliation of the United States federal statutory income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate is as follows (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Income tax expense at U.S. federal statutory rate

  $ 136.9   $ 99.2   $ 93.9  

Foreign income tax at different rates

    (39.8 )   (57.4 )   (28.1 )

Tax credits, federal and state

    (4.9 )   (10.4 )   (7.8 )

State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit

    3.9     4.6     4.1  

Nondeductible stock-based compensation

    1.9     1.9     1.9  

U.S. tax on foreign earnings, net of credits

    (1.0 )   11.8     2.2  

Release of reserve for uncertain tax positions related to prior years

    (0.8 )   (4.1 )   (13.4 )

Other

    1.7     1.3     (2.6 )
               

Income tax provision

  $ 97.9   $ 46.9   $ 50.2  
               

        The federal research credit expired on December 31, 2011 and was not reinstated until January 2, 2013. As a result, the effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 has been calculated without a benefit for the federal research credit. Had the federal research credit been recorded in 2012, it would have favorably impacted the effective tax rate by 2.0 percentage points, or $8.4 million.

    Reserve for Uncertain Tax Positions

        As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions was $113.6 million and $78.0 million, respectively, the majority of which was included in " Other Long-term Liabilities ." The Company estimates that these liabilities would be reduced by $26.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively, from offsetting tax benefits associated with the correlative effects of potential transfer pricing adjustments, state income taxes and timing adjustments. The net amounts of $87.5 million and $71.2 million, respectively, if not required, would favorably affect the Company's effective tax rate.

83


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15.    INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest, penalties and foreign exchange, is as follows (in millions):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Unrecognized tax benefits, January 1

  $ 78.0   $ 55.1   $ 47.1  

Current year tax positions

    41.7     26.0     20.8  

Increase prior period tax positions

    2.6     5.9     8.6  

Decrease prior period tax positions

    (4.3 )   (5.5 )   (20.1 )

Settlements

    (4.3 )   (0.1 )   (0.1 )

Lapse of statute of limitations

    (0.1 )   (3.4 )   (1.2 )
               

Unrecognized tax benefits, December 31

  $ 113.6   $ 78.0   $ 55.1  
               

        The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had accrued $3.1 million (net of $2.1 million tax benefit) of interest related to uncertain tax positions, and as of December 31, 2011, the Company had accrued $2.0 million (net of $1.2 million tax benefit) of interest related to uncertain tax positions. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company recognized interest expense, net of tax benefit, of $1.0 million, $0.4 million and ($0.9) million, respectively, in " Provision for Income Taxes " on the consolidated statements of operations.

        The Company strives to resolve open matters with each tax authority at the examination level and could reach agreement with a tax authority at any time. While the Company has accrued for matters it believes are more likely than not to require settlement, the final outcome with a tax authority may result in a tax liability that is more or less than that reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, the Company may later decide to challenge any assessments, if made, and may exercise its right to appeal. The uncertain tax positions are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as events occur that affect potential liabilities for additional taxes, such as lapsing of applicable statutes of limitations, proposed assessments by tax authorities, negotiations between tax authorities, identification of new issues and issuance of new legislation, regulations or case law.

        At December 31, 2012, all material state, local and foreign income tax matters have been concluded for years through 2006. The Internal Revenue Service has completed its examination of the Company's 2007 and 2008 tax years, including certain transfer pricing issues that were under appeal. The appeals process for those transfer pricing issues was finalized during the third quarter of 2012. The Internal Revenue Service began its examination of the 2009 and 2010 tax years during the second quarter of 2011. As a result of on-going negotiations of an Advanced Pricing Agreement between Switzerland and the United States, the expiration of statutes of limitations, and the possible settlement of on-going audits in several jurisdictions for multiple years throughout the world, the total liability for unrecognized tax benefits may change within the next 12 months. The range of such change could vary, but the amount of such change is not expected to be material.

16.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        In February 2008, Edwards Lifesciences filed a lawsuit against CoreValve, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging that its ReValving System infringes three of Edwards' U.S. Andersen patents, later narrowed to one patent ("the '552 patent"). Medtronic, Inc. ("Medtronic") acquired

84


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS (Continued)

CoreValve, Inc. ("Medtronic CoreValve") in April 2009. In April 2010, a federal jury found the '552 patent to be valid and found that Medtronic CoreValve willfully infringes it. The jury also awarded Edwards $73.9 million in damages. In February 2011, the District Court reaffirmed the jury decision and ruled that Edwards is entitled to recover additional damages due to Medtronic CoreValve's continued infringing sales from the trial through the life of the patent, plus interest. In the same ruling, the court denied Edwards' motions for a permanent injunction, as well as its motion for increased damages relating to Medtronic CoreValve's willful infringement. In November 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the April 2010 federal jury decision that Medtronic CoreValve is willfully infringing the '552 patent and ordered the trial court to reconsider Edwards' request for a permanent injunction that would prohibit the manufacture or sale of the CoreValve System in the United States. The Court of Appeals also affirmed the validity of the '552 patent and the federal jury's verdict awarding an initial payment of $73.9 million in damages to Edwards, which covers infringement through early 2010. In February 2013, the Court of Appeals issued a mandate affirming the judgment of the District Court and directing it to reconsider its prior denial of Edwards' request for a permanent injunction. The mandate renders enforceable the initial jury damages award, and restores jurisdiction to the District Court to assess additional damages for the period after the date of the jury award.

        A second lawsuit is pending in the same trial court against Medtronic CoreValve and Medtronic alleging infringement of three of Edwards' U.S. Andersen patents.

        In May 2012, the United States Patent and Trademark Office ("USPTO") granted Medtronic's fourth request to reexamine the validity of the claim of the '552 patent and in February 2013 confirmed the validity of that patent.

        In June 2011, Medtronic filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota alleging that certain surgical valve holders and a surgical embolic filter device infringe its patents. Edwards counterclaimed against Medtronic, alleging that the Medtronic Contour 3D annuloplasty ring infringes an Edwards ring patent. Edwards subsequently added two more patents to its counterclaim. In February and March 2012, the USPTO granted Edwards' requests to reexamine the validity of three of the four Medtronic patents involved in this lawsuit.

        In June 2011, Medtronic CoreValve also filed another lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California alleging that the Edwards SAPIEN transcatheter heart valve infringes a Medtronic CoreValve patent. Edwards counterclaimed against Medtronic CoreValve and Medtronic, alleging that the Medtronic CoreValve heart valve infringes Edwards' U.S. Letac-Cribier transcatheter heart valve patent. Edwards' counterclaim was subsequently transferred to the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, where proceedings continue. In April 2012, the USPTO granted Edwards' request to reexamine the validity of the Medtronic CoreValve patent. In November 2012, the California court ruled that the Medtronic CoreValve patent is invalid and dismissed the lawsuit in favor of Edwards. Medtronic has filed an appeal.

        In March 2012, Medtronic filed another lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California alleging that the methods of implanting the Edwards SAPIEN transcatheter heart valve in the United States infringes two Medtronic patents relating to methods of pacing the heart.

        In August 2012, Edwards filed a lawsuit against Medtronic in the German District Court of Mannheim alleging that Medtronic's CoreValve and Evolut valves infringe two of Edwards' transcatheter valve patents. These patents were issued by the European Patent Office and were validated as national patents in various

85


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS (Continued)

European countries, including Germany. The matter is scheduled for trial in April 2013. Related oppositions on the validity of these patents are ongoing at the European Patent Office.

        In addition, Edwards Lifesciences is or may be a party to, or may otherwise be responsible for, pending or threatened lawsuits related primarily to products and services currently or formerly manufactured or performed, as applicable, by Edwards Lifesciences. Such cases and claims raise difficult and complex factual and legal issues and are subject to many uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the facts and circumstances of each particular case or claim, the jurisdiction in which each suit is brought, and differences in applicable law. Upon resolution of any such legal matter or other claim, Edwards Lifesciences may incur charges in excess of established reserves. The Company is not able to estimate the amount or range of any loss for legal contingencies for which there is no reserve or additional loss for matters already reserved. While any such charge could have a material adverse impact on Edwards Lifesciences' net income or cash flows in the period in which it is recorded or paid, management does not believe that any such charge relating to any currently pending lawsuit would have a material adverse effect on Edwards Lifesciences' financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

        Edwards Lifesciences is subject to various environmental laws and regulations both within and outside of the United States. The operations of Edwards Lifesciences, like those of other medical device companies, involve the use of substances regulated under environmental laws, primarily in manufacturing and sterilization processes. While it is difficult to quantify the potential impact of continuing compliance with environmental protection laws, management believes that such compliance will not have a material impact on Edwards Lifesciences' financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

17.    SEGMENT INFORMATION

        Edwards Lifesciences conducts operations worldwide and is managed in the following geographical regions: United States, Europe, Japan and Rest of World. All regions sell products that are used to treat advanced cardiovascular disease.

        The Company's geographic segments are reported based on the financial information provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (the Chief Executive Officer). The Company evaluates the performance of its geographic segments based on net sales and income before provision for income taxes ("pre-tax income"). The accounting policies of the segments are substantially the same as those described in Note 2. Net sales and pre-tax income of reportable segments are based on internally derived standard foreign exchange rates, which may differ from year to year, and do not include inter-segment profits. Because of the interdependence of the reportable segments, the operating profit as presented may not be representative of the geographical distribution that would occur if the segments were not interdependent. Net sales by geographic area are based on the location of the customer.

        Certain items are maintained at the corporate level and are not allocated to the segments. The non-allocated items include net interest expense, global marketing expenses, corporate research and development expenses, manufacturing variances, corporate headquarters costs, special gains and charges, stock-based compensation, foreign currency hedging activities, certain litigation costs and most of the Company's amortization expense. Although most of the Company's depreciation expense is included in segment pre-tax income, due to the Company's methodology for cost build-up, it is impractical to determine the amount of depreciation expense included in each segment, and, therefore, a portion is maintained at the corporate level. The Company neither discretely allocates assets to its operating segments, nor evaluates the operating segments using discrete asset information.

86


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17.    SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

        The table below presents information about Edwards Lifesciences' reportable segments (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Segment Net Sales

                   

United States

  $ 812.1   $ 605.6   $ 567.6  

Europe

    577.0     549.4     460.1  

Japan

    293.4     226.8     217.7  

Rest of world

    236.0     200.8     167.2  
               

Total segment net sales

  $ 1,918.5   $ 1,582.6   $ 1,412.6  
               

Segment Pre-tax Income

                   

United States

  $ 465.0   $ 314.9   $ 311.0  

Europe

    250.9     237.9     178.9  

Japan

    153.1     107.6     101.2  

Rest of world

    68.8     60.3     49.5  
               

Total segment pre-tax income

  $ 937.8   $ 720.7   $ 640.6  
               

        The table below presents reconciliations of segment net sales to consolidated net sales and segment pre-tax income to consolidated pre-tax income (in millions):

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011   2010  

Net Sales Reconciliation

                   

Segment net sales

  $ 1,918.5   $ 1,582.6   $ 1,412.6  

Foreign currency

    (18.9 )   96.0     34.4  
               

Consolidated net sales

  $ 1,899.6   $ 1,678.6   $ 1,447.0  
               

Pre-tax Income Reconciliation

                   

Segment pre-tax income

  $ 937.8   $ 720.7   $ 640.6  

Unallocated amounts:

                   

Corporate items

    (536.2 )   (436.3 )   (366.0 )

Special charges

    (16.0 )   (21.6 )   (22.7 )

Interest income (expense), net

    0.4     0.3     (1.5 )

Foreign currency

    5.1     20.5     17.8  
               

Consolidated pre-tax income

  $ 391.1   $ 283.6   $ 268.2  
               

87


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17.    SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

Enterprise-Wide Information

        Enterprise-wide information is based on actual foreign exchange rates used in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

 
  As of or for the Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
  (in millions)
 

Net Sales by Geographic Area

                   

United States

  $ 812.1   $ 605.6   $ 567.6  

Europe

    559.7     574.0     457.0  

Japan

    294.1     283.7     247.8  

Rest of World

    233.7     215.3     174.6  
               

  $ 1,899.6   $ 1,678.6   $ 1,447.0  
               

Net Sales by Major Product Area

                   

Surgical Heart Valve Therapy

  $ 787.5   $ 784.4   $ 732.1  

Transcatheter Heart Valves

    552.1     333.8     206.4  

Critical Care

    560.0     560.4     508.5  
               

  $ 1,899.6   $ 1,678.6   $ 1,447.0  
               

Long-lived Tangible Assets by Geographic Area

                   

United States

  $ 263.4   $ 223.0   $ 180.5  

International

    136.2     105.9     102.3  
               

  $ 399.6   $ 328.9   $ 282.8  
               

88


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

18.    QUARTERLY FINANCIAL RESULTS AND MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S STOCK (UNAUDITED)

Years Ended December 31,
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  Total
Year
 
 
  (in millions, except per share data)
 

2012

                               

Net sales

  $ 459.2   $ 482.0   $ 447.9   $ 510.5   $ 1,899.6  

Gross profit

    331.9     352.2     336.2     384.7     1,405.0  

Net income(a)

    65.1     67.8     69.2     91.1     293.2  

Earnings per common share(a):

                               

Basic

    0.57     0.59     0.60     0.79     2.55  

Diluted

    0.55     0.57     0.58     0.77     2.48  

Market price:

                               

High

  $ 83.96   $ 104.25   $ 109.88   $ 110.79   $ 110.79  

Low

    67.95     67.86     96.36     81.29     67.86  

2011

                               

Net sales

  $ 404.5   $ 431.2   $ 412.7   $ 430.2   $ 1,678.6  

Gross profit

    287.7     303.4     287.1     310.6     1,188.8  

Net income(b)

    63.9     58.1     51.6     63.1     236.7  

Earnings per common share(b):

                               

Basic

    0.56     0.51     0.45     0.55     2.07  

Diluted

    0.53     0.48     0.43     0.53     1.98  

Market price:

                               

High

  $ 91.82   $ 90.38   $ 91.50   $ 77.40   $ 91.82  

Low

    77.26     80.44     61.63     61.59     61.59  

(a)
The second quarter of 2012 includes an $8.1 million charge due to the voluntary recalls of certain of the Company's heart valves and Critical Care catheters and a $7.0 million charge for the licensing of intellectual property.

The fourth quarter of 2012 includes a $9.0 million charge related primarily to severance associated with a global workforce realignment.

(b)
The second quarter of 2011 includes a $4.0 million charge to reflect the increased collection risk associated with the Company's receivables in Greece.

The fourth quarter of 2011 includes (1) an $8.8 million charge to reflect the increased risk associated with its southern European receivables, (2) a $5.5 million charge related primarily to severance associated with a global workforce realignment, and (3) a $3.3 million charge related to a litigation settlement.

89


Table of Contents


EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19.    VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 
   
  Additions    
   
 
 
  Balance at
Beginning
of Period
  Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
  Charged to
Other
Accounts
  Deductions
From
Reserves
  Balance at
End of
Period
 
 
  (in millions)
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

                               

Allowance for doubtful accounts(a)

  $ 19.0   $ 3.0   $ 0.4   $ (10.4 ) $ 12.0  

Inventory reserves(b)

    12.9     21.8         (18.4 )   16.3  

Tax valuation allowance(c)

    32.4     3.1     5.2     (2.1 )   38.6  

Year ended December 31, 2011

                               

Allowance for doubtful accounts(a)

  $ 11.6   $ 9.0   $ 0.3   $ (1.9 ) $ 19.0  

Inventory reserves(b)

    11.2     15.3         (13.6 )   12.9  

Tax valuation allowance(c)

    30.3     3.1     0.4     (1.4 )   32.4  

Year ended December 31, 2010

                               

Allowance for doubtful accounts(a)

  $ 12.4   $ 3.3   $   $ (4.1 ) $ 11.6  

Inventory reserves(b)

    10.9     7.1         (6.8 )   11.2  

Tax valuation allowance(c)

    24.3     1.9     5.5     (1.4 )   30.3  

(a)
The deductions related to allowances for doubtful accounts represent accounts receivable which are written off and product which is returned from customers.

(b)
Inventory reserves result from inventory which is obsolete, nearing its expiration date, damaged or slow moving. The deductions related to inventory reserves represent inventory that has been disposed.

(c)
The tax valuation allowances are provided for other-than-temporary impairments and unrealized losses related to certain unconsolidated affiliates that may not be recognized due to the uncertainty of the ready marketability of certain impaired investments, and net operating loss and credit carryforwards that may not be recognized due to insufficient taxable income.

90


Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        None.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

        Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.     The Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2012.

        Based on their evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded as of December 31, 2012 that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective in providing reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

        Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.     The Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company's management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, the Company's management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012. The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

        Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.     There have been no changes in the Company's internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's fourth fiscal quarter of 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.    Other Information

        None.

91


Table of Contents


PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

        Certain information required by this Item is set forth under the headings "Corporate Governance," "Executive Compensation and Other Information—Executive Officers," and "Other Matters and Business—Additional Information" and "—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the definitive proxy materials to be filed in connection with its 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proxy Statement") (which Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of December 31, 2012). The information required by this Item to be contained in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all employees, including the Company's principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller. The code of ethics (business practice standards) is posted on the Company's website, which is found at www.edwards.com under "Investors." The Company intends to include on its website any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of its code of ethics that apply to the Company's principal executive officer, principal financial officer or controller and that relates to any element of the code of ethics definition enumerated in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

        The information contained under the heading "Executive Compensation and Other Information" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

        The information contained under the headings "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and "Equity Compensation Plan Information" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

        The information contained under the heading "Other Matters and Business—Related Party Transactions" and under the heading "Corporate Governance—Director Independence" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services

        The information contained under the heading "Audit Matters—Fees Paid to Principal Accountants" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

92


Table of Contents


PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

EXHIBITS FILED WITH SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Exhibit No.   Description
  3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, as amended and restated on February 12, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 8-K filed on February 18, 2009

 

4.1

 

Specimen form of certificate representing Edwards Lifesciences Corporation common stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 001-15525))

 

10.1

 

Four Year Credit Agreement dated as of July 29, 2011, among Edwards Lifesciences Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries, as Borrower; the lenders signatory thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Co-Syndication Agents, and U.S. Bank, National Association, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch and Mizuho Corporate Bank,  Ltd., as Co-Documentation Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 8-K, filed August 4, 2011)

 

10.2

 

Form of Employment Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003)

 

*10.3

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Amended and Restated Employment Agreement for Michael A. Mussallem dated March 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009)

 

*10.4

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Amended and Restated Chief Executive Officer Change-in-Control Severance Agreement, dated October 9, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012)

 

*10.5

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Form of Change-in-Control Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 in Edward Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2012)

 

*10.6

 

Long-Term Stock Incentive Compensation Program, as amended and restated as of February 16, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Appendix A in Edwards Lifesciences' Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 30, 2012)

 

*10.7

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Form of Participant Stock Option Statement and related Long-Term Stock Incentive Compensation Program Global Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2011)

 

*10.8

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Form of Participant Restricted Stock Unit Statement and related Long-Term Stock Incentive Compensation Program Global Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2011)

93


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description
  *10.9   Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Statement and related Long-Term Stock Incentive Compensation Program Global Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2012)

 

*10.10

 

Nonemployee Directors Stock Incentive Program, as amended and restated as of November 9, 2011(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011)

 

*10.11

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Form of Participant Stock Option Statement and related Nonemployee Directors Stock Incentive Program Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2011)

 

*10.12

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Form of Nonemployee Directors Stock Incentive Program Restricted Stock Units Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2011)

 

*10.13

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Form of Nonemployee Directors Stock Incentive Program Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2011)

 

*10.14

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Severance Pay Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2000)

 

*10.15

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Executive Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003)

 

*10.16

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective November 9, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011)

 

*10.17

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation of Puerto Rico Savings and Investment Plan, as amended and restated January 1, 2011

 

*10.18

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan, as amended and restated January 1, 2009

 

*10.19

 

Amendment #1 to the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan, dated April 1, 2011

 

*10.20

 

Amendment #2 to the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan, dated September 13, 2011

 

*10.21

 

Amendment #3 to the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan, dated October 21, 2011

 

*10.22

 

2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan for United States Employees, as amended and restated November 10, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009)

 

*10.23

 

2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan for International Employees, as amended and restated November 10, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009)

94


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description
  *10.24   Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 2010 Edwards Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix C in Edwards Lifesciences' Definitive Proxy Statement filed March 31, 2010)

 

*10.25

 

Edwards Lifesciences' Officer Perquisite Program Guidelines, as of February 20, 2013

 

*10.26

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 in Edwards Lifesciences' report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011)

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation

 

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

31.1

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

31.2

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

32

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

101

 

The following financial statements from Edwards Lifesciences' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

*
Represents management contract or compensatory plan

95


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

    EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

February 28, 2013

 

By:

 

/s/ MICHAEL A. MUSSALLEM

Michael A. Mussallem
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

        We, the undersigned officers and directors of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, hereby severally constitute and appoint Denise E. Botticelli and Aimee S. Weisner, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to them and each of them singly, to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below, all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and generally to do all things in our names and on our behalf in such capacities to enable Edwards Lifesciences Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MICHAEL A. MUSSALLEM

Michael A. Mussallem
 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

  February 28, 2013

/s/ THOMAS M. ABATE


Thomas M. Abate
 

Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 28, 2013


/s/ MIKE R. BOWLIN

Mike R. Bowlin

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

/s/ JOHN T. CARDIS

John T. Cardis

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

/s/ ROBERT A. INGRAM

Robert A. Ingram

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

96


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ WILLIAM J. LINK, PH.D.

William J. Link, Ph.D.
  Director   February 28, 2013

/s/ BARBARA J. MCNEIL, M.D., PH.D.

Barbara J. McNeil, M.D., Ph.D.

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

/s/ DAVID E.I. PYOTT

David E.I. Pyott

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

/s/ WESLEY W. VON SCHACK

Wesley W. von Schack

 

Director

 

February 28, 2013

97




Exhibit 10.17

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES TECHNOLOGY SARL

 

RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

Effective

 

January 1, 2011

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I.

INTRODUCTION

1

1.1.

The Plan

1

1.2.

Plan Objectives

1

1.3.

Supplements

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS

 

2.1.

“Account”

1

2.2.

“Administrative and Investment Committee”

1

2.3.

“Baxter Common Stock”

1

2.4.

“Beneficiary”

2

2.5.

“Board of Directors”

2

2.6.

“Break in Service”

2

2.7.

“Code”

2

2.8.

“Committee”

2

2.9.

“Company

2

2.10

“Company Matching Contribution

2

2.11

“Compensation”

2

2.12

“Company Profit Sharing Contribution

5

2.13.

‘‘Computation Period”

5

2.14.

“Deferral Election”

5

2.15.

“Deferral Limit”

5

2.16.

“Disability”

5

2.17.

“Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock”

5

2.18.

“Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Contribution”

5

2.19.

“Effective Date”

6

2.20.

“Eligible Employee”

6

2.21.

“Employee”

7

2.22.

“Employer”

7

2.23.

“Entry Date”

7

2.24.

“ERISA”

7

2.25.

“Forfeiture”

7

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.1.

The Plan

1

1.2.

Plan Objectives

1

1.3.

Supplements

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS

 

2.1.

“Account”

1

2.2.

“Administrative and Investment Committee”

1

2.3.

“Baxter Common Stock”

1

2.4.

“Beneficiary”

2

2.5.

“Board of Directors”

2

2.6.

“Break in Service”

2

2.7.

“Code”

2

2.8.

“Committee”

2

2.9.

“Company

2

2.10

“Company Matching Contribution

2

2.11

“Compensation”

2

2.12

“Company Profit Sharing Contribution

5

2.13.

‘‘Computation Period”

5

2.14.

“Deferral Election”

5

2.15.

“Deferral Limit”

5

2.16.

“Disability”

5

2.17.

“Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock”

5

2.18.

“Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Contribution”

5

2.19.

“Effective Date”

6

2.20.

“Eligible Employee”

6

2.21.

“Employee”

7

2.22.

“Employer”

7

2.23.

“Entry Date”

7

2.24.

“ERISA”

7

2.25.

“Forfeiture”

7

2.26.

“Gender and Number”

7

2.27.

“Highly-Compensated Employee”

7

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

2.28.

“Hour of Service”

8

2.29.

“Hourly Employee”

9

2.30

“Investment Fund

9

2.31.

“Investment Manager”

9

2.32.

“Matching Contribution Account”

9

2.33.

“Non-Participating Employer”

10

2.34.

“Normal Retirement Age”

10

2.35.

“Old Plan”

10

2.36.

“PR Code”

10

2.37.

“Participant”

10

2.38.

“Participating Employer”

10

2.39.

“Plan”

10

2.40.

“Plan Sponsor”

10

2.41.

“Plan Year”

10

2.42.

“Prior Plan”

10

2.43.

“Prior Plan Matching Contribution Account”

10

2.44.

“Rollover Account”

10

2.45.

“Rollover Contribution”

10

2.46.

“Salary Deferral”

10

2.47.

“Profit Sharing Contribution Account”

10

2.48.

“Salary Deferral Account”

11

2.49.

“Stock Grant Account”

11

2.50.

“Termination of Employment”

11

2.51.

“Trust”

11

2.52.

“Trust Fund”

11

2.53.

“Trustee”

11

2.54.

“Valuation Date”

11

2.55.

“Years of Service”

11

 

iii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE III.

PARTICIPATION

12

3.1.

Eligibility

12

3.2.

Participation on Reemployment

12

3.3.

Deferral Election and Designation of Beneficiary

12

3.4.

Termination of Participation

12

3.5.

No Contract of Employment

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV.

DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

13

4.1.

Deferral Elections

13

4.2.

Change in Deferral Election

13

4.3.

Salary Deferrals in Excess of Deferral Limit

13

4.4.

Military Leave Contributions

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE V.

CONTRIBUTIONS

14

5.1.

Salary Deferrals

14

5.2.

Treatment of Excess Salary Deferrals for Highly Compensated Employees

14

5.3.

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Contribution

15

5.4.

Company Matching Contribution

15

5.5.

Treatment of Excess Company Matching Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees

16

5.6.

Qualified Nonelective Contributions

16

5.7.

Special Definitions

17

5.8.

Company Profit Sharing Contribution

18

5.9.

Rollover Contribution

18

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS TO AND INVESTMENT OF PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS

18

6.1.

Accounts

18

6.2.

Adjustment of Account Balances

19

6.3.

Limits on “Annual Additions” The total allocations to any Participant’s Accounts under the Plan shall be limited in accordance with the provisions of Section 415(c) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, both of which are incorporated herein by reference

20

6.4.

Investment Funds

20

6.5.

Information Provided under ERISA Section 404(c)

21

 

iv



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

6.6.

Investment Elections

22

6.7.

Investment Fund Accounting

26

6.8.

Expenses

27

6.9.

Crediting Allocations

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII.

DISTRIBUTIONS WITHDRAWALS & LOANS

28

7.1.

Benefits upon Termination

28

7.2.

Vesting of Account Balances

29

7.3.

Time of Distribution

29

7.4.

Immediate Cash-Out of Small Benefits

30

7.5.

Distribution to Beneficiaries

30

7.6.

Beneficiaries

30

7.7.

Distributions to Incapacitated Persons

31

7.8.

Direct Rollovers

31

7.9.

In-Service Withdrawals

32

7.10.

Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

33

7.11.

Distribution When Distributee’s Address Is Unknown

33

7.12.

Forfeitures

34

7.13.

Loans to Participants

34

7.14.

No Representation Regarding Tax Effect of Withdrawals or Loans

37

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII.

PLAN COMMITTES

38

8.1.

Membership of Administrative and Investment Committees

38

8.2.

Administrative and Investment Committee Powers and Duties

38

8.3.

Conflicts of Interest

41

8.4

Compensation; Reimbursement

41

8.5.

Standard of Care

41

8.6.

Action by Committees

41

8.7.

Resignation or Removal of Committee Member

41

8.8.

Uniform Application of Rules by Committee

42

8.9.

Claims Procedure

42

8.10.

Investments in Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock

42

 

v



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE  IX.

NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

43

9.1.

Named Fiduciaries

43

9.2.

Allocation of Responsibilities among Named Fiduciaries

43

9.3.

No Joint Fiduciary Responsibilities

44

9.4.

Advisor to Named Fiduciary

44

9.5.

Exercise of Fiduciary’s Duties

44

 

 

 

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

45

10.1.

Amendment

45

10.2.

Termination

45

10.3.

Merger or Consolidation

46

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

46

11.1.

Non-Diversion

46

11.2.

Rights in Trust

47

11.3.

Non-Alienation

47

11.4.

Notices

47

11.5.

Severability

47

11.6.

Choice of Law

47

11.7.

Qualification of Plan and Trust

47

11.8.

Exclusive Benefit of Participants

48

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII.

ADOPTION AND WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN

48

12.1.

Procedure for Adoption

48

12.2.

Procedure for Withdrawal

49

12.3.

Adoption of Plan by Unrelated Employers

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII.

THE TRUSTEE AND THE TRUST

49

 

vi



 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES TECHNOLOGY SARL
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
(Effective January 1, 2011)

 

ARTICLE I

 

Introduction

 

1.1                                The Plan .  Effective January 1, 2011, Edwards Lifesciences Technology SARL (the “Company”) established the Edwards Lifesciences Technology SARL Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan is the successor plan of the Edwards Lifesciences Technology SARL Savings and Investment Plan as amended (the “Old Plan”.) The Plan is intended to qualify under Section 1081.01(a) of the PR Code and pursuant to Section 1022(i) of ERISA, deemed qualified under Section 501(a) of the Code. All of the assets and liabilities of the Old Plan belonging to bona fide residents of Puerto Rico shall be transferred to the Plan pursuant to the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Service Ruling 2008-40 and 2011-01 to be effective before the summit of the 2011-01 ruling provisions.

 

1.2.                             Plan Objectives .  The Plan is a profit sharing plan with a cash or deferred arrangement maintained by the Company to encourage Participants to set aside funds for retirement and to assist in providing Participants with retirement benefits.  The Plan also provides for a cash or deferred contribution arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 1081.01(d) of the PR Code (as defined herein).

 

1.3.                             Supplements .  Supplements to the Plan may be adopted, attached to and incorporated in the Plan at any time.  The provisions of any such Supplements shall have the same effect that such provisions would have if they were included within the basic text of the Plan.  Supplements will specify the persons affected and shall supersede the other provisions of the Plan to the extent necessary to eliminate inconsistencies between the Plan provisions and the provisions of such Supplements.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Definitions

 

The following terms, when used in this document, have the following meanings:

 

2.1          “ Account ” means, unless otherwise indicated, all of the Accounts for each Participant.

 

2.2          “ Administrative and Investment Committee ” means the committee which is responsible for administering the Plan in accordance with Article VIII.

 

2.3          “Baxter Common Stock ” means common stock of Baxter International Inc.

 



 

2.4          “ Beneficiary ” means a person, trust or estate determined under the rules of Section 7.6 who has a right to receive payments under this Plan because of the death of a Participant.

 

2.5          “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, the parent of the Company.

 

2.6          “ Break in Service ” means, for any Employee, Participant or former Participant, a Computation Period in which he is credited with fewer than 501 Hours of Service.

 

2.7          “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.8          “ Committee ” means the Administrative and Investment Committee which is responsible for administering the Plan in accordance with Article VIII.

 

2.9          “ Company ” means Edwards Lifesciences Technology SARL.

 

2.10    Company Matching Contribution ” means the Company Matching Contribution described in Section 5.4.

 

2.11    Compensation ” means the amount determined with respect to a Participant in accordance with the following definitions:

 

(a)                                  Compensation .  Except as required by (b) or (c) below, “Compensation” means the amounts paid by an Employer during the Plan Year to an Employee for services which is included in such Compensation under the rules set forth in Section 2.10(a)(i) below, other than such Compensation which is excluded under the rules set forth in Section 2.10(a)(ii) below.

 

(i)                                      Included Pay .  For purposes of this subsection 2.10(a), Compensation includes the items described in (A) and (B), below:

 

(A)                                The portion of such earnings of an Employee which are required to be reported for purposes of FICA withholdings, including:

 

1.                                       bonuses, including bonuses under the Edwards LifeSciences Technology SARL Bonus Plan; payments in lieu of salary increases; bonuses paid to sales representatives if included in the compensation plan; and other bonuses under bonus plans approved by the Company or its delegate as constituting Compensation hereunder, other than bonuses described in Section 2.10(a)(ii)(C)(7);

2.                                       call in pay;

3.                                       commission pay;

4.                                       double time pay;

5.                                       draws toward commissions;

6.                                       funeral pay;

7.                                       holiday pay, including Christmas bonuses;

 

2



 

8.                                       jury duty pay;

9.                                       mileage pay for long haul truckers;

10.                                military pay (including, effective as of January 1, 2009, “differential wage payments”;(1)

11.                                on-call (beeper) pay;

12.                                overtime pay;

13.                                paid absences;

14.                                retroactive pay;

15.                                salary or other regular pay;

16.                                shift differentials;

17.                                sick pay or other short-term disability pay;

18.                                straight time pay; and

19.                                vacation pay.

 

(B)                                for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, the amount of any salary reduction or cash or deferred contributions made by such Employee under any plan maintained by the Participating Employers which satisfies the requirements of the PR Code (other than the amounts described in Sections 2.10(a)(ii)(C)(11) and (12) below).

 

(ii)                                   Excluded Pay .  For purposes of this Section 2.10(a), an Employee’s Compensation shall exclude:

 

(A)                                Amounts required to be reported on such form as imputed income arising from an Employer’s moving expense reimbursement policies, an Employer’s life insurance plans or an Employer’s other fringe benefit plans;

 

(B)                                Amounts paid to replace benefits not provided under any qualified plan due to the contribution or benefit limitations or non-discrimination restrictions; and

 

(C)                                The following amounts paid, accrued or imputed:

 

1.                                       attendance awards;

2.                                       automobile allowances;

3.                                       business expense reimbursements;

4.                                       cash prizes or awards;

5.                                       gifts;

6.                                       contest pay;

7.                                       deferred compensation, including deferred bonuses;

8.                                       discretionary awards;

9.                                       employee referral awards;

10.                                executive perquisite allowances;

 

3


 

11.                                flex credits;

12.                                flex cash;

13.                                hiring bonuses;

14.                                income from sale of stock;

15.                                income from the exercise of stock options;

16.                                interest earnings on deferred compensation, including deferred bonuses;

17.                                invention fees and awards;

18.                                long term disability pay;

19.                                mortgage differential payments;

20.                                noncash prizes or awards;

21.                                pay for unused sick time;

22.                                performance shares;

23.                                promotional awards;

24.                                relocation expense reimbursements;

25.                                restricted stock rights;

26.                                retention bonuses;

27.                                severance pay;

28.                                stock appreciation rights;

29.                                tax equalization payments to expatriates;

30.                                technical achievement awards;

31.                                travel allowances;

32.                                tuition reimbursements;

33.                                workers’ compensation benefits; and

34.                                Income paid after severance from employment, except for payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Company by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Code section 414(u)(1), which is incorporated herein by reference, to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Company rather than entering qualified military service.

 

(b)                                  Compensation of Commissioned Sales Representatives .  Except as provided in Section 2.10(c) below, the definition of Compensation set forth in Section 2.10(a) shall apply with respect to an Employee who is a commissioned sales representative receiving Compensation without reimbursement for expenses under Pay Plan D, except that only eighty-five percent (85%) of the amounts included in Compensation shall be recognized.

 

(c)                                   Compensation” for Determining Highly Compensated Employees .  For purposes of determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee, “Compensation” means the compensation paid by an Employer during the Plan Year to an Employee for personal services rendered and which is reportable as taxable income for purposes of FICA purposes.  Compensation also includes items described in Section 2.10(a)(i)(B).

 

4



 

(d)                                  Maximum Amount of “Compensation.”    The annual Compensation for each Employee taken into account under the Plan, including the alternative definitions of “Compensation” described in (a), (b) and (c) above, will not exceed $245,000.

 

(e)                                   Treatment of Differential Wage Payments.                       Effective as of January 1, 2009, a Participant receiving “differential wage payments” (as defined under Code section 3401(h)(2), which is incorporated herein by reference) from the Company is treated as an Employee, and the differential wage payments are treated as Compensation.

 

2.12                 Company Profit Sharing Contribution ” means the Company Profit Sharing Contribution described in Section 5.9.”

 

2.13                 “Computation Period ” means the following:

 

(a)                                  Eligibility .  For purposes of determining eligibility, a Computation Period means the 30 day period commencing with an Employee’s date of employment with an Employer or the 30 day period commencing on a former Employee’s date of re-employment with an Employer if his re-hire date is more than 30 days following his most recent termination of employment.  For purposes of this Section 2.11, an Employee’s date of employment means the first day for which he is credited with an Hour of Service.  An Employee’s date of reemployment is the first day for which he is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

(b)                                  Vesting .  For purposes of determining Years of Service, the Computation Period is the Plan Year.

 

2.14                 Deferral Election ” means an election by a Participant under Section 4.1 to defer Compensation.

 

2.15                 Deferral Limit ” means the limit set forth in Section 1081(d)(7)(A) of the PR Code.

 

2.16                 Disability ” means a mental or physical condition which renders a Participant eligible for and in actual receipt of a disability benefit under the federal Social Security Act.  To qualify as having a Disability, the Participant must be determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration as of a date which falls on or before his Termination of Employment.

 

2.17                 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock ” means common stock of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, the parent corporation of the Company.

 

2.18                 Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Contribution ” means the initial contribution of 50 shares of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock made by an Employer on behalf of a Participant as qualified under 5.3, that (i) is 100% vested and nonforfeitable when made, and (ii) is not distributable under the terms of the Plan to Participants or their Beneficiaries before the earliest of:  (1)

 

5



 

separation from service, death or disability of the Participant, (2) termination of the Plan without the establishment of a successor defined contribution plan; (3) the disposition by the Employer to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets  in the trade or business of the Employer if the Employer continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition, but only with respect to Participants who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets; or (4) the disposition by the Employer to an unrelated entity of the Employer’s interest in a subsidiary  if the Employer continues to maintain the Plan, but only with respect to Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.  The Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Stock Contribution made on behalf of a Participant, as qualified under 5.3, shall be maintained in his Stock Grant Account and shall remain invested in Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock.  Notwithstanding all other provisions of the Plan, contributions to the Stock Grant Account shall not be available for investment in any other funds available under the Plan.

 

2.19                 Effective Date ” means January 1, 2011, except for any provisions for which another effective date is specified.

 

2.20                 Eligible Employee ” means an Employee of a Participating Employer that is a bona fide resident of Puerto Rico other than:

 

(i)                                      Employees who are included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the employee representatives and an Employer if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such representative and the Employer unless the Employer and such collective bargaining agent agree to the inclusion of such unit in the Plan

 

(ii)                                   Employees employed outside of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

 

(iii)                                A director, unless such director is also an officer or other employee;

 

(iv)                               Any person employed as a temporary employee for a specific limited period of time or for the performance of a specific limited assignment;

 

(v)                                  any person employed on a probationary status pursuant to established policy of the Employer a;

 

(vi)                               any “leased employee”; A n individual who is not an employee of the Company shall be considered a “leased employee” if pursuant to an agreement between the Company and any other person (‘leasing organization’), such employee has performed services for the Company on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Company.  Such “leased employee” shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan or in any other plan maintained by the Company which is qualified under Section 1081.01 of the PR Code.

 

6



 

(vii)                            any person who at the time services are performed is not classified by the Company or, as applicable, other member of the Group as a common-law employee of the Company or any other member of the Group even though such person may for Federal or Puerto Rico income tax purposes or any other purpose be reclassified by the Company or any other member of the Group in response to regulatory, administrative or judicial proceedings or actions as a common-law employee retroactive to when such services were performed; or

 

2.21                 Employee ” means any employee performing services for an Employer as determined under the laws of Puerto Rico.

 

2.22                 Employer ” means:

 

a.                                       Controlled Group .  The Company and any corporation, trade or business, if it and the Company are members of a controlled group of corporations or under common control as defined in Section 1010.04 of the PR Code.

 

b.                                       Affiliated Service Group .  The Company and an organization, if it and the Company are members of an affiliated service group as defined in Section 1081.01(a)(14) of the PR Code; or,

 

c.                                        Other Related Organizations.  The Company and any other organization described in applicable regulations issued under Section 1010.05 of the PR Code.

 

2.23                 Entry Date ” means the thirty-first day after an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

2.24                 ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

2.25                 Forfeiture ” means the portion of a Participant’s Accounts which is forfeited pursuant to Section 7.12.

 

2.26                 Gender and Number ” means the masculine gender includes the feminine, and the singular or plural number includes the other unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context.

 

2.27                 Highly-Compensated Employee ” shall  mean a Participant if either:

 

(a)          during the current Plan Year, Participant was an officer of the Employer or an Affiliate;

 

(b)          during the current Plan Year, Puerto Rico Participant owns more than five-percent (5%) of shares with voting rights or owns more than five percent (5%) of the total value of all classes of Employer shares;

 

7



 

(c)           during the preceding year, Puerto Rico Participant received Compensation in excess of $110,000; and,

 

(d)          the spouse or dependent of an Puerto Rico Participant described in (a), (b) or (c) above.

 

For taxable years prior to January 1, 2011, a Highly Compensated Employee is an Employee who is ranked in the top one-third of Eligible Employees of the Participating Employers doing business in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

 

2.28                 Hour of Service ” means:

 

a                                                  Duty Hours .  Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an Employer for the performance of duties.

 

b.                                               Non-Duty Hours (Paid) .  Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an Employer for reasons (such as vacation, holidays, sickness, short-term disability, medical leave, family medical leave or jury duty) other than the performance of duties.

 

c.                                                Non-Duty Hours (Unpaid) .  Each hour for which an Employee is not paid due to medical leave, family medical leave, approved leave of absence or layoff.  Up to a total of 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this subsection (c) to an Employee in a Plan Year on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties; provided, however, that if such continuous period extends into the next Plan Year, up to 501 additional Hours of Service shall be credited in such Plan Year, and further provided that no Hours of Service shall be credited under this subsection (c) for any period of time after the Employee’s Termination of Employment.

 

d.                                               Back-Pay Hours .  Each hour for which no credit has been given under subsections (a), (b) or (c) above, but for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by an Employer.

 

e.                                                Military Service Hours .  To the extent not taken into account under another subsection of this Section, each hour of the normally scheduled work week during a period when the Employee is absent from employment with an Employer for voluntary or involuntary military service with the armed forces of the United States, provided that such Employee returns to work within 90 days after his discharge date or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by USERRA.

 

f.                                                 Worker’s Compensation .  No Hours of Service will be credited if payment is made solely to comply with applicable worker’s compensation or disability insurance laws.

 

8



 

g.                                                Intermittent Family Leave .  An Employee will be credited with Hours of Service for each week in which he is on Intermittent Family Leave.  Subsection (c) will not apply to such Employees.  “Intermittent Family Leave” has the meaning given in the Employer’s policies and procedures manual for an Employee who periodically needs time off for the treatment and care of himself or family members due to conditions which require ongoing medical treatment but which do not require the Employee to take an extended leave of absence to provide or obtain such care.

 

The number of Hours of Service to be credited to Employees will be calculated based on 45 hours for each week for which the Employee would be entitled to at least one Hour of Service.  In the case of a payment which is made or due on account of a period during which an Employee performs no duties and which results in the crediting of Hours of Service under subsections (b), (c) or (e) above, or in the case of an award or agreement for back pay made with respect to a period described in subsection (d) above, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Rules and Regulations for Minimum Standards for Employee Pension Benefit Plans, U.S. Department of Labor, 29 C.F.R. Section 2530.200b-2(b) which are hereby incorporated by reference.  Such rules and regulations shall apply to subsection (c) above as if absences described in such Section were paid absences.  Hours of Service will be credited to a Plan Year in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of the above-cited U.S. Department of Labor Regulations.  Hours required to be credited for more than one reason under this Section which pertain to the same period of time shall be credited only once.

 

For purposes of determining the Hours of Service for eligibility and Years of Vesting Service under Section 7.2, an Employee employed by a Non-Participating Employer outside Puerto Rico will be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each month during which he is employed in such capacity.

 

2.29                 Hourly Employee ” means Employees who are compensated on an hourly basis and/or per hour basis.

 

2.30                 Investment Fund ” means a commingled investment vehicle which is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a common trust fund or similar fund maintained by a bank described in Section 3(c)(3) of that Act, either of which has been designated by the Committee as an Investment Fund under the Plan.  An Investment Fund also includes the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund, the Baxter Common Stock Fund and the Stable Value Fund.

 

2.31                 Investment Manager ” means any bank, trust company, firm or institution appointed by the Committee to invest part or all of the Trust Fund in accordance with Article VI.

 

2.32                 Matching Contribution Account ” means the separate account maintained for each Participant to which are credited allocations of Company Matching Contributions.

 

9



 

2.33                 Non-Participating Employer ” means any Employer which is not a Participating Employer.

 

2.34                 Normal Retirement Age ” means the day the Participant attains age 65.

 

2.35                 Old Plan” means the Edward Lifesciences Technology SARL Savings and Investment Plan.

 

2.36                 PR Code ” means the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 2011, as amended.

 

2.37                 Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who is participating in the Plan under the rules of Article III.

 

2.38                 Participating Employer ” means the Company and those Employers identified in Supplement A that have adopted the Plan with the Company’s consent.

 

2.39                 Plan ” means the Edwards Lifesciences Technology SARL Retirement Savings Plan, as set out in this document and as subsequently amended.

 

2.40                 Plan Sponsor ” means Edwards Lifesciences Technology SARL.

 

2.41                 Plan Year ” means the twelve-consecutive month period beginning January 1 and ending December 31.

 

2.42                 Prior Plan ” means the Baxter Healthcare Corporation of Puerto Rico Savings and Investment Plan.

 

2.43                 Prior Plan Matching Contribution Account ” means the Account maintained for each Participant who received a direct transfer of matching account assets from the Prior Plan to the Plan.

 

2.44                 Rollover Account ” means a separate account maintained for each Participant that is credited with a Rollover Contribution made as the result of a Participant’s election to rollover assets from the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation of Puerto Rico Pension Plan or any other P. R. qualified plan into the Plan.

 

2.45                 Rollover Contribution ” means those assets that a Participant rolled-over from the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation of Puerto Rico Pension Plan or any other P. R. qualified plan into the Plan.

 

2.46                 Salary Deferral ” means Company contributions made under Section 5.1 as a result of a Participant’s Deferral Election.

 

2.47                 Profit Sharing Contribution Account ” means the separate account maintained for each Participant that is credited with allocations of Company Profit Sharing Contributions.

 

10



 

2.48                 Salary Deferral Account ” means the Account established for a Participant under Section 6.1(a) to hold Company contributions made as a result of his Deferral Election.

 

2.49                 Stock Grant Account ” means the Account maintained for Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Contribution made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant as qualified under 5.3, after adjustment for earnings, losses, changes in market value, fees, expenses and distributions, if any.

 

2.50                 Termination of Employment ” means the date a Participant is treated as no longer employed by an Employer on account of quit, discharge, retirement, death, Disability or any other reason.  A transfer of employment from a Participating Employer to a Non-Participating Employer will not constitute a Termination of Employment.

 

2.51                 Trust ” means the Edwards Lifesciences Retirement Savings Plan Trust (the “Puerto Rico Trust”).  All Accounts maintained for Participants under Section 6.1(a) will be maintained as subaccounts under the Trust.

 

2.52                 Trust Fund ” means the assets held by the Trustee under the Trust.

 

2.53                 Trustee ” means the person serving as Trustee of the Trust.

 

2.54                 Valuation Date ” prior to January 1, 2004, “Valuation Date” means that a Participant’s Account shall be valued on the last business day of each calendar quarter.  As of January 1, 2004, “Valuation Date” means that a Participant’s Account shall be valued daily.

 

2.55                 Year of Service ” means, for an Employee, any Plan Year for which he is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service.  Subject to the provisions of (a) and (b), an Employee’s Years of Service include service prior to the Effective Date that would have constituted Years of Service under this Plan if the Plan had been in effect at all times.

 

(a)                          Spin-off transactions .  Unless provided otherwise by a Supplement, an Employee’s Years of Service include all Years of Service earned by an Employee under the Old Plan.  Such Years of Service are subject to the exclusions in Subsection (b).

 

(b)                          Service Disregarded .  The following Years of Service are disregarded:

 

(viii)                         Years of Service earned prior to the Participant’s 18th birthday;

 

(ix)                               All service prior to five consecutive Breaks in Service, provided the Employee did not have one or more Years of Service credited to him prior to such Breaks in Service; and

 

11



 

(x)                                  If the Participant has one Year of Service to his credit prior to incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service, Years of Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service will not be taken into account for purposes of determining the Participant’s vested percentage under Section 7.2 with respect to Company Matching Contributions and Company Profit Sharing Contributions accrued prior to such Breaks in Service.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Participation

 

3.1                                Eligibility .  Each Employee will become a Participant as of the Entry Date that next follows the date such Employee completes a Computation Period; provided that such Employee is an Eligible Employee as of such Entry Date.  If an Employee completes a Computation Period, but is not an Eligible Employee on the Entry Date as of which he would have otherwise become a Participant, he will become a Participant as of the day he becomes an Eligible Employee.  A former Eligible Employee who is rehired by an Employer less than 30 days following his termination date shall be deemed to be an Participant on his date of rehire, unless he is not an Eligible Employee at the time he is rehired or he elects otherwise.  An Employee’s Hours of Service include service prior to the Effective Date that would have constituted Hours of Service with any predecessor company under this Plan if the Plan had been in effect at all times, but only if the Employee is employed by the Company on the effective date of the Old Plan.

 

3.2                                Participation on Reemployment .

 

(c)                                   A former Participant will become a Participant again as of the date he again becomes an Eligible Employee.  The last Deferral Election on file with the Committee will be honored unless the Participant notifies the Committee that such Deferral Election is revoked.  A Participant must provide notice of revocation at least 10 days prior to the pay period when such revocation will first be effective.

 

(d)                                  An Employee re-hired by the Company after April 1, 2000 will not receive credit under the Plan for service with any predecessor company.

 

3.3                                Deferral Election and Designation of Beneficiary .  An Eligible Employee who is about to become a Participant will be entitled to complete forms for a Deferral Election, Rollover Contribution and a designation of Beneficiary, as prescribed by the Committee.  Elections in effect under the Prior Plan on March 31, 2000, or under the Old Plan shall be honored under the Plan.

 

3.4                                Termination of Participation .  A Participant’s status as such will cease as of his Termination of Employment or the date he otherwise ceases to be an Eligible Employee; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 6.1, Article VII and Article VIII the term “Participant” will include any former Participant who has not received all payments to which he is entitled under the Plan.

 

12



 

3.5                                No Contract of Employment .  The fact that a person is a Participant will not constitute or be evidence of a contract of employment or give him any right to continued employment with an Employer.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Deferral Elections

 

4.1                                Deferral Elections .  A Participant may elect to have his Compensation for each pay period reduced by any whole percentage from 1% to 25% not to exceed the maximum before-tax contribution amount permitted under Section 1081.01(d) of the PR Code for the Deferral Limit by filing in the Deferral Election via the IVR, the Web, or by any other method prescribed by the Committee.  Such Deferral Election is deemed to be modified by the Deferral Limit, and is subject to the Committee’s right to limit deferrals to avoid discrimination in accordance with Section 5.2 and violations of the limits on annual additions under Section 5.10.  A new Participant may make a Deferral Election as of the pay period coincident with or immediately following the Entry Date upon which such Participant becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.  A Participant must make his deferral election via the IVR, the Web, or by any other method prescribed by the Committee.  The Deferral Election of a former Participant, who is rehired within 30 days of his termination of employment, will be deemed to continue in effect upon the date he again becomes an active Participant in the Plan, subject to Section 4.2.

 

The following limits apply with respect to pre-tax contributions made for taxable years beginning after:

 

January 1, 2011

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2012

 

$

13, 000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2013

 

$

15,000

 

 

 

4.2                                Change in Deferral Election .  A Participant may discontinue, resume, increase, or decrease payroll deductions by filing a new Deferral Election form as provided in Section 4.1.  A Participant may resume, increase or decrease payroll deductions, effective as soon as administratively feasible.

 

4.3                                Salary Deferrals in Excess of Deferral Limit .  Except with respect to Hardship Withdrawals described in Section 7.9(a):

 

(e)                                   To avoid Salary Deferrals in excess of the Deferral Limit, the Committee may modify Participants’ Deferral Elections, in a consistent manner and with notice to affected Participants of such modifications.

 

(f)                                    If, by any March 1, a Participant notifies the Committee in the manner prescribed by the Committee that the contributions made for him under Section 5.1 for the prior Plan Year, plus contributions under a similar cash-or-deferred arrangement of another employer or an individual retirement account

 

13


 

created under the PR Code, were in excess of the Deferral Limit, the Committee will direct the Trustee to refund the excess (plus Trust Fund earnings allocable to the excess contribution) to the Participant by the April 15 immediately following the date on which the Committee received the Participant’s notice.  In addition, if contributions for a Participant under Section 5.1 by themselves exceed the Deferral Limit for the prior Plan Year, the Participant will be deemed to have requested a return of such excess, to be made as described in the previous sentence.

 

4.4                                Military Leave Contributions .  Pursuant to the provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”), a Participant returning to active employment with an Employer within 90 days after his release from active military duty (or within such longer period as may be prescribed by relevant law) may file a Deferral Election with respect to the Plan Years that occurred during his military service in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(g)                                   Such Deferral Election shall designate the Plan Year or Years during such military leave to which it applies.

 

(h)                                  The Deferral Election shall be subject to the Deferral Limit and other limitations in effect for the Plan Years designated in the Deferral Election (reduced by any Salary Deferrals made in such prior Plan Years).  The Deferral Election will not be subject to the limitations in effect for the Plan Year in which such make-up contributions are actually made.

 

(i)                                      Any contributions made pursuant to a Deferral Election described in this Section shall not be credited with earnings retroactively for the Participant’s period of military service.

 

(j)                                     The Elective Deferral described in this Section will be in effect no earlier than the pay period occurring on or immediately following the Participant’s reemployment date and will expire on the first to occur of (i) the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s reemployment date or (ii) the end of a period that is equal to the length of military service in days multiplied by three.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Contributions

 

5.1                                Salary Deferrals .  Each Participating Employer will contribute, with respect to its Employees, an amount to the Trust equal to the amounts deferred under the Deferral Elections.  Salary Deferrals will be allocated to each Participant’s Salary Deferral Account in an amount equal to the amount deferred under each Participant’s Deferral Election.  Such contributions will be made within the time required by US Department of Labor regulations.

 

5.2                                Treatment of Excess Salary Deferrals for Highly Compensated Employees .  During each Plan Year, the Committee will determine whether Deferral Elections of certain Highly Compensated Employees will be limited for that Plan Year, to the extent necessary to satisfy one of the tests in Subsection (a) or (b) to prevent a violation of the requirements of

 

14



 

Section 1081(d)(3) of the PR Code The Plan must pass one of the tests described in Subsection (a) or (b) using the definition of Highly Compensated Employee set forth in Section 2.25  Corrective measures will be determined using the same definition of Highly Compensated Employee that was used in conducting the tests.

 

(a)                                          The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed 125% of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year; or

 

(b)                                          The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed 200% of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year, provided that the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two percentage points or such lesser amount as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe to prevent the multiple use of this alternative limitation with respect to any Highly Compensated Employee.

 

If it finds such a violation, the Committee will first reduce or stop payroll deductions authorized under Deferral Elections with respect to any Highly Compensated Employees designated by the Committee.  The Committee also may elect, in combination with such measures or separately, to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution, as set forth in Section 5.6, to the Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 1081(d)(3) of the PR Code

 

The tests described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall be performed by comparing the actual deferral percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year to the actual deferral percentage of all other Participants for the current Plan Year.

 

5.3                                Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Contribution .  The Employer will make an initial contribution of 50 shares of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock to the Trust on behalf of such Employers’ Employees who are Participants qualifying as Hourly Employees as of the effective date of the Old Plan.  Such Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Contribution will be allocated to each of such Participant’s Stock Grant Account and will remain invested in Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock.

 

5.4                                Company Matching Contribution .  Each Participating Employer will contribute a Company Matching Contribution to the Trust on behalf of such Employer’s Employees who are Participants in an amount equal to 50% of Salary Deferrals that do not exceed 4% of each such Participant’s Compensation.  Such Company Matching Contribution will be allocated to each Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Contribution Account at the rate of 50% of such Participant’s Salary Deferrals that do not exceed 4% of Compensation, Company Matching Contributions may be made any time during the Plan Year, at the discretion of the Participating Employers, but no later than 60 days after the close of the Plan Year.

 

15



 

5.5                                Treatment of Excess Company Matching Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees .  During each Plan Year, the Committee will determine whether Company Matching Contributions under Section 5.4 for any Plan Year shall be limited to the extent necessary to satisfy one of the tests in Subsection (a) or (b), below to prevent a violation of the requirements of Section 1081 of the PR Code.  In determining compliance with these tests, the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in Section 2.25 applies.

 

(a) The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed 125% of the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year; or

 

(b) The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed 200% of the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year, provided that the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two percentage points or such lesser amount as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe to prevent the multiple use of this alternative limitation with respect to any Highly Compensated Employee.

 

If it finds such a violation, the Committee will make, on behalf of the Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees, a Qualified Nonelective Contribution as set forth in Section 5.6 or an additional Company Matching Contribution at a rate specified by the Committee or a combination of both a Qualified Nonelective Contribution and a Company Matching Contribution to satisfy the requirements of Section 1081.01(d) of the PR Code.  Any Company Matching Contribution used to correct a violation may be allocated as a uniform percentage of Compensation or a uniform dollar amount contributed on a per capita basis and will be made no later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which such Company Matching Contributions relate.

 

The tests described in paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall be performed by comparing the actual contribution percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year to the actual contribution percentage of all other Participants for the current Plan Year.

 

5.6                                Qualified Nonelective Contributions .  The Employer may elect to make Qualified Nonelective Contributions to be allocated to Non-Highly Compensated Employees in order to satisfy (wholly or in part) the Actual Deferral Percentage test set forth in Section 5.2   Such contributions may be made as a uniform percentage of Compensation or a uniform dollar amount contributed on a per capita basis and shall be made, for purposes of satisfying the Actual Deferral Percentage test and/or the Actual Contribution Percentage test, no later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which such contributions relate.    Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are treated as Company Matching Contributions for purposes of the Actual Contribution Percentage test may not be taken into account in determining whether any other contributions or benefits satisfy the requirements of

 

16



 

PR Code Section 1081.01(d)(3) and may not be taken into account in determining whether Salary Deferrals meet the Actual Deferral Percentage test of PR Code 1081(d)(3).

 

5.7                                Special Definitions .

 

(a)                                  “Actual Contribution Percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Company Matching Contributions made on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year to the Participant’s Compensation.

 

(b)                                  “Average Actual Contribution Percentage” means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Contribution Percentages of the Participants in a group.

 

(c)                                   “Actual Deferral Percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Salary Deferral Contributions made by the Participant for the Plan Year to the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.    An Actual Deferral Percentage shall not be calculated for a Participant who has no Compensation for a Plan Year,

 

(d)                                  “Average Actual Deferral Percentage” means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of the Participants in a group.

 

(e)                                   “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” means an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

 

(f)                                    “Qualified Nonelective Contribution” means any contribution to the Plan (other than Company Matching Contributions) made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant that (i) the Participant may not elect to receive in cash until distributed from the Plan, (ii) is 100% vested and nonforfeitable when made, and (iii) is not distributable under the terms of the Plan to Participants or their Beneficiaries before the earliest of:  (1) separation from service, death or disability of the Participant, (2) attainment of age 59½; (3) termination of the Plan without the establishment of a successor defined contribution plan; (4) the disposition by the Employer to an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets in the trade or business of the Employer if the Employer continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition, but only with respect to Participants who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such assets; or (5) the disposition by the Employer to an unrelated entity of the Employer’s interest in a subsidiary, if the Employer continues to maintain the Plan, but only with respect to Employees who continue employment with such subsidiary.  Qualified Nonelective Contributions made on a Participant’s behalf shall be maintained in his Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account.

 

(g)                                   “Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account” means the Account maintained for Qualified Nonelective Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant, after adjustment for earnings, losses, changes in market value, fees, expenses and distributions, if any.

 

17



 

5.8                                Company Profit Sharing Contributions .  Subject to the limitations in this section and in Sections 2.10(d) and 6.3, each Participating Company will contribute a Company Profit Sharing Contribution to the Trust in an amount equal to the following:

 

(a)                                  2% of each Eligible Employee’s Compensation;

 

(b)                                  A supplemental Company Profit Sharing Contribution only for those individuals who were employees of Edwards Lifesciences Technology Sàrl or their precursors, on or prior to December 31, 2003 .   To be eligible to receive the supplemental Company Profit Sharing Contribution, such Eligible Employee must be employed by a Participating Company on the day the supplemental contribution is actually made or who terminated employment during such Plan Year by reason of death, disability or after attaining age 65.  The amount of such supplemental Company Profit Sharing Contribution shall depend on a combination of age and their years of service as of December 31, 2003.  The percentage to be applied shall be that percentage that corresponds to the age and service factors contained in the following schedule:

 

Age and Years of Service,
as of December 31, 2003:

 

Annual Transition
Supplemental Profit Sharing
Percentage:

 

65-70

 

2.5

%

71-75

 

3.0

%

76 or more

 

4.5

%

 

Company Profit Sharing Contribution shall be made within the time limits prescribed in the PR Code.

 

5.9                                Rollover Contribution .  On such forms and in such manner as prescribed by the Committee, an Eligible Employee may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to make a Rollover Contribution.  No rollover election will become effective unless the Participant properly selects the Plan investment fund or funds to which the Rollover Contribution is to be allocated (in the manner described in Article VI).  A Participant who has previously made an investment election applicable to his Salary Deferral must apply the same election to his Rollover Contributions and any election to the contrary shall be disregarded.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Allocations to and Investment of Participants’

 

Accounts

 

6.1                                Accounts .  The Trustee will maintain the following accounts under the Plan:

 

18



 

(a)                                  a Salary Deferral Account for each Participant for whom Salary Deferrals are made;

 

(b)                                  a Prior Plan Matching Contribution Account, for each Participant who received a direct transfer of matching account assets from the Prior Plan to the Plan; the Participant will be 100% vested in such account;

 

(c)                                   a Matching Contribution Account for each Participant for whom Company Matching Contributions are made;

 

(d)                                  a Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account for each Participant for whom Qualified Nonelective Contributions, as defined in Section 5.7 are made;

 

(e)                                   a Stock Grant Account for each Participant for whom an Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Contribution is made;

 

(f)                                    a Profit Sharing Contribution Account for each Participant for whom Company Profit Sharing Contributions are made; and

 

(g)                                   a Rollover Account for each Participant who elected to rollover his accrued benefit from the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation of Puerto Rico Pension Plan and/or Prior Plan.

 

6.2                                Adjustment of Account Balances .  As of each Valuation Date, the Investment Committee shall cause the Accounts of Participants to be adjusted to reflect adjustments in the value of the Trust Fund, to reflect contributions (net of Forfeitures) and to reflect distributions of benefits (including trustee-to-trustee transfers, eligible rollover distributions and withdrawals) as follows:

 

(a)                                  First, the Committee credits the Salary Deferral Account, Matching Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Account of each Participant with one-half of the Salary Deferrals, Company Matching Contributions and Company Profit Sharing Contributions that have been made to such Accounts on behalf of Participant since the last Valuation Date.

 

(b)                                  Second, the Committee debits each Participant’s Accounts with any hardship or in-service withdrawals by such Participant made prior to the 15th day of the second month of the Valuation Period.

 

(c)                                   Third, the Committee adjusts the Participant’s Accounts to reflect the Participant’s pro-rata share of each Investment Fund’s (i) gains or losses, (ii) expenses and (iii) adjustments reflecting any revaluations in the total fair market value of each Investment Fund’s assets since the last Valuation Date.

 

(d)                                  Fourth, the Committee credits the Participant’s Salary Deferral Account and Matching Contribution Account with the remaining one-half of the Salary Deferrals and Matching Contributions that have been made to such Accounts on behalf of Participants since the last Valuation Date.

 

19



 

(e)                                   Fifth, the Committee credits the Participant’s Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account with the pro rata share of any Qualified Nonelective Contributions allocated since the last Valuation Date.

 

(f)                                    Sixth, the Committee debits the Participant’s Accounts with any distributions made since the last Valuation Date.

 

If an error in the adjustment of Accounts under this Section is discovered, the Committee shall correct such error either (i) by crediting or changing the adjustment necessary to make such correction to or against income or unclaimed amounts or as an expense of the Trust Fund for the Plan Year in which the correction is made or (ii) by requiring the Participant’s Employer to make a special contribution to the Plan.

 

6.3                                Limits on Annual Additions .  For taxable years beginning January 1, 2012, employer and employee contributions shall not exceed the lesser of:

 

i.                   $49,000, or,

 

ii.                100% of compensation during taxable year

 

For these purposes compensation will be computed based on calendar years and will include CODA contributions.  All defined contribution plans maintained by a single employer shall be grouped together and treated as a single plan.

 

6.4                                Investment Funds .  The Committee may direct the Trustee to establish a selection of Investment Funds that allow Participants to direct the investment of all of their Accounts into a range of investment alternatives.  Such Investment Funds will provide the Participants with a broad range of investment alternatives whereby each Participant has a reasonable opportunity to:

 

(a)                                  Affect materially the potential return on amounts in his Accounts and the degree of risk to which such amounts are subject;

 

(b)                                  Choose from at least three investment alternatives:

 

(i)                                      each of which is diversified and each of which has materially different risk and return characteristics,

 

(ii)                                   which, to the extent normally appropriate for Participants, allow them to achieve portfolios with respect to the aggregate of their Accounts which have risk and return characteristics at any point within the range of all alternatives,

 

(iii)                                each of which when combined with investments in the other alternatives tends to minimize the overall risk of each Participant’s portfolio with respect to the aggregate of his Accounts through diversification; and

 

(c)                                                           Diversify the investments of his Accounts so as to minimize the risk of large losses.

 

20



 

6.5                                Information Provided under ERISA Section 404(c) .

 

(a)                                  Participant’s Opportunities to Exercise Control .  The Committee shall communicate its rules to Participants in a manner calculated to ensure that each Participant has a reasonable opportunity to direct the investment of his Accounts.  Participants will receive:

 

(i)                                      A statement that the Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of ERISA and that the Plan’s fiduciaries may be relieved of liability for any losses which are the direct and necessary result of investment instructions given by the Participant;

 

(ii)                                   A description of the Investment Funds under the Plan and a general description of the investment objectives and risk and return characteristics of each such fund, including information relating to the type and diversification of assets comprising the Investment Fund;

 

(iii)                                The identity of each Investment Fund’s Investment Manager;

 

(iv)                               An explanation of any specified limitations on transfers to or from a designated Investment Fund and any restrictions on the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights appurtenant to the Participant’s investment in the Investment Fund;

 

(v)                                  A description of any transaction fees and expenses which affect the Participant’s Accounts in connection with purchases or sales of interests in the Investment Funds;

 

(vi)                               A description of the procedures established to provide for the confidentiality of information relating to the purchase, holding and sale of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock, and the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights by Participants through investment in the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund;

 

(vii)                            In the case of an Investment Fund which is subject to the Securities Act of 1933, and in which the Participant has no assets invested immediately following or immediately prior to the Participant’s initial investment in that fund, a copy of the most recent prospectus provided to the Plan; and

 

(viii)                         Any materials provided to the Plan relating to the exercise of voting, tender or similar rights which are incidental to the holding in the Account of a Participant of an ownership interest in the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund.

 

(b)                                  Additional Information Provided upon Request .  The Committee shall provide Participants, upon their request, with the following information:

 

21



 

(i)                                      A description of the annual operating expenses of each Investment Fund (e.g., investment management fees, administrative fees, transaction costs) which reduce the rate of return to Participants, and the aggregate amount of such expenses expressed as a percentage of average net assets of the fund;

 

(ii)                                   Copies of any prospectuses, financial statements and reports, and of any other materials relating to the Investment Funds, to the extent such information is provided to the Plan;

 

(iii)                                A list of the assets comprising the portfolio of each Investment Fund and the value of each such asset; and

 

(iv)                               Information concerning the value of shares or units in the Investment Funds, as well as the past and current investment performance of such funds, determined, net of expenses, on a reasonable and consistent basis.

 

6.6                                Investment Elections .  Each Participant, in accordance with rules promulgated by the Committee, is required to direct the investment of his Accounts in one or more of the Investment Funds available under the Plan.  Such investment elections shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

(a)                                  Initial Investment Elections .  At the same time and in the same manner that a Participant makes his initial Deferral Election, or if earlier, at the time that an Eligible Employee makes a Rollover Contribution to the Plan (in accordance with Section 5.10), the Participant must direct the Trustee in the manner prescribed by the Committee as to the investment funds to which the amounts credited to his Accounts shall be invested.  A Participant may invest his Accounts in any combination (in 1% increments) of the available Investment Funds.  All investment elections shall continue in force until properly changed in accordance with subsection (b) below.  If a Participant’s investment election is not valid, contributions shall be invested in the Plan’s money market investment vehicle or like investment vehicle until changed by the Participant.

 

(b)                                  Changes in Investment Elections .  Subject to the trading restriction provisions of Section 6.6, a Participant may change his investment directions daily.  A Participant may change his investment direction as to future contributions, as to the amounts already in his Accounts, or as to both.  Changes in investment elections shall be effected electronically via telephone or in any such manner prescribed by the Committee and shall become effective on the day the election is properly made (or on the following business day, if made after 3:00 p.m. Central Time), subject to the restrictions in Sections 6.6(e).  The Committee has the authority to implement trading restrictions on all the investment options available under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Special Limitations and Procedures Applicable to the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund .  The following limitations and procedures shall be applicable to investment elections which specify investment of a

 

22



 

portion of the Participant’s Accounts in the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund:

 

(i)                                      The aggregate amount of the assets of the Plan which may be invested in the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund shall be limited by the Committee to the extent the Committee deems necessary to prevent the Plan from holding 5% or more of the then outstanding Common Stock of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation or such other amount as shall be necessary to assure that the Plan does not become subject to the provisions of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Committee is authorized to take action as it deems appropriate, including directing the Trustee to invest in money market instruments for the remainder of the calendar quarter any contributions to the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund that would otherwise cause the Plan to exceed the 5% limit.

 

(ii)                                   Voting of Common Stock of the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation .  Pursuant to the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement, each Participant having an interest in the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund shall have the right to direct the manner in which the Trustee shall vote the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock credited to the Participant’s Accounts.  Before each annual or special meeting of shareholders of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, there will be sent to each applicable Participant a copy of the proxy solicitation material for such meeting, together with a form requesting instructions to the Trustee on how to vote the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock allocated to such Participant’s Accounts.  Instructions will be mailed directly to the Trustee to preserve confidentiality.  Upon receipt of such instructions, the Trustee will vote such shares as instructed.  The Trustee will vote Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock allocated to Participants’ Accounts for which the Trustee receives no valid voting instructions and Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock not credited to Participant’s Accounts, if any, held in the Trust Fund in a manner consistent with the provisions of the Trust Agreement and applicable law.  The Committee may, but is not required, to direct the Trustee with respect to the voting of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock described in the previous sentence, and the Trustee will follow such directions except where to do so would be a breach of the Trustee’s duties under the Trust Agreement or applicable law.  The Trustee may not divulge information with respect to any Participant’s directions regarding voting of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock allocated to his Accounts.  A Participant is deemed to be a named fiduciary of the Plan with regard to all instructions the Participant provides to the Trustee as to the manner in which it shall vote the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock credited to such Participant’s Accounts.

 

(iii)                                Offers for Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock .  Pursuant to the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement, in the event that the stockholders of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation have received an offer,

 

23


 

including a tender offer, for the purchase or exchange of their shares of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(A)                                Each Participant having an interest in the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund shall have the right to direct the Trustee concerning the sale or tendering of the number of shares of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock credited to the Participant’s Accounts.  A Participant is deemed to be a named fiduciary of the Plan with regard to all instructions the Participant provides to the Trustee as to the manner in which it shall vote the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock credited to such Participant’s Accounts.

 

(B)                                The Trustee will use its best efforts to communicate or cause to be communicated to all Participants the provisions of the Plan and Trust Agreement relating to such offer, all communications directed generally to the owners of the securities to whom the offer is made or available, and any communications that the Trustee may receive from persons making the offer or any other interested party (including the Company) relating to the offer.  Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, the Company and the Committee will provide the Trustee with such information and assistance as the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with these communications to Participants.  Neither Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, the Company, nor the Trustee may interfere in any manner with any Participant’s investment decision with respect to such an offer.

 

(C)                                If the offer is for all Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock held by the Trustee in the Trust Fund, then the Trustee will:

 

(1)                                  Accept or reject the offer with respect to Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock allocated to each Participant’s Accounts according to that Participant’s investment decision, except where to do so would be a breach of the Trustee’s duties under the Trust Agreement or applicable law; and

 

(2)                                  Accept or reject the offer with respect to Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock allocated to Participants’ Accounts for which no valid investment decision was received by the Trustee and with respect to unallocated Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock held in the Trust Fund in the Trustee’s sole discretion.

 

24



 

The Trustee may not divulge information with respect to any Participant’s investment decision regarding the offer.

 

(D)          If the offer is for less than all the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock held by the Trustee in the Trust Fund, all provisions of paragraphs (A) through (C) will be applied to that offer, except that each Participant will have the opportunity to make an investment decision for a pro rata portion of the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock allocated to his Accounts, and the Trustee, after effecting those investment decisions, will make its acceptance or rejection of the offer with respect to a pro rata portion of the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock allocated to Accounts for which it received no valid investment instructions or which is held unallocated in the Trust Fund, so that the offer has been accepted or rejected with respect to the full amount of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock held by the Trustee in the Trust Fund which was subject to the offer.

 

(E)           Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (C) and (D) above, the Committee may, but is not required to, direct the Trustee with respect to the acceptance or rejection of any offer described in paragraph (C) or (D) with respect to Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock allocated to Participants’ Accounts for which no valid investment instructions are received by the Trustee and with respect to unallocated Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock held in the Trust Fund, and the Trustee shall accept or reject any such offer in accordance with any such directions from the Committee to the Trustee with respect to the offer, except where to do so would be a breach of the Trustee’s duties under the Trust Agreement or applicable law.

 

(F)           Following the Trustee’s sale or tender of shares pursuant to the terms of this subsection, each affected Participant’s interest in the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund shall be eliminated and the proceeds from the sale or tender of the shares credited to the Participant’s Accounts shall be subject to the Participant’s investment direction.

 

(iv)          Special Limitations and Procedures Applicable to the Baxter Common Stock Fund .  The shareholder rights in the event of a tender offer described in subparagraph (iii), above also shall be applicable to Participants in the Baxter Common Stock Fund with respect to a pro rata portion of the unallocated shares of Baxter Common Stock in the Baxter Common Stock Fund determined as described above.  For purposes of this paragraph, references to “Company” and “Company Common Stock” in paragraph (d) shall mean “Baxter” and “Baxter Common Stock,” respectively.

 

25



 

(d)           Common Stock Reserved; Anti-dilution .  Pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Plan, a certain number of shares of the Common Stock of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation have been registered for sale to the Trustee pursuant to Participant investment elections described above.  In the event of a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or other event (collectively, a “Corporate Event”) that would cause the dilution of such registered shares, the number of shares subject to such registration statement will be automatically adjusted to avoid dilution in a manner that is consistent with the terms of such Corporate Event.

 

(e)           Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund Trading Restrictions .  Purchases and sales of an interest in the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund other than pursuant to a Participant’s periodic salary reduction investment election are subject to the limitations imposed by Edwards Lifesciences Corporation’s insider trading policy.  Those Participants who are deemed to be Section 16(b) officers may have additional restrictions on trading within the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund.

 

6.7          Investment Fund Accounting .  The undivided interest of each Participant’s Accounts in an Investment Fund shall be determined in accordance with the accounting procedures specified in the Trust Agreement, investment management agreement, insurance contract, custodian agreement or other document under which such Investment Fund is maintained (the “Investment Fund Document”).  To the extent not inconsistent with such procedures, the following rules shall apply:

 

(f)            Deposits .  Amounts deposited in an Investment Fund shall be deposited by means of a transfer of such amounts to such Investment Fund to conform with the investment elections properly received in accordance with Section 6.6.

 

(g)           Accounts .  Participant Accounts shall be maintained in U.S. dollars.

 

(h)           Transfers .  Amounts required to be transferred from an Investment Fund to satisfy benefit payments and required transfers to effectuate investment elections in accordance with Section 6.6 shall be transferred from such Investment Funds as soon as practicable following receipt by the Trustee or Investment Manager of proper instructions to complete such transfers.

 

(i)            Allocation of Fund Earnings .  Except as provided in the applicable Investment Fund Document, all amounts deposited in an Investment Fund shall be invested as soon as practicable following receipt of such deposit.  Notwithstanding the primary purpose or investment policy of an Investment Fund, assets of any Investment Fund which are not invested in the primary investment vehicle authorized by the Investment Fund Document shall be invested in such short-term instruments or funds as the Trustee or applicable Investment Manager or insurance institution shall determine pending investment in accordance with such Investment Fund Document.

 

26



 

(j)            Accounting for Purchases and Sales of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock .  Purchases and sales of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock shall be made for the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement and in accordance with the following:

 

(i)            No commissions shall be paid in connection with purchases or sales of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock from or to any disqualified person or party in interest (as defined for purposes of Section 3(14) of ERISA).

 

(ii)           Purchases of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock other than purchases on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) shall be at a price not greater than the last recorded sales price quoted for such shares on the Exchange on the last trading day on which there was a recorded sale of such shares immediately preceding the date of such purchases (the “Exchange Trading Price”).

 

(iii)          Sales of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock other than sales on the Exchange shall be at a price not less than the Exchange Trading Price (as defined in subparagraph (ii) above).

 

(iv)          In-kind contributions of the Employers, including contributions of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock, are valued at fair market value.  For this purpose Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock shall be valued as of the date of such contribution at the then Exchange Trading Price (as defined in subparagraph (ii) above but determined as of the end of the date on which such contribution is made if such date is a trading day on the Exchange).  If there are no sales of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock on the date as of which the Exchange Trading Price is determined, then the fair market value of such common stock shall be the mean of the bid and asked prices for such date.

 

(v)           If the Committee is unable to determine the Exchange Trading Price (as defined in subparagraph (ii) above) because sales prices on the Exchange are not so quoted, such quotes are not available to the Committee or for any other reason, then the Committee may utilize a composite index price or other price which is generally accepted for the establishment of fair market value in lieu of the Exchange Trading Price for purposes of the restrictions of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above.

 

6.8        Expenses .  Unless paid by the Employers, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the general administration of the Plan and Trust shall be allocated among the Participants on a pro rata basis.  Expenses of each Investment Fund will be borne by each Participant in the same proportion that the amount such Participant invested in each such fund bears to the amount invested in the fund by all Participants as of the Valuation Date preceding the date of allocation.

 

27



 

6.9          Crediting Allocations .  Salary Deferrals shall be credited to the appropriate accounts of participants as of the first accounting date coincident with or next following the end of the payroll period for which such contributions are made regardless of the date such contributions are actually made.  Company Matching Contributions shall be credited to the appropriate Accounts of Participants as of the first accounting date coincident with or next following the end of the payroll period for which such contributions are made, regardless of the date such contributions are actually made.  Qualified Non-Elective Contributions will be allocated as of the last day of each Plan Year, regardless of the date such contribution are actually made.  Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Contribution shall be allocated to the Stock Grant Account as of the first day of the first Plan Year.  Company Profit Sharing Contributions shall be allocated within the time period prescribed by the PR Code.   A Rollover Contribution will be credited to a Rollover Account maintained for the Participant as soon as administratively practicable after such contribution are remitted to the Trustee

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Distributions, Withdrawals and Loans

 

7.1          Benefits upon Termination .

 

(a)           Full Benefits at Death, Disability or Normal Retirement Age .  If a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment due to death, Disability or after attaining Normal Retirement Age, he (or in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive the entire balance of his Accounts as of the Valuation Date preceding the date of distribution, plus any allocations made to his Accounts since such Valuation Date.  Effective as of January 1, 2007, if a Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code section 414(u), which is incorporated herein by reference), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed employment and then experienced a Termination of Employment on account of death.

 

(b)           Vested Benefit for Other Terminations .  If a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment for reasons other than those described in subsection (a) above, he shall be entitled to receive the vested portion of his Account balance, determined as of the Valuation Date preceding the date of distribution.  A Participant’s Account balance as of the distribution date will equal the balance of all of the Participant’s Accounts as of the Valuation Date preceding the distribution, increased by allocations since such Valuation Date.

 

(c)           Form of Benefit .  The normal form of benefit payment under the Plan is a lump sum distribution.  A Participant may, however, elect to have his Accounts distributed in the form of periodic payments that are substantially equal, annual, quarterly or monthly installment payments over a fixed period not to exceed the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary; provided , however, that such installments will be paid only

 

28



 

if at least 50% of the present value of the payments can be expected to be paid to the Participant during his lifetime.  The Committee shall not adjust installment payments to take into account changes in the life expectancy of a Participant or of his Spouse or Beneficiary.  A Participant receiving installments may elect at any time to receive the unpaid balance of his Accounts as a lump sum.  Benefits may be distributed in cash or in Edwards Lifesciences common stock.

 

7.2          Vesting of Account Balances .  A Participant’s non-forfeitable interest in his Accounts will be determined as follows:

 

(a)           Salary Deferral Accounts, Rollover Accounts and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts, as defined in Section 6.1, are always non-forfeitable.

 

(b)           Prior Employer Matching Contribution Account is always non-forfeitable.

 

(c)           Matching Contribution Accounts and Profit Sharing Contribution Accounts shall become non-forfeitable according to the following schedule:

 

Vesting Schedule

 

 

 

Non-forfeitable

 

Years of Service

 

Percentage

 

Less than One

 

0

%

One, but Less Than Two

 

20

%

Two, but Less Than Three

 

40

%

Three, but Less Than Four

 

60

%

Four, but Less Than Five

 

80

%

Five or more years

 

100

%

 

(d)           For benefit accrual purposes, a Participant who dies or suffers a Disability while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code section 414(u), which is incorporated herein by reference) with respect to the Company is treated as if the Participant has resumed employment in accordance with the Participant’s reemployment rights under USERRA on the day preceding death or Disability (as the case may be) and experienced a Termination of Employment on the actual date of death or Disability.  The amount of Salary Deferrals of a Participant treated as reemployed under this Section 7.2(d) is determined on the basis of the Participant’s average actual Salary Deferrals for the lesser of (i) the 12-month period of service with the Company immediately before qualified military service, or (ii) if service with the Company is less than such 12-month period, the actual length of continuous service with the Company.

 

7.3          Time of Distribution .

 

(e)           A Participant described in Section 7.1(b) may elect to receive the non-forfeitable interest in his Accounts at any time after Termination of

 

29



 

Employment.  If no election is made, the Plan will distribute the Participant’s non-forfeitable interest in his Accounts as soon as is administratively feasible following the month in which he incurs a Termination of Employment, or if later, the date he attains his Normal Retirement Age, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4.

 

(f)            A Participant’s non-forfeitable interest in his Accounts will be distributed to such participant no later than the April 1 following the later of the Plan Year in which (i) incurs a Termination of Employment or (ii) attains age 70½. However, if the Participant is a 5% Owner, the non-forfeitable interest in his Accounts will be distributed to him no later than April 1 following the calendar year in which he attains age 70½, regardless of whether he is an Employee as of such date.

 

7.4          Immediate Cash-Out of Small Benefits .  If the amount payable to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.1 does not exceed $1,000, such amount shall be paid to the Participant (or to his beneficiary, if appropriate) without the consent of the Participant as soon as administratively feasible following the Participant’s Termination of Employment.  This Section 7.4 supersedes any other provision of the Plan that may conflict with its terms.

 

7.5          Distribution to Beneficiaries .

 

(a)           Lump Sum .  If a Participant dies before receiving the distribution of the balance of his Accounts, that amount will be paid to his Beneficiary in a lump sum, or if such Beneficiary elects, installments as provided in Subsection (b).  If more than two Beneficiaries are identified under Section 7.6(c), payment to each Beneficiary will be made in a lump sum only.  Lump sum distributions will be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary not later than the last day of the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant died.

 

(b)           Installments .  A designated Beneficiary to whom a lump sum distribution would be made pursuant to this Section 7.5 may request that the Account be distributed in installments.  If the Participant was receiving installments prior to his death, such installments will be paid at least as rapidly as the installment form selected by the Participant.  If the Participant has not received a distribution from his Accounts after Termination of Employment and prior to his death, and his Beneficiary is not his spouse, such installment payments must commence by the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant died, and must be payable over a period not exceeding the life expectancy of the Beneficiary.  If the Participant’s spouse is the Beneficiary, such installments may commence at any time after the Participant’s death, up to the first day of the month preceding the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70½.

 

7.6          Beneficiaries .

 

(a)           Each Participant (or a Beneficiary who becomes entitled to receive a distribution under the Plan) may designate a Beneficiary to receive any payments which are unpaid at his death, by following the procedure designated by the Committee.  A person who has filed a designation of Beneficiary may revoke or

 

30



 

change it at any time by complying with the procedure designated by the Committee.

 

(b)           A married Participant’s spouse, if he has one, will automatically be his Beneficiary unless he files a copy of a form provided by the Committee designating a different Beneficiary which contains the Participant’s spouse’s signed, notarized consent to that designation.

 

(c)           If a Participant has not designated a Beneficiary or if the Beneficiary who was designated is dead, the Beneficiary under this Section will be the member(s) of the first of the following groups of relatives of the person on account of whose death payment is to be made who has any living member(s) on the date of payment:  (i) his spouse, (ii) in equal shares to each of his children with one such share collectively to the descendants of any deceased child, per stirpes , (iii) in equal shares to each of his parents; (iv) in equal shares to each of his brothers and sisters with one such share collectively to the descendants of any deceased brother or sister, per stirpes , and (v) his estate.

 

7.7          Distributions to Incapacitated or Disabled Persons .  If the Committee determines that a Participant or Beneficiary is incapacitated or disabled to the extent that he is unable to manage his financial affairs, the Committee may (until a claim is made by a conservator or other person legally responsible for the care of the person or of his estate) make any payment due to such person under the Plan to any other person or entity for the benefit of the incapacitated Participant or Beneficiary.  Once a proper claim has been made to the Committee, any payments to which the incapacitated Participant or Beneficiary is entitled will be made to the conservator or other person legally charged with the care of the person or of his estate.

 

7.8          Direct Rollovers .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if a Participant who has incurred a Termination of Employment notifies the Committee that he desires to transfer the entire distribution otherwise payable to him to an individual retirement account pursuant to PR Code Section 1081.02, to a non-deductible individual retirement account pursuant to PR Code Section 1081.03, to a retirement plan that is qualified under. PR Code Sections 1081.01(a) or 1081.015(d) or to a plan offered by his employer which is qualified under PR Code Section 1081.02, the distribution otherwise payable to the Participant may be made as a direct transfer to the trustee or trustees of the transferee plan’s tax-exempt trust fund or to the custodian of the individual retirement account, subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)           Notification by the terminated Participant shall be in writing on a form provided by the Committee and shall be delivered to the Committee as soon as practicable, but no later than the date on which payment would otherwise be made from the Plan to the Participant;

 

(b)           The transferee plan shall include an express authorization for its trustees to receive, hold and distribute in accordance with that plan all transferred, portable, vested and lump sum accounts of any new Participant in the plan that are

 

31



 

attributable to participation in the qualified defined contribution plan of a former employer; and

 

(c)           The Participant shall be provided with a notice of his rights under this Section 7.8 no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the commencement of an eligible rollover distribution from the Plan.  Written consent for the distribution must not be made before the Participant receives the notice and must not be made more than 180 days before such commencement.  Such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice is given provided that:

 

(i)            The Committee clearly informs the Participant of his right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option); and

 

(ii)           The Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

 

(d)           For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in this Section 7.8 of the Plan, any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible rollover distribution and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan.

 

7.9          In-Service Withdrawals .  Accounts of Participants who have not ceased to be Employees may be withdrawn in accordance with the following rules:

 

(a)           Hardship Withdrawals .  A Participant may, by following the procedure designated by the Committee, withdraw all, or part, of the portion of his Salary Deferral Account which is attributable to his Salary Deferrals, not including any earnings thereon.  Any withdrawal under this Section 7.9(a) must be on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant and cannot be more than the amount which is necessary to satisfy that need, unless the Participant has attained age 59½.  A Participant may obtain no more than two hardship withdrawals in any Plan Year.  For purposes of this paragraph:

 

(i)            The following are the only financial needs considered immediate and heavy:  expenses incurred or necessary for medical care, as described in  __ Section 1033.15 (a)(4)of the PR Code, of the Participant, his spouse or dependents; the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children or dependents; or the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, his principal residence.

 

(ii)           A distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant only if the Participant demonstrates to the Committee’s satisfaction that:

 

32



 

(A)          the Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions;

 

(B)          the Participant agrees, as a condition of the distribution, that he will be suspended from making Salary Deferrals under this and all other plans of the Employer for twelve months after receipt of the distribution;

 

(C)          The Participant may not make Salary Deferrals to the Plan or any other qualified plan of the Employer for the Participant’s taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the hardship distribution in excess of the Deferral Limit for such next taxable year less the amount of such Participant’s Salary Deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship distribution; and

 

(D)          the distribution is not in excess of the amount of an immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution).

 

(b)           Withdrawals after Age 59½ .  A Participant who has attained age 59½ may elect to withdraw 100% of the value of his Accounts, excluding his Stock Grant Account, without the need to demonstrate an immediate and heavy financial need.  Only one withdrawal per calendar year may be made pursuant to this subsection.

 

(c)           Any application for a distribution under this Section will be deemed to be a consent by the Participant to the distribution.

 

7.10        Qualified Domestic Relations Orders .  Any payment which would otherwise be made under this Article VI may be modified to the extent necessary to comply with any judgment, decree or other order which the Committee determines is a “qualified domestic relations order” (as defined by ERISA).  The Committee will adopt rules for determining whether any judgment, decree or order received by the Plan is a “qualified domestic relations order” and for administering payments under any such order.

 

7.11        Distribution When Distributee’s Address Is Unknown .  Subject to all applicable laws relating to unclaimed property, if the Committee or Trustee mails by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last known address of a Participant or Beneficiary, a notification that he is entitled to a distribution hereunder, and if the notification is returned by the United States Postal Service as being undeliverable because the addressee cannot be located at the address indicated, and if neither the Committee nor the Trustee has knowledge of such Participant’s or Beneficiary’s whereabouts within three years from the date the notification was mailed, or if within three years from the date the notification was mailed to the Participant or Beneficiary he does not respond by informing the Committee or the Trustee of his whereabouts, then, and in either of those events, as soon as practicable following the third anniversary of the mailing of the notification, the then undistributed share of such Participant or Beneficiary shall be paid to the person or persons who would have been entitled to take such share in the event of

 

33


 

the death of the Participant or Beneficiary whose whereabouts are unknown, assuming that such death occurred as of the third anniversary of the mailing of such notification.  In the event such alternate payment cannot be made, and subject to the applicable state laws concerning escheat, the aggregate amount of such Participant’s Accounts shall be held in a suspense account until the end of the Plan Year and shall serve to reduce any Company Matching Contributions for that Plan Year; provided, however, that such amounts shall be reinstated to the proper Participant Accounts upon a valid claim thereof by the proper Participant or Beneficiary.

 

7.12        Forfeitures .  The portion of any Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Contribution Account which is not vested under Section 7.2 will become a Forfeiture upon such Participant’s Termination of Employment and, except as provided in subsection (c) below, will be applied to reduce Company Matching Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions on a periodic basis.  However, if such Participant resumes employment with an Employer before incurring five consecutive One-Year Breaks In Service, the Forfeiture (unadjusted for subsequent earnings or losses) shall be restored to the Participant’s Salary Deferral Account if the Participant restores to the Plan the amount previously distributed in accordance with subsection (a) below unless such restoration is not required under an applicable Supplement to this Plan.  The restorations of a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Contribution Account are subject to the following rules:

 

(a)           Buy-Back Contribution .  The Forfeiture shall be restored if, within 60 months following such Participant’s resumption of employment, he deposits with the Committee an amount equal to the portion of his Matching Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Account which was previously distributed.

 

(b)           Restoration of Forfeitures .  As of the first Valuation Date following receipt by the Committee of the deposit described in subsection (a) above (or as soon as practicable thereafter), the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Contribution Account shall be credited with the Forfeiture.

 

(c)           Source of Restoration .  The amounts necessary to restore the Forfeiture in accordance with subsection (b) above shall be allocated for such purpose from Forfeitures not yet applied towards Company Matching Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions, and if such Forfeitures are not sufficient for this purpose, then, to the extent necessary to satisfy such restoration, the balance of such Forfeitures in accordance with subsection (b) above shall be restored by a special allocation of Company Matching Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions which shall reduce the amounts available to credit to all other Participants as of such Valuation Date.  In lieu of such method of restoring the Forfeiture, the Participant’s Employer may make a special contribution which shall be utilized solely for purposes of such restoration.

 

7.13        Loans to Participants .  Loans shall be extended to Participants who are Employees of Participating Employers (those Employees classified as Section 16(b) officers of the Company must obtain permission from the Company in order to receive a loan under this Section), but excluding:  (i) Participants, located outside Puerto Rico who, at the time the loan is made, are not receiving regular payments of compensation under a Puerto Rico payroll system,

 

34



 

(ii) those Employees that according to ERISA are classified as Parties in Interest, (iii) Participants who have a domestic relations order pending with the Plan, (iv) those individuals who are receiving benefits under the Company’s long term disability plan, and (v) Participants who are on an unpaid leave of absence or severance.  Loans to Participants are subject to the following rules:

 

(a)           Authority .  The Committee, upon request by a Participant in the manner described in subsection (n) below, shall direct the Trustee to make a loan from the Trust Fund to a Participant.

 

(b)           Loan Documents .  Each loan shall be evidenced by a written promissory note providing for repayment and interest.  As described in subsection (n) below, the promissory note shall consist of a loan agreement, to which the Participant shall indicate his agreement by endorsing the loan check.  The Committee shall make appropriate arrangements with the Trustee regarding the custody of such notes.

 

(c)           Applicability .  The Committee shall exercise its authority under this Section in a manner which makes loans available to all eligible Plan Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis.  Loans shall also be made available to any other person who has an account balance under the Plan, even  if the person is a “party in interest” with respect to the Plan, as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA.

 

(d)           Frequency and Number .  The Committee may establish conditions on the frequency and number of loans to Participants.  As of the Effective Date, no Participant may have more than one loan outstanding at any given time.

 

(e)           Term of Loan .  The term of the loan will be for a period of time not exceeding five years.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of the loan may be for a period of up to ten years if the loan is used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used as a principal residence of the Participant. The Committee shall be entitled to rely on any representation made by a Participant with regard to the purpose for which a loan is requested.

 

(f)            Minimum Loan .  From time to time, the Committee may establish a minimum loan amount, provided that such limitation shall not exceed $1,000.

 

(g)           Maximum Loan .  The principal amount of the loan may not exceed the lesser of:

 

(i)            $50,000, provided that such dollar limit shall be reduced by the highest outstanding balance of loans to the Participant from the Plan and any other “qualified employer plan” maintained by the Employer or any Commonly Controlled Entity of the Employer at any time in the prior twelve (12) consecutive month period; or

 

(ii)           50% of the sum of the Participant’s vested Accounts under this Plan (excluding the Participant’s Stock Grant Account), provided that such

 

35



 

percentage limit shall be reduced by the percentage of such Participant’s Accounts which is then invested in any other loans.

 

The limitations of subparagraphs (1) and (ii) above shall be applied as of the Accounting Date immediately preceding or coincident with the day the loan is requested pursuant to the procedures specified in subsection (n) below; provided, however, that the Participant’s vested Accounts as of such request date shall be reduced by the amount of any withdrawals made to such Participant between the date of the loan request and the date such loan is processed by the Trustee.

 

(h)           Interest Rate .  The interest rate charged to Participants for loans under this Section shall be determined by the Committee from time to time.  The rate selected by the Committee for this purpose shall be a rate which the Committee determines is within the range of prevailing rates which would be charged by commercial lenders for loans of a similar type.  For this purpose the Committee may rely on such evidence as it may deem reliable concerning such prevailing rates and all decisions of the Committee regarding such rates shall be conclusive.

 

(i)            Security .  Loans shall be secured by all of the balances in the Participant’s Accounts, together with such additional collateral as the Committee may require either at the time of the loan or from time to time thereafter.  In determining the adequacy of such security, the Committee shall not consider any non-vested portion of the Participant’s Accounts, and a Participant’s vested Accounts shall not be considered adequate security unless immediately prior to disbursement of the loan the vested portions of the Participant’s Accounts (as of the most recent Accounting Date) have an aggregate value equal to at least twice the sum of the face amount of such loan and the then outstanding balances of all prior loans to such Participant.

 

(j)            Loan Fees .  An application fee shall be charged against the Participant’s Account for each loan processed.  The amount of such fee shall be established by the Committee from time to time.

 

(k)           Repayment Terms .  All Plan loans shall be repaid under a written repayment schedule by payroll deduction and shall be evidenced by a written promissory note payable to the Trustee.  If a Participant with an outstanding loan incurs a Termination of Employment thereby making payroll deductions impossible, then, unless the Participant elects to roll over such loan and the transferee plan agrees to accept such roll over, the Participant must repay the entire outstanding balance of the loan upon the earlier of (1) the expiration of the original term of the loan and (ii) the date which is 90 days after such Termination of Employment.  In no event shall principal and interest payments be less frequent than quarterly on a level amortization basis in substantially non-increasing installments.  Loans may be prepaid in full at any time.  Loan repayments under this Plan may be suspended with respect to a Participant in military service to the extent required by USERRA.

 

36



 

(l)            Distribution Prior to Loan Repayment .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any distribution under this Plan to or on behalf of a Participant to whom one or more loans are then outstanding shall first be applied by the Trustee to reduce the outstanding balances of such loans.  For this purpose loan reductions shall first be applied to satisfy any loan installments in default.  Payments shall be applied to loans which are not in default pro rata.

 

(m)          Events of Default .  In the event of a default in payment of either principal or interest that is due under the terms of any loan, the Plan Administrator may declare the full amount of the loan due and payable and may take whatever action may be lawful to remedy the default.  With respect to a Participant who terminates employment, default will be deemed to have occurred if any loan is not rolled over or paid in full within 90 days following his termination of employment, as described in subsection (k) above.  With respect to a Participant who is an Employee on an unpaid leave of absence, default will be deemed to have occurred if any payment is not made within one year following the due date for any payment of principal and/or interest for which no payment is made by the Participant.  The Trustee may offset amounts owed by the Participant against Plan benefits owed to him or her without being in violation of Section 7.13.

 

(n)           Requesting Loans .  A Participant may request a loan electronically via telephone or in any such manner prescribed by the Committee.

 

(i)            Non-Residential Loans .  Upon receipt and approval of a request for a non-residential loan, the Trustee shall mail a loan agreement (including a promissory note) along with a loan check to the Participant.  By endorsing the check, the Participant shall indicate his agreement to the terms and conditions of the loan, as described in the loan agreement.

 

(ii)           Residential Loans .  Upon receipt of a request for a loan to be used for the purchase of the Participant’s primary residence, the Trustee shall send the Participant a loan agreement along with information as to what supporting documentation the Participant must submit in connection with such loan request.  The Participant must then submit this supporting documentation within 30 days.  If the loan request is approved, the Trustee shall mail a loan agreement (including a promissory note) along with a loan check to the Participant.  By endorsing the check, the Participant shall indicate his agreement to the terms and conditions of the loan, as described in the loan agreement.  If the loan request is denied, the Trustee shall notify the Participant and inform the Participant of the reason for such denial within a reasonable period of time after the loan request.

 

(o)           Hierarchy .  Loan amounts shall be deducted from the Participant’s Accounts in the manner prescribed by the Committee.

 

7.14        No Representation Regarding Tax Effect of Withdrawals or Loans .  Neither the Employers, the Committee, the Trustee nor any other Plan representative shall be construed as representing the tax effects of any withdrawals or loans made in accordance with this

 

37



 

Article VII.  It shall be the responsibility of Participants requesting withdrawals or loans to consider the tax effects of such withdrawals or loans and to consult with their personal tax advisor.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Plan Committees

 

8.1          Membership of Administrative and Investment Committee .  The Company hereby delegates its powers with respect to the appointment of the Plan fiduciaries, including the power to appoint the administrator and the Trustee, to Edwards Lifesciences Corporation.  The Administrative and Investment Committee (the “Committee”), consisting of at least three persons, shall be appointed by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  The Secretary of the Company will certify to the Trustee from time to time the appointment to (and termination from) office of each member of the Committee and the persons, if any, who are selected as secretaries of the Committee.  The appointment of a member of the Committee and acceptance of such appointment by any person constitutes an agreement by and between the Company and such Committee member that the member, acting in concert with the other Committee members, shall have and will exercise the powers and duties described herein, including, with respect to the Committee, the power and duty to interpret this Plan, make changes to plan structure as deemed appropriate, and determine the benefits to which Participants are entitled hereunder.

 

8.2          Administrative and Investment Committee Powers and Duties .  The Administrative and Investment Committee (the “Committee”) shall have such powers and duties necessary to discharge its duties hereunder, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(a)           Within its complete and unfettered discretion to construe and interpret the Plan and Trust Agreement provisions and to resolve all questions arising under the Plan including questions of Plan participation, eligibility for benefits and the rights of Employees, Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons to benefits under the Plan and to determine the amount, manner and time of payment of any benefits hereunder;

 

(b)           To prescribe procedures, rules and regulations to be followed by Employees, Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons or to be otherwise utilized in the efficient administration of the Plan consistent with the Trust;

 

(c)           To make determinations as to the rights of Employees, Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons to benefits under the Plan and to afford any Participant or Beneficiary dissatisfied with such determination with rights pursuant to a claims procedure adopted by the Committee;

 

(d)           To settle or compromise claims against the Plan by Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons;

 

(e)           To enforce the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trust and to enforce its procedures, rules and regulations;

 

38



 

(f)            To be responsible for the preparation and maintenance of records necessary to determine the rights and benefits of Employees, Participants and Beneficiaries or other persons under the Plan and the Trust and to request and receive from the Employers such information necessary to prepare such records;

 

(g)           To prepare and distribute in such manner as it deems appropriate and to prepare and file with appropriate government agencies information, disclosures, descriptions and reporting documents regarding the Plan, and in the preparation and review of such reports the Committee is entitled to rely upon information supplied to it by the Employees, accountants, counsel, actuaries, the Investment Managers and any insurance institutions described in the Trust Agreement;

 

(h)           To appoint or employ individuals to assist in the administration of the Plan and other agents (corporate or individual) that the Committee deems advisable, including legal counsel and such clerical, medical, accounting, auditing, actuarial and other services as the Committee may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.  However, no agent except an Investment Manager or fiduciary named in the Plan shall be appointed or employed in a position that would require or permit him or her:  (i) to exercise discretionary authority or control over the acquisition, disposition or management of Trust assets; (ii) to render investment advice for a fee; or (iii) to exercise discretionary authority or responsibility for Plan administration;

 

(i)            To cause to be prepared and to cause to be distributed, in such manner as the Trustee determines to be appropriate, information explaining the Plan and Trust;

 

(j)            To furnish to the Employers upon request such annual or other reports with respect to the administration of the Plan as are reasonable and appropriate;

 

(k)           To receive, review and keep on file (as it deems convenient or proper) reports of the financial condition, receipts and disbursements, and assets of the Trust;

 

(l)            To discharge all other duties set forth in the Plan;

 

(m)          to establish and from time to time revise the investment policy of the Plan, to communicate and consult with the Company, the Committee and the Trustee and any Investment Manager or insurance institution regarding the investment policy applicable to the Plan as a whole or to any individual Investment Fund;

 

(n)           To supervise the performance by the Trustee and any Investment Manager or insurance institution regarding their responsibilities under the Plan and Trust.  The Committee shall review and analyze performance information supplied by the Trustee and the Investment Managers or insurance institutions to the Committee and/or any such performance information obtained independently by the Committee and shall report the results of such analysis to the Board of Directors from time to time in such form and with such degree of frequency as the Committee

 

39



 

shall determine proper.  Such responsibilities of the Committee with respect to supervision, review and analysis shall be performed no less frequently than once each Plan Year and shall ordinarily not be required more frequently than once each calendar quarter.  The Trustee, Investment Managers and insurance institutions have been allocated the responsibility for day-to-day investment management of the Plan and Trust and the responsibilities of the Committee hereunder are not intended to relieve the Trustee, Investment Managers or insurance institutions of such on-going investment management responsibilities;

 

(o)           To instruct the Trustee, the Investment Managers and insurance institutions with respect to the proper application of contributions made under the Plan;

 

(p)           To determine the proper allocation of investment responsibilities with respect to the assets of the Plan between the Trustee and any Investment Manager or insurance institution acting hereunder or under the terms of the Trust and to allocate fiduciary responsibilities among these parties;

 

(q)           To the extent not provided to the contrary in the Trust Agreement, to appoint the Trustee and any Investment Managers or insurance institutions, to direct the establishment of any Investment Fund and to remove the Trustee and any Investment Managers or insurance institutions or appoint additional Trustees, Investment Managers or insurance institutions;

 

(r)            To review any accounts submitted by the Trustee and any Investment Managers or insurance institutions and to report to the the Board of Directors with respect to any such accounts;

 

(s)            Following the Committee’s determination of the benefit rights of any Participant or Beneficiary, to aggregate information concerning such benefits and authorize and direct the Trustee with respect to the commencement, modification or cessation of such benefit payments;

 

(t)            To supervise the performance of fiduciary responsibilities by others including the Trustee and any Investment Managers;

 

(u)           To appoint and utilize the services of administrative staff employees of the Company and the other Employers for the performance of duties delegated to the Committee hereunder and to rely upon information received from such staff employees; provided that in both cases the Committee reasonably believes the performance of such services and the preparation of such information is within the competence of such staff employees;

 

(v)           To furnish to the Employers, upon reasonable request, such annual or other reports as the Employers deem necessary regarding the administration of the Plan; and

 

40



 

(w)          To employ reputable agents (who may also be Employees) and to delegate to them any of the administrative powers or duties imposed upon the Committee or the Employers.

 

8.3          Conflicts of Interest .  No member of the Committee shall participate in any action on matters involving solely such member’s rights or benefits as a Participant under the Plan.

 

8.4          Compensation; Reimbursement .  No member of the Committee shall receive compensation for his services, but the Employers shall reimburse him for any necessary expenses incurred in the discharge of his duties.

 

8.5          Standard of Care .  The Committee shall perform its duties under this Plan in accordance with the terms of this document and the Trust Agreement solely in the interest of the Participants and for the exclusive purposes of providing retirement benefits to Participants and defraying the reasonable expenses of Plan administration and operation.  The Committee shall also perform its duties under this Plan with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

 

8.6          Action by Committee .  Action by the Committee is subject to the following special rules:

 

(a)           The Committee may act by meeting or by document signed without meeting, and documents may be signed through the use of a single document or concurrent documents.

 

(b)           The Committee shall act by a majority, and such action shall be as effective as if such action had been taken by all Committee members, provided that by majority action one or more Committee members or other persons may be authorized to act with respect to particular matters on behalf of all Committee members.

 

(c)           The Committee may, but is not required to, select a secretary, who may but need not be a Committee member, and the certificate of such secretary that the Committee has taken or authorized any action shall be conclusive in favor of any person relying upon such certificate.

 

(d)           The Committee may act through agents or other delegates and may retain legal counsel, auditors or other specialists (who may also be Employees) to aid in the Committee’s performance of its responsibilities.

 

8.7          Resignation or Removal of Committee Member .  Any person serving as an Committee member may resign from such Committee at any time by written notice to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or may be removed by the Compensation Committee at any time by written notice to such member.    The Compensation Committee shall fill any vacancy in the membership of the Committee as soon as practicable.  Until any such vacancy is filled, the remaining members of the Committee may exercise all of the powers, rights and duties conferred on such Committee.

 

41



 

8.8          Uniform Application of Rules by Administrative and Investment Committee (the “Committee”) .  The Committee shall apply all rules, regulations, procedures and decisions uniformly and consistently to all Employees and Participants similarly situated.  Any ruling, regulation, procedure or decision of the Committee which is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or the Trust shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons affected by it.  There shall be no appeal of any ruling by the Committee which is within its authority, except as provided in Section 9.10 below.  When making a determination or a calculation, the Committee is entitled to rely on information supplied by the Employer, Trustee, Investment Managers, insurance institutions, accountants and other professionals including legal counsel for the Company.

 

8.9          Claims Procedure .  Each person entitled to benefits under the Plan (the “Applicant”) must submit a written claim for benefits to the Committee.  If a claim for benefits by the Applicant is denied, in whole or in part, the Committee shall furnish the Applicant within 90 days after receipt of such claim (or within 180 days after receipt if special circumstances require an extension of time), a written notice which specifies the reason for the denial, refers to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, describes any additional material or information necessary for properly completing the claim and explains why such material or information is necessary, and explains the claim review procedures of this Section 9.10.  Any Applicant whose claim is denied under the provisions described above, or who has not received from the Committee a response to his claim within the time periods specified in the provisions described above, may request a review of the denied claim by written request to the Committee within 60 days after receiving notice of the denial.  In connection with such request, the Applicant or his authorized representative may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing.  If such a request is made, the Committee shall make a full and fair review of the denial of the claim and shall make a decision not later than 60 days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time, in which case a decision shall be made as soon as possible but not later than 120 days after receipt of the request for review, and written notice of the extension shall be given to the Applicant before the commencement of the extension.  The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based.  No person entitled to benefits under the Plan shall have any right to seek review of a denial of benefits, or to bring any action to enforce a claim for benefits, in any court prior to his filing a claim for benefits and exhausting all of his rights under this Section 9.10.  Although not required to do so, an Applicant may choose to state the reason or reasons he believes he is entitled to benefits, and may choose to submit written evidence, during the initial claim process or review of claim denial process.  However, failure to state any such reason or submit such evidence during the initial claim process or review of claim denial process, or by written notice to the Committee within 60 days of the date of the decision on the review of the claim denial, shall permanently bar the Applicant, and his successors in interest, from raising such reason or submitting such evidence in any forum at any later date.

 

8.10        Investments in Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock .  The Committee is responsible for directing the Trustee with respect to investments of Plan assets in Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock.  In connection with such investments, the Committee has the authority to cause the Trustee to exercise or sell in the open market any

 

42



 

options, rights or warrants which entitle the Plan to subscribe to or purchase shares of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock.  The Committee is responsible for determining the appropriate value for Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock contributed to the Plan or purchased by the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, all certificates for shares of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock held on behalf of the Plan shall be in the custody of the Trustee and shall be held in the name of the Trustee or a nominee of the Trustee.  Prior to any distribution of Plan assets in the form of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock, the Committee shall cause such Common Stock held by the Trust, to the extent not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, to be registered to the extent required under said Act.  At the election of the Participant or his Beneficiaries, distributions from the Plan may be made in whole shares of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock from the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund, provided that property distributed in Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock may only be distributed if the requirements of this Section 9.11 are satisfied.  As part of the distribution election, a Participant or his Beneficiaries, as applicable, must indicate the amount, if any, of the balance in the Participant’s Accounts invested in the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock Fund that he wishes to receive in Edwards Lifesciences Corporation Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Named Fiduciaries and Allocation of Responsibilities

 

9.1          Named Fiduciaries .  Pursuant to Section 402(a)(1) of ERISA, the following persons shall be Named Fiduciaries under the Plan and Trust and shall be the only Named Fiduciaries thereunder:

 

(a)           the Company, as Plan Sponsor;

 

(b)           the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(c)           the Trustee(s) under the Trust(s); and

 

(d)           the Committee as the administrator of the Plan.

 

9.2          Allocation of Responsibilities among Named Fiduciaries .

 

(a)           Trustee .  The Trust has been heretofore established.  The Trustee shall have the authority, discretion and responsibility for the control, investment and management of the assets of the Fund as provided in the Trust, except to the extent that Participants direct the investment of their Accounts under Article VI, and shall have no other responsibilities other than those provided under the Trust.

 

(b)           Board of Directors .  The Board of Directors shall have the authority and responsibility as provided in the Plan and Trust for the designation and retention of all Named Fiduciaries as provided in the Plan and the Trust.

 

(c)           The Company .  The Company shall have the responsibility and authority for the exercise of all other fiduciary functions that may be provided in the

 

43


 

Plan or in the Trust necessary for the operation of the Plan except such functions as are assigned to other Named Fiduciaries pursuant to the Plan or Trust.

 

(d)           Administrative and Investment Committee .  The Committee shall have responsibility and authority to control the operation and administration of the Plan in accordance with the terms of Article VIII.

 

9.3          No Joint Fiduciary Responsibilities .  This Article is intended under Section 405(c)(1) of ERISA to allocate to each Named Fiduciary the individual and several responsibility for the prudent execution of the functions assigned to it, and none of such responsibilities of any other responsibility shall be shared by two or more of such Named Fiduciaries unless such sharing shall be provided by a specific provision of the Plan or Trust.  Whenever one Named Fiduciary is required by the Plan or Trust to follow the directions of another Named Fiduciary, the two Named Fiduciaries shall not be deemed to have been assigned a shared responsibility, but the responsibility of the Named Fiduciary giving the directions shall be deemed its sole responsibility, and the responsibility of the Named Fiduciary receiving those directions shall be to follow them insofar as such instructions are on their face proper under applicable law.

 

9.4          Advisor to Named Fiduciary .  A Named Fiduciary may employ one or more persons to render advice concerning any responsibility such Named Fiduciary has under the Plan or Trust.

 

9.5          Exercise of Fiduciary’s Duties .  Subject to Sections 403(c)(2), 4042 and 4044 of ERISA relating to the permissible return of contributions to the Company and termination of the Plan, each Named Fiduciary, or any member thereof, shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan, to the extent required by ERISA or by the terms of the Plan or Trust, solely in the interests of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and —

 

(a)           for the exclusive purpose of:

 

(i)            providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries; and

 

(ii)           defraying reasonable expense of administering the Plan;

 

(b)           with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims;

 

(c)           by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and

 

(d)           in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Trust insofar as the Plan and the Trust are consistent with the provisions of Title I of ERISA.

 

44



 

ARTICLE X

 

Amendment and Termination

10.1        Amendment .

 

(a)           Power to Amend .  The Committee has the right at any time to amend in whole or in part any or all of the provisions of the Plan except as expressly set forth below:

 

(i)            no amendment may increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without their written consent;

 

(ii)           no amendment may have the effect of vesting in any Participating Employer any interest in any funds, securities or other property subject to the terms of the Plan and Trust;

 

(iii)          no amendment may authorize or permit at any time any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the purposes specified in the Plan; and

 

(iv)          no amendment may have any retroactive effect as to deprive any person of any benefit already accrued, except that no amendment made in conformance to provisions of any statute relating to employee benefit plans as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA or any official regulations or rulings issued pursuant thereto, shall be considered prejudicial to the rights of any such person.

 

(b)           Effect of Amendment .  If a person is not an Eligible Employee on or after the effective date of any amendment to the Plan, the amendment will have no effect on the amount of such person’s benefits unless the amendment specifically provides otherwise.

 

10.2        Termination .  It is the expectation of the Company that it will continue the Plan and the payment of contributions hereunder indefinitely, but the continuation of the Plan and the payment of contributions hereunder is not assumed as a contractual obligation of the Company or any other Participating Employer; and the right is reserved by the Company or any Participating Employer at any time to reduce, suspend or discontinue its contributions hereunder; provided, however, that the contributions for any Plan Year accrued or determined prior to the end of such Plan Year may not after the end of such Plan Year be retroactively reduced, suspended or discontinued except as may be permitted by law.  The Plan terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)           Business Form .  Legal adjudication of the Company as bankrupt, a general assignment by the Company to or for the benefit of its creditors, or dissolution of the Company other than by form of or as a result of a reorganization where the business of the Company is continued;

 

45



 

(b)           Administrative and Investment Committee Action .  Termination of the Plan by the Committee on behalf of the Company at any time when, in its judgment, business, financial or other good causes make such termination advisable, to become effective upon the execution and delivery by the Committee to the Trustee of a written resolution stating the fact of such termination and the date as of which it is to be effective; or

 

(c)           Discontinuance of Contributions .  Discontinuance of contributions under the Plan by the Company.

 

On termination of the Plan under this Section 11.2 or upon partial termination of the Plan by operation of law, the date of such termination or partial termination will be a Valuation Date and, after all adjustments then required under the Plan have been made, the Account balance(s) of each affected Participant will be 100% vested and will be payable to him or his Beneficiary in accordance with Article VII.  The provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect until all Participants’ Account balances have been paid.

 

10.3        Merger or Consolidation .  In the event of any merger, consolidation or transfer of assets or liabilities to any other plan, each Participant will (if the other plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Miscellaneous

 

11.1        Non-Diversion .  None of the assets of the Trust Fund will revert to the Company or be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries or to defray reasonable expenses of the Plan and Trust; provided, however, that:

 

(a)           Company contributions are conditioned on a determination by the Puerto Rico Treasury Department  that the Plan and Trust “qualify” under Section 1081.01(a) of the PR Code, and if such a determination is not given, following application by the Company, or if such a determination is obtained but the Plan and Trust subsequently cease to qualify under Section 1081.01(a) of the PR Code, the Trustee will, upon written request of the Company, return to it the amount of its contribution for any Plan Year for which the Plan and Trust fail to qualify, reduced by the amount of any losses thereon, within one calendar year after the date the Company receives notice that the Plan and Trust fail to qualify;

 

(b)           Company contributions to the Plan are conditioned upon the deductibility of the contributions under Section  1033.09 of the PR Code, and, to the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Trustee will, upon written request of the Company, return the amount of the contribution (to the extent disallowed), reduced by the amount of any losses thereon, to the Company within one year after the date the deduction is disallowed;

 

46



 

(c)           if a contribution or any portion thereof is made by the Company by a mistake of fact, the Trustee will, upon written request of the Company, return the amount of the contribution or such portion, reduced by any losses thereon, to the Company within one year after the date of payment to the Trustee; and

 

(d)           if, upon complete termination of the Plan, any assets remain in the Trust after all payments required by Section 7.1 have been made, the Trustee will, upon written request of the Company, return such assets to the Company.

 

11.2        Rights in Trust .  No person has any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust, except as provided under the Plan.  All payments provided for in the Plan will be made solely out of the assets of the Trust and neither the Committee, the Trustee nor the Company assumes any liability or responsibility for such payments.

 

11.3        Non-Alienation .  Subject to Section 7.10:

 

(a)           amounts payable under the Plan are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary, prior to actually being received by the person entitled to such amount under the terms of the Plan, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any right to benefits payable under the Plan will be void; and

 

(b)           the Trust Fund is not in any manner liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of any person entitled to payments under the Plan.

 

11.4.       Notices .  Any communication, statement or notice addressed and mailed, postage prepaid, to a Participant or Beneficiary at his last Post Office address filed with the Committee will be effective notice upon such person for all purposes of the Plan, and neither the Committee, the Trustee nor the Company will be obliged to search for or locate any such person.

 

11.5        Severability .  If any provision of this Plan is held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining provisions; instead, each provision is fully severable and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if any illegal or invalid provision had never been included.

 

11.6        Choice of Law .  Except as provided and/or superseded by federal law, the provisions of the Plan will be construed in accordance with the laws of Puerto Rico.

 

11.7        Qualification of Plan and Trust .  The Trust and the Plan taken together are intended to qualify under Sections 1081.01(a) and 1081.01(d) of the PR Code, or under any comparable provisions of any future legislation which may amend or supersede said provisions of the PR Code.  Each of the Trust and the Plan shall also be deemed to be mutually incorporated by reference and to implement and form a part of each other such document.  Unless and until advised to the contrary, the Committee, the Trustee, any Investment Managers, any insurance institutions and persons dealing with them shall be entitled to assume that the

 

47



 

Trust and this Plan are so qualified and tax-exempt.  The Employer’s adoption and continued maintenance of the Plan is contingent upon the Plan’s obtaining and retaining a qualified status under the above-referenced Sections of the PR Code.

 

11.8        Exclusive Benefit of Participants .  Except to the extent provided below, all Company contributions under the Plan shall be paid to the Trustee and deposited in the Trust Fund and shall be held, managed and distributed solely in the interest of the Participants, their Spouses and Beneficiaries for the exclusive purposes of providing benefits to such persons and paying all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the general administration of the Plan and Trust, to the extent such costs and expenses are not paid by the Participating Employers.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company contributions and the earnings thereon may be applied as follows:

 

(a)           Non-Deductible Contribution Reversion .  Company contributions are conditioned upon the deductibility of such contributions and if, and to the extent, deduction of a Company contribution under Section  1033.09 of the PR Code is disallowed, such Company contributions and any earnings on such contributions shall be returned to the Participating Employers within one year after the disallowance of the deduction, provided that this reversion provision shall not be applicable to the extent that it is determined by the Committee that such reversion will adversely affect the qualified status of the Plan;

 

(b)           Mistake of Fact Reversions .  If, and to the extent, a Company contribution is made through mistake of fact, such Company contribution and any earnings on such contributions shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the payment of the contribution;

 

(c)           Excess Assets Reversions .  If any amounts arising out of the variation between expected actuarial requirements and actual requirements remain in the Trust Fund after termination of the Plan and if all liabilities of the Plan to persons entitled to benefits under the Plan have been satisfied in accordance with applicable law, such remaining amounts shall be distributed to the Participating Employers in such amounts as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine, provided such distribution is in accordance with applicable law.

 

(d)           Exercise of Plan Sponsor or Settlor Authority.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 11.8 shall not be applicable with respect to Plan design or with respect to exercises of any other Plan sponsor or settlor authority.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Adoption and Withdrawal from Plan

 

12.1        Procedure for Adoption .  Any Employer and certain unrelated companies (as provided in Section 12.3) may adopt the Plan for the benefit of their Employees as of a date specified.  No such adoption shall be effective until such adoption has been approved by the

 

48



 

Committee.  Notwithstanding any term or provision of the Plan to the contrary, the terms and provisions as may be imposed with respect to such Employers and their Employees in an applicable Supplement to the Plan shall govern.  Any Employer who adopts the Plan in accordance with this Section or Section 12.3 agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions, conditions and limitations of the Plan and the accompanying Trust Agreement which are pertinent to any entity defined as an “Employer” in the Plan with respect to its eligible Employees under the Plan.  Such Employer further agrees that the Committee shall act for the Employer and its eligible Employees under the provisions of the Plan.  Such Employer further agrees to furnish from time to time such information with reference to its eligible Employees as may be required by the Committee.

 

12.2        Procedure for Withdrawal .  Any Employer (other than the Company) may, with the consent of the Committee, and subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the Committee, terminate its adoption of the Plan.  Upon discontinuance of an Employer’s participation in the Plan, the Trustee shall cause a determination to be made of the equitable part of the Plan assets held on account of Participants of the withdrawing Employer and their Beneficiaries.  The Committee shall direct the Trustee to transfer assets representing such equitable part to a separate fund for the plan of the withdrawing Employer.  Such withdrawing Employer may thereafter exercise, in respect of such separate fund, all the rights and powers reserved to the Company with respect to Plan assets.  The plan of the withdrawing Employer shall, until amended by the withdrawing Employer, continue with the same terms as the Plan herein, except that with respect to the separate plan of the withdrawing Employer the words “Employer”, “Employers”, and “Company” shall thereafter be considered to refer only to the withdrawing Employer.  Any discontinuance of participation by an Employer shall be effected in such manner that each Participant or Beneficiary would (if the Plan and the plan of the withdrawing Employer then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after such discontinuance of participation which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before such discontinuance of participation if the Plan had then terminated.  No transfer of assets pursuant to this Section shall be effected until such statements with respect thereto, if any, required by ERISA to be filed in advance thereof have been filed.

 

12.3        Adoption of Plan by Unrelated Employers .  The Committee may authorize companies that are not commonly controlled entities with respect to the Company to adopt the Plan.  Such authorization may extend to an individual company or to a group of related companies.  Any such company that is authorized to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its employees shall do so in accordance with Section 12.1.  For purposes of such adoption and for purposes of its participation in the Plan, any such company shall be deemed to be an “Employer” hereunder and shall be subject to all terms of the Plan applicable to an Employer.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

The Trustee and the Trust

 

The Trust has been established to hold the assets of, and to form a part of, the Plan.  The relationship of the Trustee to the Plan, the Company, each Employer other than the Company, the Committee, the Participants and their Beneficiaries is as set forth in said Trust, and the Trustee has no rights or duties under the Plan except as set forth in the Plan and the Trust.  The

 

49



 

Trust is subject to amendment as provided therein.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a duly authorized officer of the Company has caused this Plan to be executed on the 11th day of November, 2011.

 

 

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES TECHNOLOGY SARL

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert C. Reindl

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The undersigned, as Chairman of the Administrative and Investment Committee and on behalf of the other members of such committee, acknowledges receipt of the Plan document and its appointment as the administrative fiduciary of the Plan.

 

Dated this10th day of November, 2011.

 

 

 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE and INVESTMENT COMMITTEE

 

 

 

under

 

 

 

Edwards Lifesciences Technology SARL Retirement Savings PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christine McCauley

 

Title:

VP of Human Resources

 

 

Chairperson, Administrative and Investment Committee

 

50



 

SUPPLEMENT A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

 

Edwards Lifesciences Technology SARL

 

Edwards Lifesciences Sales Corporation, and

 

Edwards Lifesciences Export (Puerto Rico) Corporation

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

 

401(K) SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

 

(Restated Effective January 1, 2009)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTION

1

 

 

 

1.1

The Plan

1

1.2

Effective Date

1

1.3

Plan Objectives

1

1.4

Supplements and Appendices

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

2.1

“Accounting Date”

1

2.2

“Accounts” or “Account Balances”

2

2.3

“Actual Deferral Percentage”

2

2.4

“Administrative & Investment Committee”

2

2.5

“Base Pay”

2

2.6

“Baxter Common Stock”

3

2.7

“Beneficiary” or “Beneficiaries”

3

2.8

“Board of Directors”

3

2.9

“Code”

3

2.10

“Commonly Controlled Entity”

3

2.11

“Company”

3

2.12

“Company Common Stock”

3

2.13

“Compensation”

3

2.14

“Disability”

7

2.15

“Effective Date”

7

2.16

“Eligible Employee”

7

2.17

“Employee”

8

2.18

“Employer”

8

2.19

“Employment Date”

8

2.20

“Entry Date”

9

2.21

“ERISA”

9

2.22

“Forfeiture”

9

2.23

“Highly Compensated Employee”

9

2.24

“Hour of Service”

9

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

2.25

“Investment Manager”

11

2.26

“Matching Contribution Percentage”

11

2.27

“Maternity/Paternity Absence”

11

2.28

“Normal Retirement Date”

12

2.29

“One-Year Break In Service”

12

2.30

“Participant”

12

2.31

“Part-Time Employee”

12

2.32

“Plan”

12

2.33

“Plan Year”

12

2.34

“Prior Plan”

12

2.35

“Prior Plan Participant”

13

2.36

“Spouse”

13

2.37

“Termination of Employment” or “Severance of Employment”

13

2.38

“Trust”

13

2.39

“Trust Agreement”

13

2.40

“Trust Fund”

13

2.41

“Trustee”

13

2.42

“Year of Vesting Service” or “Vesting Service”

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION

14

 

 

 

3.1

Participation

14

3.2

Cessation of Participation

14

3.3

Reemployment

14

3.4

Transfer of Employment

14

3.5

Reemployment of Veterans

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

CONTRIBUTIONS

16

 

 

 

4.1

Contributions

16

4.2

Certification of Employer Contributions

18

4.3

Contribution Limitations

18

4.4

Annual Addition

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS/CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS

19

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

5.1

Pay Deferral Contributions

19

5.2

Change in Rate of Pay Deferral Contributions/Reemployment

20

5.3

Annual Limitations on Pay Deferral Contributions

20

5.4

General Limitations on Pay Deferral Contributions

21

5.5

Nondiscrimination Rules Applicable to Pay Deferral and Matching Contributions

21

5.6

Rollover Contributions

26

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

INVESTMENTS AND PLAN ACCOUNTING

26

 

 

 

6.1

Participant Account Balance

26

6.2

Investment of Accounts

28

6.3

Investment Funds

28

6.4

Investment Elections

29

6.5

Information Provided Under ERISA Section 404(c)

33

6.6

Investment Fund Accounting

34

6.7

Expenses

35

6.8

Accounting Dates

36

6.9

Crediting Employer Contributions

36

6.10

Crediting Pay Deferral Contributions

36

6.11

Adjustment of Account Balances

36

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNT BALANCES

37

 

 

 

7.1

Retirement, Disability or Death

37

7.2

Resignation or Dismissal

37

7.3

Special Vesting Rules Upon Sale of Business

38

7.4

Forfeitures

38

7.5

Benefit Commencement Date

39

7.6

Methods of Benefit Payment

42

7.7

Direct Rollovers

44

7.8

RESERVED

45

7.9

Maximum Installment Period

45

7.10

Minimum Rate of Installment Payments

46

7.11

Surviving Spouse or Designated Beneficiaries

47

 

iii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

7.12

Missing Beneficiaries of Deceased or Missing Participants

48

7.13

Incapacitated Participants or Beneficiaries

49

7.14

Reemployment after Distributions Commence

49

7.15

Erroneous Payments

49

7.16

Finality of Distributions

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

49

 

 

 

8.1

Withdrawals

49

8.2

Loans to Participants

53

8.3

No Representation Regarding Tax Effect of Withdrawals or Loans

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

PLAN COMMITTEES

57

 

 

 

9.1

Membership of Administrative & Investment Committees

57

9.2

Administrative & Investment Committee Powers and Duties

58

9.3

Administrative & Investment Committee Powers and Duties

59

9.4

Conflicts of Interest

61

9.5

Compensation; Reimbursement

61

9.6

Standard of Care

61

9.7

Action by Committees

61

9.8

Resignation or Removal of Committee Member

61

9.9

Uniform Application of Rules by Administrative & Investment Committee

62

9.10

Claims Procedure

62

9.11

Investments in Company Common Stock

63

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR PLAN MERGER

63

 

 

 

10.1

Amendment

63

10.2

Plan Termination

64

10.3

Continuation by a Successor or Purchaser

64

10.4

Plan Merger or Consolidation

64

10.5

Notice to Participants of Amendments Terminations or Plan Mergers

65

10.6

Vesting and Distribution on Termination

65

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

65

 

iv



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

11.1

No Employment Guarantee

65

11.2

Nonalienation of Plan Benefits

65

11.3

Action by an Employer

66

11.4

Applicable Law

66

11.5

Participant Litigation

66

11.6

Participant and Beneficiary Duties

66

11.7

Individual Account Statements

67

11.8

Gender and Number

67

11.9

Adequacy of Evidence

67

11.10

Notice to Participants and Beneficiaries

67

11.11

Waiver of Notice

67

11.12

Successors

67

11.13

Severability

67

11.14

Nonreversion

67

11.15

Qualification of Plan and Trust

68

11.16

Certain Indemnification

68

11.17

Voice Response Unit Deemed Written Consent

68

11.18

Effective January 1, 2002

68

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES

69

 

 

 

12.1

Application

69

12.2

Special Terms

69

12.3

Vested Percentage

71

12.4

Minimum Contribution

72

12.5

Termination of Top-Heavy Status

72

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

ADOPTION AND WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN

72

 

 

 

13.1

Procedure for Adoption

72

13.2

Procedure for Withdrawal

72

13.3

Adoption of Plan by Unrelated Employers

73

 

v



 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

 

401(K) SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

 

ARTICLE I

 

INTRODUCTION

 

1.1                                The Plan . Effective as of the close of business on March 31, 2000, Baxter International Inc. (“Baxter”) spun-off its cardiovascular group business to Baxter shareholders through a distribution of all of the shares of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation (“Edwards”) (the “Spin-Off’). In connection with the Spin-Off, Edwards has adopted this Plan (the “Edwards Savings Plan”) for the benefit of certain employees. As soon as practicable after March 31, 2000, Baxter will cause the Trustee of the Baxter International Inc. and Subsidiaries Incentive Investment Plan (the “IIP”) to transfer assets from the IIP trust fund to the Trustee of this Plan with respect to the accounts of Edwards employees. The Edwards Savings Plan is intended to qualify as a profit sharing plan within the meaning of section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), with a qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code, as its related trust is intended to be tax-exempt under section 501 (a) of the Code.  The Plan was restated effective January 1, 2009.

 

1.2                                Effective Date . This Plan is effective as of April l, 2000.

 

1.3                                Plan Objectives . The Plan is a profit sharing plan maintained by the Company to stimulate interest, initiative and increased efficiency among Participants, to encourage Participants to set aside funds for retirement, to share with Participants the economic benefits produced by their efforts and to assist in providing Participants with retirement benefits.

 

1.4                                Supplements and Appendices . Supplements and appendices to the Plan may be adopted, attached to and incorporated in the Plan at any time. The provisions of any such supplements and appendices shall have the same effect that such provisions would have if they were included within the basic text of the Plan. Supplements and appendices will specify the persons affected and shall supersede the other provisions of the Plan to the extent necessary to eliminate inconsistencies between the Plan provisions and the provisions of such supplements and appendices.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms, whenever used in the following capitalized form, shall have the meaning set forth below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, or unless modified by a supplement or appendix attached hereto:

 

2.1                                “Accounting Date” means each day of the Plan Year that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

 

1



 

2.2                                “Accounts” or “Account Balances” refer to all of the accounts described in Section 6.1 which are maintained on behalf of a Participant.

 

2.3                                “Actual Deferral Percentage” means a percentage calculated for purposes of Section 5.5(a) for (i) the group of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees or (ii) the group of all other Participants, as follows:

 

(a)                                  For the group of Participants (including any Eligible Employee who is eligible with respect to a Plan Year to make Pay Deferral Contributions but chooses not to do so) who are Highly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year, the Actual Deferral Percentage (referred to herein as the “HCE Actual Deferral Percentage”) for the Plan Year shall be the average of the following percentages (calculated separately for each member of the group): Pay Deferral Contributions on behalf of the group member for the Plan Year, divided by his Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

(b)                                  For the group of all other Participants (including any Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year and who is eligible with respect to the Plan Year to make Pay Deferral Contributions but chooses not to do so), the Actual Deferral Percentage (referred to herein as the “NHCE Actual Deferral Percentage”) for the Plan Year shall be the average of the following percentages (calculated separately for each member of the group): Pay Deferral Contributions on behalf of the group member for the Plan Year, divided by his Compensation for the Plan Year. The NHCE Actual Deferral Percentage shall be determined without regard to whether an Employee is a non-Highly Compensated Employee for the current Plan Year.

 

The deferral percentages for individuals and the Actual Deferral Percentage for each specified group shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. To the extent necessary to satisfy the nondiscrimination tests in Section 5.5(a) in a particular Plan Year, and to the extent permitted by law, the Administrative & Investment Committee may elect to add to the numerator of the Actual Deferral Percentage fraction (i) any portion of additional nonelective contributions made by any Employer that may be treated as a “qualified nonelective contribution” under Code Section 401(k) or (ii) any portion of that Plan Year’s Matching Contributions that may be treated as a “qualified matching contribution” under Code Section 401(k). Salary reduction contributions made by a Participant under any other tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Participant’s Employer or any Commonly Controlled Entity of such Employer shall be included in computing his deferral percentage to the extent the Company elects to aggregate such other defined contribution plan with the Plan for purposes of the nondiscrimination test of Section 5.5(a) or the coverage test of Code Section 410(b).

 

2.4                                “Administrative & Investment Committee ” means the committee which is responsible for administering the Plan and directing the investment of the Trust Fund in accordance with Article IX.

 

2.5                                “Base Pay” means regular straight-time earnings plus commissions and payments in lieu of regular earnings (such as vacation, sick pay and holiday pay). In the case of a part-time hourly employee, such employee’s base pay shall be determined by

 

2



 

multiplying such employee’s hourly rate of pay by the number of regularly scheduled hours of work for such employee.

 

2.6                                “Baxter Common Stock” means common stock of Baxter International Inc.

 

2.7                                “Beneficiary” or “Beneficiaries” means the persons, trusts or estates validly designated by a Participant or the Plan pursuant to Section 7.11 to receive any benefits payable on behalf of such Participant after his death.

 

2.8                                “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.9                                “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

2.10                         “Commonly Controlled Entity” means any corporation, trade or business that, together with the Company, is a member of a controlled group of corporations as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code, is under common control as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code, is a member of an affiliated service group as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code or is required to be aggregated pursuant to Section 414(o) of the Code; provided, however, that solely for purposes of Section 4.3, the standard of control under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code shall be deemed to be “more than 50%” rather than “at least 80%.”

 

2.11                         “Company” means Edwards Lifesciences Corporation.

 

2.12                         “Company Common Stock” means common stock of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation.

 

2.13                         “Compensation” means the amount determined with respect to a Participant in accordance with the following alternative definitions:

 

(a)                                  Compensation Generally . Except as required by subsection (b), (c) or (d) below, for each Participant, “Compensation” means the amounts paid by the Employers during the Plan Year to such Participant for services as an Employee which is included in such Compensation under the rules set forth in subparagraph (a)(i) below other than such Compensation which is excluded under the rules set forth in subparagraph (a)(ii) below.

 

(i)                                      Included Pay . For purposes of this Section 2.13(a), a Participant’s Compensation shall include:

 

(A)                                All earnings as an employee which are required to be reported as taxable income on Form W-2, including:

 

1.                                       bonuses, including incentive bonuses under the Edwards Incentive Plan, the Edwards Performance Bonus Plan and any other bonus plans approved by the Company or its delegate as constituting Compensation hereunder,

 

3



 

payments in lieu of salary increases, and bonuses paid to sales representatives if included in the compensation plan;

 

2.                                       call in pay;

 

3.                                       commission pay;

 

4.                                       differential wage payments, defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2) to Participants in qualified military service, effective January 1, 2009, to the extent required by Code Section 414(u);

 

5.                                       double time pay;

 

6.                                       draws toward commissions;

 

7.                                       funeral pay;

 

8.                                       holiday pay;

 

9.                                       jury duty pay;

 

10.                                lead pay;

 

11.                                mileage pay for long haul truckers;

 

12.                                military pay;

 

13.                                overtime pay;

 

14.                                paid absences;

 

15.                                retroactive pay;

 

16.                                salary or other regular pay;

 

17.                                shift differentials;

 

18.                                sick pay or other short-term disability pay;

 

19.                                straight time pay; and

 

20.                                vacation pay.

 

(B)                                Amounts treated as salary or cash deferred contributions under a cafeteria plan described in Section 125 include any amounts not available in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage,  Effective January 1, 2001, for purposes of measuring contribution limitations under Section 4.3, Compensation is further expanded

 

4



 

to include elective salary reductions not included in gross income under Code Section 132(f)(4) consistent with the Community Renewal Tax Relief Code of 2000.

 

(ii)                                   Excluded Pay . For purposes of this subsection (a), a Participant’s Compensation shall exclude:

 

(A)                                Amounts constituting imputed income arising from an Employer’s moving expense reimbursement policies, an Employer’s life insurance plans or an Employer’s other fringe benefit plans;

 

(B)                                Amounts paid to replace benefits not provided under this Plan or any other tax-qualified plan due to the contribution or benefit limitations or the nondiscrimination restrictions of the Code; and

 

(C)                                The following amounts paid, accrued or imputed:

 

1.                                       attendance awards;

 

2.                                       automobile allowances;

 

3.                                       business expense reimbursements;

 

4.                                       cash prizes or awards;

 

5.                                       Christmas gifts;

 

6.                                       contest pay;

 

7.                                       deferred compensation, including deferred bonuses;

 

8.                                       discretionary awards;

 

9.                                       employee referral awards;

 

10.                                executive perquisite allowances;

 

11.                                hiring bonuses;

 

12.                                income from sale of stock;

 

13.                                income from the exercise of stock options;

 

14.                                interest earnings on deferred compensation, including deferred bonuses;

 

15.                                invention fees and awards;

 

16.                                long term disability pay;

 

5


 

17.          mortgage differential payments;

 

18.          noncash prizes or awards;

 

19.          pay for unused sick time;

 

20.          performance shares;

 

21.          promotional awards;

 

22.          relocation expense reimbursements;

 

23.          restricted stock rights;

 

24.          retention bonuses;

 

25.          severance pay;

 

26.          stock appreciation rights;

 

27.          tax equalization payments to expatriates;

 

28.          technical achievement awards;

 

29.          travel allowances;

 

30.          tuition reimbursements;

 

31.          workers’ compensation benefits; and

 

32.          Income paid after severance from employment, as defined in Section 1.415(c)-2(e)(3) of the Treasury Regulations except for payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Company by reason of qualified military service (within the meaning of Code section 414(u)(1) to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Company rather than entering qualified military service.

 

(b)           Compensation of Commissioned Sales Representatives . Except as provided in subsections (c) and (d) below, the definition of Compensation set forth in subsection (a) shall apply with respect to a Participant who is a commissioned sales representative not reimbursed for expenses, except that only 85% of the amounts included in Compensation shall be recognized.

 

(c)           Compensation For Discrimination Tests . For purposes of the definition of “Highly Compensated Employee” contained in Section 2.23 and for purposes of the nondiscrimination limitations of Section 5.5, the “Compensation” of a Participant means the amounts paid by the Employers during the Plan Year to such

 

6



 

Participant for personal services as an Employee which are required to be reported as taxable income on Form W-2 and the amount described in subparagraph (a)(i)(B) above.

 

(d)           Compensation For Contribution and Benefit Limitations . For purposes of Sections 4.3, 4.4, and 12.2(g), “Compensation” of a Plan Participant shall have the same meaning as under subsection (c) above, except that the Compensation of a Participant shall include all amounts paid to such Participant by a Commonly Controlled Entity of his Employer which is not itself an Employer hereunder which would constitute Compensation for purposes of this subsection (d) if such Commonly Controlled Entity were an Employer.

 

(e)           Maximum Amount of Compensation . The amount of a Participant’s Compensation that may be taken into account for any purpose of the Plan, including the alternative definitions of “Compensation” described in (a), (b), (c) and (d) above and the Top-Heavy provisions of Article XII, shall not exceed (i) for the initial Plan Year $170,000 (the amount is $200,000 in 2001, 2002 and 2003) and (ii) for each subsequent Plan Year, the amount prescribed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living pursuant to Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code).

 

In computing the Compensation of a Participant for all Plan purposes, Compensation paid in currency other than United States dollars shall be converted to United States dollars at the rate of exchange used at that time by his Employer for such purpose. Compensation paid to a Participant before he commences participation in the Plan, and Compensation paid to a Participant after he ceases to receive credit for Hours of Service under the Plan, will not be recognized under the Plan, except where required by applicable law or where the Plan specifically indicates to the contrary.

 

2.14        “Disability”. means a mental or physical condition which renders a Participant eligible for and in actual receipt of a disability benefit under the federal Social Security Act.

 

2.15        “Effective Date”. means April 1, 2000.

 

2.16        “Eligible Employee”. means an Employee on the payroll of an Employer incorporated in the United States whose Compensation constitutes wages from employment within the meaning of Sections 3121(a) and (b) of the Federal Insurance Contribution Act on and after the effective date of the adoption of the Plan by the Employer, but excluding:

 

(a)           An Employee who is a member of a group of Employees represented by a collective bargaining representative, with respect to which the Plan has not been extended by a currently effective collective bargaining agreement between his Employer and the collective bargaining representative of the group of Employees of which he is a member after good faith bargaining on the subject of employee benefits;

 

(b)           An Employee who is otherwise excluded from all of the groups of Employees to whom the Plan is extended by the Employers;

 

7



 

(c)           A leased employee who is considered an Employee under Section 2.17; and

 

(d)           Any other individual who performs services for an Employer pursuant to an agreement (written or oral) that classifies such individual as an independent contractor or as an employee of another entity, or that otherwise contains a waiver of participation in this Plan, regardless of such individual’s employment status under common law

 

2.17        “Employee” means any person who is a common law employee of an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of an Employer and who is in active employment or on an approved leave of absence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following rules shall apply in determining a person’s status as an Employee:

 

(a)           Leased Employees . An individual who is considered a “leased employee” of an Employer under the provisions of Code Section 414(n)(2) shall be considered an Employee, but not an Eligible Employee, for all purposes of the Plan; provided, however, that such individual shall not be considered an Employee if the leasing organization that employs him covers such individual with a plan providing benefits at least as generous as those described in Code Section 414(n)(5).

 

(b)           United States Citizenship . Individuals employed by an Employer who generally satisfy the requirements of this Section need not be United States citizens to be Employees; provided, however, that individuals who are not United States citizens and who are employed at an Employer’s facility in the United States or one of its possessions solely on the understanding that such United States employment is temporary for purposes of training or familiarization with such facility or with such Employer’s operations or practices shall not be considered to be Employees; and

 

(c)           Certain Citizens Employed Abroad . Ordinarily an individual must be employed by an Employer and must be employed at one or more of its facilities in the United States or possessions of the United States to be considered an Employee. A United States citizen employed by an Employer at one of its facilities outside of the United States and its possessions may become an Employee if he satisfies the other requirements of this Section and if the applicable requirements of Sections 401 (a) and 404A of the Code and Section 406 or 407 of the Code are satisfied with respect to such Employee.

 

2.18        “Employer” means the Company or any Commonly Controlled Entity of the Company on and after the Effective Date of its adoption of the Plan in accordance with Section l3. I . “Employer” shall also mean any organization that is not a Commonly Controlled Entity of the Company if such organization adopts the Plan in accordance with Section 13.3.

 

2.19        “Employment Date” means the day a person first earns an Hour of Service, or, in the case of an Employee who incurs a Termination of Employment prior to becoming a Participant and who is not reemployed within one year of such Termination

 

8



 

of Employment, the first day on which the Employee earns an Hour of Service upon his rehire as an Employee.

 

2.20        “Entry Date ” means as soon as administratively practicable the thirty-first day after an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service.

 

2.21        “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

2.22        “Forfeiture” means the portion of a Participant’s Accounts which is forfeited pursuant to Section 7.4.

 

2.23        “Highly Compensated Employee” for a Plan Year means an Employee who:

 

(a)           is a 5%-owner (as defined in Section 416(1)(1) of the Code) of an Employer at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or

 

(b)           is paid Compensation in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 414(q)(1)(B)(ii) of the Code) from an Employer for the preceding Plan Year.         If the Administrative & Investment Committee so elects for a Plan Year, the Employees taken into account under this paragraph (b) shall be limited to those Employees who were members of the “top-paid group” for the preceding Plan Year. For purposes of the foregoing, an Employee is in the top-paid group for any year if such Employee is in the group consisting of the top 20% of the Employees when ranked on the basis of compensation paid during such year. Such an election shall be included in the written minutes of the Administrative & Investment Committee.

 

The Plan is intended to satisfy the qualification requirements of the Code, including the coverage and nondiscrimination provisions of Code Sections 410(b) and 401(a)(4). If the Administrative & Investment Committee determines this Plan would violate such restrictions, then the Administrative & Investment Committee is authorized to construe the Plan in a manner necessary to avoid discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees, if the express provisions of the Plan permit such interpretation.

 

2.24        “Hour of Service” means:

 

(a)           Duty Hours . Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an Employer for the performance of duties.

 

(b)           Non-Duty Hours (Paid) . Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an Employer for reasons (such as vacation, holidays, sickness, short-term disability, long-term disability, medical leave, family medical leave or jury duty) other than the performance of duties.

 

(c)           Non-Duty Hours (Unpaid) . Each hour for which an Employee is not paid due to medical leave, family medical leave or layoff. Up to a total of 501 Hours

 

9



 

of Service shall be credited under this subsection (b) (with such 501 limit reduced by one Hour of Service for each Hour of Service credited under subsection (b)) to an Employee in a computation period on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties, provided, however, that if such continuous period extends into the next computation period, up to 501 additional Hours of Service shall be credited in such computation period, and further provided that no Hours of Service shall be credited under this subsection (b) for any period of time after the Employee’s Termination of Employment.

 

(d)           Back-Pay Hours . Each hour for which no credit has been given under subsections (a), (b) or (c) above, but for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by an Employer.

 

(e)           Military Service Hours . To the extent not taken into account under another subsection of this Section, each hour of the normally scheduled work week during a period when the Employee is absent from employment with an Employer for voluntary or involuntary military service with the armed forces of the United States, provided that such Employee returns to work within 90 days after his discharge date or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”).

 

(f)            Worker’s Compensation . No Hours of Service will be credited if payment is made solely to comply with applicable worker’s compensation or disability insurance laws.

 

(g)           Intermittent Family Leave . An Employee shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week in which he is on Intermittent Family Leave. Subsections (b) and (c) shall not apply to such Employees. “Intermittent Family Leave” has the meaning given in the Employer’s policies and procedures manual for an Employee who periodically needs time off for the treatment and care of himself or family members due to conditions which require ongoing medical treatment but which do not require the Employee to take an extended leave of absence to provide or obtain such care.

 

The number of Hours of Service to be credited to any Part-Time Employee shall be calculated based on records maintained by the Employee’s Employer indicating the actual hours for which the Employee is compensated.  The number of Hours of Service credited to any other Employee shall be calculated based on 45 hours for each week for which the Employee would be entitled to at least One Hour of Service. In the case of a payment which is made or due on account of a period during which an Employee performs no duties and which results in the crediting of Hours of Service under subsection (b), (c) or (e) above, or in the case of an award or agreement for back pay made with respect to a period described in subsection (d) above, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Rules and Regulations for Minimum Standards for Employee Pension Benefit Plans, U.S. Department of Labor, 29 C.F.R. Section 2530.200b-2(b) which are hereby incorporated by reference. Such rules and regulations shall apply to subsection (b) above as if absences described in such Section were paid absences. Hours of Service shall be credited to a Plan

 

10



 

year in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of the above-cited Department of Labor Regulations. Hours required to be credited for more than one reason under this Section which pertain to the same period of time shall be credited only once.

 

2.25        “Investment Manager” means any bank, trust company, firm or institution appointed by the Administrative & Investment Committee to invest part or all of the Trust Fund in accordance with ARTICLE VI.

 

2.26        “Matching Contribution Percentage” means a percentage calculated for purposes of Section 5.5(b) for (1) the group of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees or (ii) the group of all other Participants, as follows:

 

(a)           For the group of Participants (including an Eligible Employee who is eligible with respect to a Plan Year to receive an allocation of Matching Contributions, but who fails to do so solely on account of the Employee’s failure to elect to make Pay Deferral Contributions during the Plan Year) who are Highly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year, the Matching Contribution Percentage (referred to herein as the “HCE Matching Contribution Percentage”) for the Plan Year shall be the average of the following percentages (calculated separately for each member of the group): Matching Contributions on behalf of the group member for the Plan Year, divided by his Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

(b)           For the group of all other Participants (including any Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year and who fails to receive an allocation of Matching Contributions solely on account of the Employee’s failure to elect to make Pay Deferral Contributions during the Plan Year), the Matching Contribution Percentage (referred to herein as the “NHCE Matching Contribution Percentage”) for the Plan Year shall be the average of the following percentages (calculated separately for each member of the group): Matching Contributions on behalf of the group member for the prior Plan Year, divided by his Compensation for the prior Plan Year. The NHCE Matching Contribution Percentage shall be determined without regard to whether an Employee is a non-Highly Compensated Employee for the current Plan Year.

 

The Matching Contribution Percentages for individuals and the Matching Contribution Percentage for each specified group shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Participant under any other tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Participant’s Employer or any Commonly Controlled Entity of such Employer shall be included in computing his Matching Contribution Percentage to the extent the Company elects to aggregate such other defined contribution plan with the Plan for purposes of the nondiscrimination test of Section 5.5(b) or the coverage test of Code Section 410(b).

 

2.27        “Maternity/Paternity Absence” means a paid or unpaid absence from employment (including an unapproved leave of absence) with an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of an Employer (a) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee; (b) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee; (c) by reason of the

 

11



 

placement of a child under age 18 in connection with the adoption of the child by the Employee (including a trial period prior to adoption); and (d) for purposes of caring for a child immediately following birth or adoption. The Employee must prove to the satisfaction of the Administrative & Investment Committee that the absence meets the above requirements and must supply information concerning the length of the absence unless the Administrative & Investment Committee has access to relevant information without the Employee submitting it.

 

2.28        “Normal Retirement Date” means the date on which a Participant attains age 65.

 

2.29        “One-Year Break In Service” means a Plan Year in which an Employee has fewer than 501 Hours of Service; provided, however, that an Employee shall not have a One-Year Break In Service for any Plan Year if he is an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year. In addition, an Employee who is absent from work due to a Maternity/Paternity Absence or due to an unpaid leave of absence for which credit is required pursuant to the Family Medical Leave Net of 1993, as amended, to be given for purposes of avoiding a break in service shall be treated as having completed certain Hours of Service for a limited period. The Employee will be treated as completing either (1) the number of Hours of Service that normally would have been credited but for the absence (i.e., 45 Hours of Service per week) or (ii) if the normal work hours are unknown, eight Hours of Service for each normal workday during the leave, to a maximum per Plan Year of 501 Hours of Service. The Hours of Service required to be credited under this subsection must be credited only to prevent a One-Year Break in Service in the Plan Year in which the absence begins for one of the permitted reasons or, if crediting in such year is not necessary to prevent a One-Year Break in Service in the Plan Year, in the following Plan Year.

 

2.30        “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who elects to make Pay Deferral Contributions under the Plan pursuant to Section 5.1, or if earlier, receives a Profit Sharing Contribution pursuant to Section 4.1 (c) or elects to make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan pursuant to Section 5.6.

 

2.31        “ Part-Time Employee ” means an Employee who is normally scheduled to work less than 20 hours per week for Employee’s Employer.

 

2.32        “Plan” means the Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k) Investment and Savings Plan.

 

2.33        “Plan Year” means the twelve consecutive month period beginning January 1 and ending December 31; provided, however, that the first Plan Year shall be the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31.

 

2.34        “Prior Plan” means the Baxter International Inc. and Subsidiaries Incentive Investment Plan, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

12



 

2.35        “Prior Plan Participant” means an individual who was a participant in the Prior Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date and who became an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date.

 

2.36        “Spouse” means the person who is or was married to the Participant within the meaning of the laws of the State in which the Participant lives, and, for purposes of determining who is entitled to the survivor annuity under a Joint and Survivor Annuity, the person who as of the date a Participant’s annuity payments begin is alive and married to the Participant within the meaning of the laws of the State in which the Participant lives.

 

2.37        “Termination of Employment” or “Severance of Employment” when a person ceases to be an Employee and ceases to be on the payroll of an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of an Employer. Transfer of employment from an Employer to another Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity or from one Commonly Controlled Entity to another Commonly Controlled Entity or to an Employer, shall not constitute a Termination of Employment for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an individual who has ceased to be an Employee but who remains for a limited period of time on the payroll of an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of an Employer solely for administrative purposes shall incur a Termination of Employment on the date he ceases to be an Employee.

 

2.38        “Trust” means the legal entity resulting from the Trust Agreement between the Company and the Trustee, pursuant to which assets of the Plan are received, held, invested and distributed to or for the benefit of Participants, Spouses and Beneficiaries.

 

2.39        “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and the Trustee establishing the Trust, as amended.

 

2.40        “Trust Fund” means all assets held by the Trustee, Investment Managers and insurance institutions in accordance with the Trust Agreement and the Plan.

 

2.41        “Trustee” means any individual(s) or corporation(s) designated in the Trust Agreement to execute the duties of the Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

2.42        “Year of Vesting Service” or “Vesting Service” means the period credited to an Employee for purposes of determining the extent to which the Employee is vested in his Employer Matching Account under the vesting schedule set forth in Section 7.2. Under the Plan, an Employee is credited with a Year of Vesting Service if the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service during any Plan Year. An Employee’s period of service with a corporation that becomes a Commonly Controlled Entity of an Employer shall be taken into account for purposes of this Section if the Employee is employed on the date the corporation becomes a Commonly Controlled Entity. An individual who became an Employee on December 20, 2007 who immediately prior to such date was an employee of CardioVations Division of Ethicon shall have their service with CardioVations Division of Ethicon taken into account for purposes of this

 

13



 

Section.   Credit shall be given at the rate of 45 Hours of Service for each week during such period (but not to exceed 1,000 Hours of Service for any twelve month period). If an Employee is credited with at least one Year of Vesting Service, he shall never lose such service regardless of when he returns to employment as an Employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an individual (i) who immediately prior to the Effective Date was employed by Baxter or a Commonly Controlled Entity of Baxter and (ii) who becomes an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date shall be credited with the number of Years of Vesting Services such individual earned while employed with Baxter or a Commonly Controlled Entity of Baxter.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PARTICIPATION

 

3.1          Participation . Each Prior Plan Participant shall become a Participant on the Effective Date. Each other Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the Entry Date coincident with or immediately following the Participant’s satisfaction of the applicable eligibility service requirement as described in the next two sentences. An Employee who is not a Part-Time Employee shall satisfy the eligibility service requirement on the thirty-first (31 st ) day of employment. An Employee who is a Part-Time Employee shall satisfy the eligibility service requirement at the end of the first twelve-month period beginning on the date of the Employee’s employment, or beginning on any subsequent January 1, during which the Employee completes 1,000 or more Hours of Service during such twelve month period.

 

3.2          Cessation of Participation . A Participant shall cease to be a Participant on the later of the date on which such Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee or the date on which the Participant’s Accounts are distributed for his benefit in accordance with the Plan.

 

3.3          Reemployment . An Eligible Employee who was a Participant or was eligible to participate prior to his Termination of Employment and is reemployed as an Eligible Employee shall be eligible to recommence participation in the Plan on the first Entry Date following the (late of his reemployment.

 

3.4          Transfer of Employment . In the event an Employee transfers from employment with an Employer to employment with a division or unit of the Company or a Commonly Controlled Entity of the Company that has not adopted the Plan in accordance with Section 13.1, the Employee’s period of employment with such non-participating division, unit or Commonly Controlled Entity shall be treated as employment with a participating Employer solely for purposes of (1) determining the Participant’s Years of Vesting Service and (ii) determining when the Participant has incurred a Termination of Employment entitling the Participant to a distribution pursuant to ARTICLE VII.

 

3.5          Reemployment of Veterans . The provisions of this Section shall apply in the case of the reemployment by an Employer of an Eligible Employee, within the period

 

14



 

prescribed by USERRA, after the Employee’s completion of a period of qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(5)). The provisions of this Section are intended to provide such Employees with the rights required by USERRA and Section 414(u) of the Code, and shall be interpreted in accordance with such intent.

 

(a)           Make Up of Pay Deferral Contributions . Such Employee shall have the right to make contributions under the Plan (“Make Up Deferrals”), in addition to any Pay Deferral Contributions which the Employee elects to have made under the Plan pursuant to Section 5.1. From time to time while employed by an Employer, such Employee may elect to make such Make Up Deferrals during the period beginning on the date of such Employee’s reemployment and ending on the earlier of:

 

(i)            the end of the period equal to the product of three and such Employee’s period of qualified military service, and

 

(ii)           the fifth anniversary of the date of such reemployment.

 

Such Employee shall not be permitted to contribute Make Up Deferrals to the Plan in excess of the amount which the Employee could have elected to have made under the Plan in the form of Pay Deferral Contributions if the Employee had continued in employment with his Employer during such period of qualified military service. Such Employee shall be deemed to have earned “Compensation” from his Employer during such period of qualified military service for this purpose in the amount prescribed by Code Sections 414(u)(2)(B) and 414(u)(7) (“Qualified Military Service”). The manner in which an Eligible Employee may elect to make up deferrals pursuant to this subsection (a) shall be prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee.

 

(b)           Make Up of Employer Matching Contributions . An Eligible Employee who makes Make Up Deferrals as described in subsection (a) shall be entitled to an allocation of matching contributions (“Make Up Matching Contributions”) in an amount equal to the amount of Employer Matching Contributions which would have been allocated to the Account of such Eligible Employee under the Plan if such Make Up Deferrals had been made in the form of Pay Deferral Contributions during the period of such Employee’s qualified military service (as determined pursuant to Code Section 414(u)). The amounts necessary to make such allocation of Make Up Matching Contributions shall be derived from Forfeitures not yet applied towards Employer Matching Contributions for the Plan Year in which the Make Up Deferrals are made, and if such Forfeitures are not sufficient for this purpose, then the Eligible Employee’s Employer shall make a special contribution which shall be utilized solely for purposes of such allocation.

 

(c)           Profit Sharing Contributions . Such Employee shall be entitled to share in allocations of Profit Sharing Contributions with respect to such period of Qualified Military Service as an Eligible Employee. Such Employee shall be deemed to have earned “Compensation” from his or her Employer during such period of Qualified

 

15


 

Military Service for this purpose in the amount prescribed by sections 414(u)(2)(B) and 414(u)(7) of the Code.

 

(d)           Inapplicability of Limitations . Any contributions made by an Eligible Employee or an Employer pursuant to this Section on account of a period of qualified military service in a prior Plan Year shall not be subject to the limitations prescribed by Sections 4.3, 5.3 and 5.4 of the Plan (relating to Sections 402(g), 404 and 415 of the Code) for the Plan Year in which such contributions are made. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the nondiscrimination rules of Section 5.5 of the Plan (relating to Sections 401(k)(3) and 401(m) of the Code) for any Plan Year solely on account of any make up contributions made by an Eligible Employee or an Employer pursuant to this Section.

 

(e)           Individuals Receiving Differential Wage Payments While on Qualified Military Service.  Effective January 1, 2009, an individual performing qualified military service who is receiving a differential wage payment, as defined in Code Section 3401(h)(2), from the Employer is deemed to be an Employee.  However for purposes of the limitations on in-service withdrawals as described in Article VIII, such individual is treated as having incurred a Termination of Employment during any period such individual is performing services in the uniformed services described in Code Section 3401(h)(2)(A). If such individual elects to receive a distribution because of such deemed Termination of Employment, the individual shall be precluded from making any further Pay Deferral Contributions and from having further Employer Matching Contributions made on his behalf under the Plan or any other plan of deferred compensation, as described in Section 8.1(e)(v) of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

4.1          Contributions . Each Plan Year each Employer shall contribute to the Trust the following amounts:

 

(a)           Pay Deferral Contributions made in accordance with Section 5.1 for such Plan Year by its Employees who are Participants.

 

(b)           Matching Contributions in an amount equal to (i) 100% of the aggregate amount of each such Participant’s Pay Deferral Contributions (not including Catch Up Contributions) made in accordance with Section 5.1 for such Plan Year, up to the first 3% of such Participant’s annual Compensation and (ii) 50% of the aggregate amount of each such Participant’s Pay Deferral Contributions (not including Catch Up Contributions) made in accordance with Section 5.1 for such Plan Year on the next 2% of such Participant’s annual Compensation.

 

(c)           In the case of each Participant who is an hourly manufacturing employee, Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions, paid quarterly, in an amount targeted at 3% (which may be more or less than 3%) of each such Participant’s annual

 

16



 

Base Pay based on the achievement of certain performance measures to be established by the Administrative & Investment Committee in its discretion.

 

(d)           In the case of each Participant who is an hourly manufacturing employee and whose. employment was transferred as of March 31, 2000 (the “Distribution Date”) to an Employer from a Commonly Controlled Entity of Baxter, as of the Effective Date, fifty shares of Company Common Stock to be held in the Participant’s Stock Grant Account.

 

(e)           In the case of each Participant whose employment was transferred as of the Effective Date to an Employer from a Commonly Controlled Entity of Baxter and who is a salaried non-exempt or hourly manufacturing employee on the last day of the applicable Plan Year (as listed in Schedule A hereto), the following Transition Contributions:

 

(i)            Each Participant with 75 or more “points” (as determined under the terms of the Baxter International Inc. and Subsidiaries Pension Plan (the “Baxter Pension Plan”)) as of the Effective Date will receive an annual Transition Contribution equal to five percent of the Participant’s Base Pay.

 

(ii)           Each Participant with 70-74 “points” (as determined under the terms of the Baxter Pension Plan) as of the Effective Date will receive an annual Transition Contribution equal to three percent of the Participant’s Base Pay.

 

(iii)          Each Participant with 65-69 “points” (as determined under the terms of the Baxter Pension Plan) as of the Effective Date will receive an annual Transition Contribution equal to two and one half percent of the Participant’s Base Pay.

 

(iv)          Each Participant with 60-64 “points” and at least 10 years of “benefit service” (as determined under the terms of the Baxter Pension Plan) as of the Effective Date will receive an annual Transition Contributions equal to one percent of the Participant’s Base Pay.

 

(v)           Each Participant with 55-59 “points” and at least 10 years of “benefit service” (as determined under the terms of the Baxter Pension Plan) as of the Effective Date will receive an annual Transition Contribution equal to one half of one percent of the Participant’s Base Pay.

 

Such annual Transition Contributions shall continue until the earlier of (1) the date on which the Participant terminates employment or (2) the first day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year during which such Participant attains age 65.

 

Each Employer may also make contributions in accordance with Sections 3.5, and 7.12(b). The Employers may make such contributions annually or more frequently. Such contributions may be credited ratably as of each Accounting Date as provided in Section 6.9 whether or not such contributions are actually made ratably during the Plan Year..

 

17



 

Pay Deferral Contributions shall be paid by an Employer to the Trust no later than the 15th business day of the month following the month in which such contributions would have been payable to each Participant in cash but for the Participant’s election to participate herein (or such other time prescribed by law). Matching Contributions shall be determined and paid by an Employer to the Trust no later than the filing date for the Employer’s federal income tax return 1-or such Plan Year, including extensions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Profit Sharing Contributions made pursuant to paragraph (c) above shall be made as quarterly cash contributions which shall be invested according to the Participant’s investment elections. If the Participant has made no investment elections, then the contributions shall be used to purchase units o f the Company Common Stock Fund in each such Participant’s Account. Transition Contributions made pursuant to paragraph (e) above shall be made annually as cash contributions which shall be invested according to the Participant’s investment elections. If the Participant has made no investment elections, then the contributions shall be used to purchase units of the Company Common Stock Fund in each such Participant’s Account. Shares of Company Common Stock contributed pursuant to paragraph (d) above are not subject to reinvestment. In no event shall the Employer contributions for any Plan Year exceed the amount deductible by the Employer under Section 404 of the Code for the taxable year during which such Plan Year ends.

 

4.2          Certification of Employer Contributions . An Employer may in its discretion obtain a certification of the correctness of any calculations relating to its contributions under the Plan. A certificate of an independent accountant prepared for this purpose shall conclusively determine such issue.

 

4.3          Contribution Limitations. The following contribution limitations under the Code shall be applied with respect to a limitation year which coincides with the Plan Year.  The Annual Addition (as defined in Section 4.4) allocated to any Participant’s Accounts under the Plan and under any other defined contribution plan maintained by his Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of his Employer (“Related Defined Contribution Plans”), shall not exceed the lesser of (a) $30,000 (effective January 1, 2002,  $40,000 as adjusted for increases in the cost of living under section 415 of the Code or regulations thereunder) or (b) 25% of the Participant’s total Compensation (effective January 1, 2002,  100% of the Participant’s Compensation within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code) paid during the Plan Year by his Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of his Employer.  Effective January 1, 2002, the Compensation limit referred to in clause (b) above shall not apply to any contributions for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition.  Annual Addition shall also not include restoration payments that are allocated to Participant’s Account and catch-up contributions, as defined in Code Section 414(v).  In applying the preceding limitation, the Annual Addition to a Participant’s accounts in any Related Defined Contribution Plans constituting money purchase pension plans and the Annual Addition to a Participant’s accounts under any other Related Defined Contribution Plans (other than money purchase pension plans) shall be limited before the Annual Addition to his accounts are limited, to the extent such action is not inconsistent with such other plans.  Except as provided in Section 5.1 in the event any Employer

 

18



 

contributions cannot be credited to a Participant’s Accounts because of the limitations of this Section, excess amounts shall be corrected  in accordance with the procedures described in IRS guidance under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (i.e. Rev. Proc. 2008-50) or any applicable subsequent or replacement guidance .  To the extent required by regulations under Section 415 of the Code, the Employer contributions allocated to any Participant shall be limited by this Section to take into consideration any allocations made for the benefit of such participant in prior Plan Years in excess of the Annual Addition limitations then in effect or any applicable cumulative limitations.  In applying the rules of this Section, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall make appropriate adjustments to reflect the proper application of Section 415 of the Code with respect to Plan Years of less than 12 months.

 

4.4          Annual Addition . The Annual Addition for each Participant for each Plan Year means the sum of the following:

 

(a)           Employer contributions credited to the Participant’s Accounts under Section 4.1 and employer contributions credited to the Participant’s accounts under any Related Defined Contribution Plans (as defined in Section 4.3);

 

(b)           Remainders and forfeitures credited to the Participant’s Accounts and to his accounts under any Related Defined Contribution Plans;

 

(c)           After-tax contributions made by the Participant to any Related Defined Contribution Plan; and

 

(d)           Amounts credited for the benefit of a Key Employee (as defined in Section 12.2(g)) to a separate retiree health or life account maintained by an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of that Employer or maintained under a Funded Welfare Plan to which the Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity contributes. A “Funded Welfare Plan” means a trust fund established under Section 501(c)(9) of the Code or any other trust, corporation, arrangement or employer account which is treated as a welfare benefit fund for purposes of Section 419(e) of the Code.   Effective January 1, 2008, the determination of amounts included or excluded as Annual Additions under the Plan shall be made in accordance with the final Treasury Regulations under Section 415 of the Code dated April 5, 2007.

 

ARTICLE V

 

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS/CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS

 

5.1          Pay Deferral Contributions . An Eligible Employee may elect in the manner described below to have his Employer reduce his Compensation via payroll deduction in an amount not less than 1% nor more than 25% (prior to January 1,  2003, the maximum percentage was 15%) of his Compensation, in whole multiples of 1%.  Such salary reductions shall constitute Pay Deferral Contributions and shall be contributed to the Trust by the Employer in accordance with Section 4.1. A Participant’s salary reduction election shall be made electronically via telephone or in any such

 

19



 

manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee. Salary reduction elections will become effective as of the first pay period beginning after such elections are properly made. No salary reduction election will become effective unless the Participant properly selects the Plan investment fund or funds to which his Pay Deferral Contributions are to be allocated (in the manner described in Section 6.4). Salary reduction elections shall continue in effect (with automatic adjustments for any change in Compensation) until the Participant alters such election in accordance with Section 5.2 or until the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee.

 

Notwithstanding the percentage limit or dollar limits described in Section 5.3, a Participant who is not less than age 50 by the end of a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2003 may contribute an additional amount of Pay Deferral Contributions (referred to as “Catch Up Contributions”), up to the limit described in Code Section 414(v) as in effect for the Plan Year in which the Catch Up Contribution is made, consistent with procedures established by the Committee.  For Catch Up Contribution purposes the salary reduction election percentages shall be made in whole multiples of 1% limited by the amount required to make the required employment tax and other benefit withholding.  The Pay Deferral Contribution percentage attributable to Catch Up Contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415.  The Plan will not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan that implement the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b) or 416, as applicable, because of authorizing such Catch Up Contributions.

 

5.2          Change in Rate of Pay Deferral Contributions/Reemployment . Within the limitations of Section 5.1, a Participant may elect to change the rate of his Pay Deferral Contributions effective once per payroll period. Any such election shall be made electronically via telephone or in any such manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee. Election changes shall become effective as of the pay period beginning after the election is properly made. A Participant may also elect to suspend or resume making Pay Deferral Contributions in the same manner. If a former Participant is reemployed within one month of his Termination of Employment, his Pay Deferral Contributions will recommence in accordance with the most recent elections received from such Participant prior to such Termination of Employment. Otherwise, the Participant must make new elections in accordance with Section 5.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Participant who elects to contribute a portion of his salary to a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement maintained by his Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of such Employer may not change the rate of his Pay Deferral Contributions, except that he may do so at the end of each Plan Year, to be effective as of the beginning of the following Plan Year.

 

5.3          Annual Limitations on Pay Deferral Contributions . A Participant’s annual Pay Deferral Contributions (along with deferrals under any other salary reduction arrangement under Code Section 401(k)) shall be limited to the amount specified in Code Section 402(g) (which in 2000 is $10,500, and shall be adjusted from time to time by the Internal Revenue Service under Code Section 402(g)(i)).  Upon reaching this limit in any Plan Year, a Participant’s Pay Deferral Contributions shall cease for the remainder of

 

20



 

such Plan Year.  Alternatively, if a Participant’s Pay Deferral Contributions are not ceased and exceed this limit for any Plan Year, such Pay Deferral Contributions and the attributable earnings shall (effective January 1, 2008, gap period income shall not be distributed) be returned to the Participant no later than April 15 following the close of such Plan Year.

 

5.4          General Limitations on Pay Deferral Contributions . For purposes of applying the limitations of Sections 404 and 415 of the Code, Employer contributions (including Pay Deferral Contributions) will be reduced to the extent necessary (with Pay Deferral Contributions reduced First) to satisfy the following requirements:

 

(a)           With respect to all Participants, the sum of all Pay Deferral Contributions and Matching Contributions for any Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum deductible amount for Employer contributions for such year under the Code; and

 

(b)           With respect to each Participant, the sum of all Pay Deferral Contributions and Matching Contributions for any Plan Year shall not exceed the maximum amount which can be credited for such year under Section 4.3.

 

Any reduction of Pay Deferral Contributions required under this Section 5.4 shall be made in accordance with the procedures described in Section 5.5 below. In applying the limitations of this Section 5.4, the Administrative & Investment Committee may consider any other Employer contributions and cash or deferred or salary reduction contributions permitted to be reflected for such purposes under applicable federal regulations.

 

5.5          Nondiscrimination Rules Applicable to Pay Deferral and Matching Contributions .

 

(a)           Actual Deferral Percentage Test . For each Plan Year, at least one of the following nondiscrimination tests under Code Section 401(k)(3) shall be satisfied:

 

(i)            The HCE Actual Deferral Percentage shall not be more than 125% of the NHCE Actual Deferral Percentage; or

 

(ii)           The HCE Actual Deferral Percentage shall not be more than two percentage points higher than, nor more than 200% of, the NHCE Actual Deferral Percentage.

 

(b)           Matching Contribution Percentage Test . For each Plan Year, at least one of the following nondiscrimination tests under Code Section 401(m) shall be satisfied:

 

(i)            The HCE Matching Contribution Percentage shall not be more than 125% of the NHCE Matching Contribution Percentage; or

 

21



 

(ii)           The HCE Matching Contribution Percentage shall not be more than two percentage points higher than, nor more than 200% of, the NHCE Matching Contribution Percentage.

 

(c)           Multiple Use Limitation . This subsection describes a limitation on the multiple use of the alternative limits set forth in subparagraphs (a)(ii) and (b)(ii) above. If the sum of the HCE Actual Deferral Percentage (“ADP”) and HCE Matching Contribution Percentage (“MCP”) exceeds the “Aggregate Limit,” then the HCE ADP and/or the HCE MCP shall be reduced until the Aggregate Limit is no longer exceeded, as described in paragraph (d) below. The HCE ADP and HCE MCP shall be determined for purposes of this paragraph after any corrections required to meet the tests in subsections (a) and (b) above, respectively. A “multiple use” shall not be considered to occur, and this subsection shall not apply, if either the HCE ADP or the HCE MCP does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the NHCE ADP or NHCE MCP, respectively. The term “Aggregate Limit” means the greater of the following two paragraphs:

 

(i)            The sum of (1) 125% of the greater of the NHCE ADP or the NHCE MCP, and (2) two percentage points plus the lesser of the NHCE ADP or the NHCE MCP. In no event may the amount in clause (2) exceed twice the lesser of the NHCE ADP or the NHCE MCP.

 

(ii)           The sum of (1) 125% of the lesser of the NHCE ADP or the NHCE MCP, and (2) two percentage points plus the greater of the NHCE ADP or the NHCE MCP. In no event may the amount in clause (2) exceed twice the greater of the NHCE ADP or the NHCE MCP.

 

(d)           Remedial Actions to Satisfy Tests . If the nondiscrimination rules of subsection (a) or (b) would otherwise not be satisfied for a Plan Year, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall take such steps during the Plan Year as it deems necessary or appropriate to adjust the Pay Deferral Contributions for the remainder of the Plan Year on behalf of each Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee in order for one of the tests to be satisfied. If after the end of the Plan Year, it is determined that such nondiscrimination rules would not be satisfied for such Plan Year, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall take all or any of the actions described below.

 

(i)            Actual Deferral Percentage Tests.

 

(A)          Return of Excess Contributions.

 

If one of the nondiscrimination tests set forth in subsection (a) would otherwise not be satisfied for a Plan Year, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall calculate a total amount by which Pay Deferral Contributions must be reduced in order to satisfy such tests, in the manner prescribed by Section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code (the “excess contributions amount”). The amount to be returned to each Participant who is a Highly

 

22



 

Compensated Employee shall be determined by first reducing the Pay Deferral Contributions of each Participant whose actual dollar amount of Pay Deferral Contributions for such Plan Year is highest until the such reduced dollar amount equals the next highest actual dollar amount of Pay Deferral Contributions made for such Plan Year on behalf of any Highly Compensated Employee, or until the total reduction equals the excess contributions amount. If further reductions are necessary, then such Pay Deferral Contributions on behalf of each Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and whose actual dollar amount of Pay Deferral Contributions made for such Plan Year is the highest (determined after the reduction described in the preceding sentence) shall be reduced in accordance with the preceding sentence. Such reductions shall continue to be made to the extent necessary so that the total reduction equals the excess contributions amount.

 

The Company shall distribute to each such Participant (1) the amount of the reductions prescribed by the preceding paragraph plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto and (ii) any corresponding Matching Contributions related thereto plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto in which the Participant would be vested if he incurred a Termination of Employment on the last day of such Plan Year (or earlier if such Participant actually incurred a Termination of Employment at any earlier date), and any corresponding Matching Contributions in which the Participant would not be vested plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto shall be forfeited. The amount of a Participant’s corresponding Matching Contributions considered to be vested for this purpose shall be determined as if all corresponding Matching Contributions to be distributed or forfeited are the only amounts credited to the Participant’s Employer Matching Account upon the hypothetical or actual Termination of Employment described in the preceding sentence.

 

The amounts to be returned pursuant to this subparagraph shall be distributed no later than the date which is 2 1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year (or if distribution by such date is administratively impracticable, no later than the last day of the subsequent Plan Year) for which such adjustment is made. The amount of Pay Deferral Contributions distributed to a Participant shall be reduced by any Pay Deferral Contributions previously distributed to such Participant pursuant to Section 5.3 in order to comply with the limitations of Section 402(g) of the Code. The amount of any income or loss allocable to any such excess deferrals to be so paid including income or loss attributable to the gap period, as described in the Treasury Regulations shall be determined pursuant to the applicable Treasury Regulations.   The

 

23



 

unadjusted amount of any reductions so distributed shall be treated as an Annual Addition for purposes of Section 4.3.

 

(B)          Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

 

In addition to or in lieu of the actions described in subparagraph (A) above, to the extent permitted by law, any Employer may make additional nonelective contributions to the Plan to the extent necessary to satisfy one of the tests set forth in subsection (a). The Administrative & Investment Committee shall designate the Participants for whom such contributions are made. The additional contributions must be made no later than 30 days after the end of the Plan Year, shall satisfy the requirements under Code Section 401(k) for treatment as “qualified nonelective contributions,” and shall be credited to the Before-Tax Account of each Participant for whom any such contribution is made.

 

(C)          Qualified Matching Contributions.

 

In addition to or in lieu of the actions described in subparagraphs (A) or (B) above, to the extent permitted by law, any portion of that Plan Year’s Matching Contributions that may be treated as a “qualified matching contribution” under Code Section 401(k).

 

(ii)           Matching Contribution Percentage Tests.

 

(A)          Return of Excess Aggregate Contributions.

 

If one of the nondiscrimination tests set forth in subsection (b) would otherwise not be satisfied for a Plan Year, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall calculate a total amount by which Matching Contributions must be reduced in order to satisfy such tests, in the manner prescribed by Section 401(m)(6)(B) of the Code (the “excess aggregate contributions amount”). The amount of reduction applicable to each Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined by first reducing the Matching Contributions of each Participant whose actual dollar amount of Matching Contributions for such Plan Year is highest until the such reduced dollar amount equals the next highest actual dollar amount of Matching Contributions made for such Plan Year on behalf of any Highly Compensated Employee, or until the total reduction equals the excess aggregate contributions amount. If further reductions are necessary, then such Matching Contributions on behalf of each Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and whose actual dollar amount of Matching Contributions made for such Plan Year is the highest

 

24



 

(determined after the reduction described in the preceding sentence) shall be reduced in accordance with the preceding sentence. Such reductions shall continue to be made to the extent necessary so that the total reduction equals the excess aggregate contributions amount.

 

The Company shall distribute to each such Participant the portion of the reductions applicable to the Matching Contributions related thereto plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto in which the Participant would be vested if he incurred a Termination of Employment on the last day of such Plan Year (or earlier if such Participant actually incurred a Termination of Employment at any earlier date), and any Matching Contributions in which the Participant would not be vested plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto shall be forfeited. The amount of a Participant’s Matching Contributions considered to be vested for this purpose shall be determined as if all corresponding Matching Contributions to be distributed or forfeited are the only amounts credited to the Participant’s Employer Matching Account upon the hypothetical or actual Termination of Employment described in the preceding sentence.

 

The amounts to be returned pursuant to this subparagraph shall be distributed no later than the date which is 2 1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year (or if distribution by such date is administratively impracticable, no later than the last day of the subsequent Plan Year) for which such adjustment is made. The amount of any income or loss allocable to any reductions to be distributed or forfeited shall be determined in accordance with applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. The unadjusted amount of any reductions so distributed shall be treated as an Annual Addition for purposes of Section 4.3.  The amount of any income or loss allocable to any such excess deferrals to be so paid including income or loss attributable to the gap period, as described in the Treasury Regulations shall be determined pursuant to the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(B)          Additional Matching Contributions.

 

In addition to or in lieu of the actions described in subparagraph (A) above, any Employer may make additional Matching Contributions to the Plan to the extent necessary to satisfy one of the tests set forth in subsection (b). The Administrative & Investment Committee shall designate the Participants for whom such contributions are made. The additional contributions shall be credited to the Employer Matching Account of each Participant for whom any such contribution is made.

 

(iii)          Multiple Use Test.

 

If after making the adjustments required by paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection for a Plan Year the Administrative & Investment

 

25


 

Committee determines that the sum of the HCE ADP and the HCE MCP exceeds the aggregate limit for such Plan Year, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall, no later than the last day of the subsequent Plan Year, reduce the Pay Deferral Contributions made for such Plan Year on behalf of each Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and any corresponding Matching Contributions to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess. Such reduction shall be effected by reducing the Pay Deferral Contributions made on behalf of each Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee in the manner described in paragraph (1) of this subsection.  Effective for Plan years beginning after 2001, the Multiple Use test is repealed.

 

5.6                                Rollover Contributions .  On such forms and in such manner as prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee, the Plan will accept a direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from (i) a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, excluding after-tax employee contributions, (ii) an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, excluding after-tax employee contributions, or (iii) an eligible plan under Section 457 of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a stock or political subdivision of a state.  The Plan will accept a Participant contribution of a Participant rollover contribution of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or 408(b) that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income.

 

The Trustee may accept rollover amounts on behalf of a Participant only to the extent such amounts constitute “eligible rollover distributions” (as defined in Code Section 402(c)(4)).  A Participant who has ceased to be an Employee may only elect to roll over to the Plan an amount credited on his behalf to the Baxter International Inc. and Subsidiaries Pension Plan and only to the extent such amount constitutes an “eligible rollover distribution” (as provided above).  “Rollover Contributions” will be credited to a Rollover Account maintained for the Participant pursuant to Section 6.1(h) as soon as administratively practicable after such contributions are remitted to the Administrative & Investment Committee.  No rollover election will become effective unless the Participant properly selects the Plan investment fund or funds to which the Rollover Contribution is to be allocated (in the manner described in Section 6.4).  A Participant who has previously made an investment election applicable to his Pay Deferral Contributions must apply the same election to his Rollover Contributions and any election to the contrary shall be disregarded.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

INVESTMENTS AND PLAN ACCOUNTING

 

6.1                                Participant Account Balance . The Administrative & Investment Committee shall establish and maintain the following separate accounts with respect to Participants:

 

26



 

(a)                                  Before-Tax Account . A “Before-Tax Account” shall be maintained for each Participant. This account shall represent the amount of such Participant’s Pay Deferral Contributions and the expenses, distributions, earnings and losses attributable to such account.

 

(b)                                  Employer Matching Account . An “Employer Matching Account” shall be maintained for each Participant. This account shall represent the portion of the Employer Matching Contributions allocated to such Participant under the Plan and the expenses, distributions, earnings and losses attributable to such account.

 

(c)                                   Prior Employer Matching Account . A “Prior Employer Matching Account” shall be maintained for each Participant who received a direct transfer of matching account assets from the Prior Plan to the Plan. The Participant shall be 100% vested at all times in such account.

 

(d)                                  Profit Sharing Account . A “Profit Sharing Account” shall be maintained for each Participant (i) on whose behalf a profit sharing account was maintained under the Prior Plan or (ii) who receives a Profit Sharing Contribution as described in Section 4.1(c). Such Profit Sharing Account shall reflect the expenses, distributions, earnings and losses attributable to such account.

 

(e)                                   Stock Grant Account . A “Stock Grant Account” shall be maintained for each Participant who receives a contribution of Company Common Stock as described in Section 4.1(d). Such Stock Grant Account shall reflect the expenses, distributions, earnings and losses attributable to such account.

 

(f)                                    Transition Contribution Account . A “Transition Contribution Account” shall be maintained for each Participant who receives Transition Contributions as described in Section 4.1(e). Such account shall reflect the expenses, distributions, earnings and losses attributable to such account.

 

(g)                                   After-Tax Account . An “After-Tax Account” shall be maintained for each Participant on whose behalf an after-tax account was maintained under the Prior Plan. Such After-Tax Account shall reflect the expenses, distributions, earnings and losses attributable to such account. To the extent applicable, separate subaccounts shall be established to account for any after-tax contributions made under a predecessor plan prior to 1987, and after-tax contributions made under a predecessor plan after 1986.

 

(h)                                  Rollover Account . A “Rollover Account” shall be maintained for each Participant whose benefits under another plan described in Section 401 (a) of the Code, are transferred to the Trust Fund in accordance with Section 5.6 for the subsequent payment of such amounts in accordance with this Plan. This account shall reflect the expenses, distributions, earnings and losses attributable to such account.

 

The Accounts represent the Participants’ interests in the Plan and Trust Fund and are intended as bookkeeping account records to assist the Administrative & Investment Committee in the administration of the Plan.

 

27



 

6.2                                Investment of Accounts . The Trustee, the Investment Managers and any insurance institutions responsible for investment of the Trust Fund are permitted to commingle the assets of the Trust Fund for purposes of investment with the assets of other plans or trusts which are intended to qualify for plan qualification and federal tax exemption under Sections 401 (a) and 501 (a) of the Code, respectively. Any documents which are required to be incorporated in the Plan and the Trust Agreement to permit such commingled investments are hereby incorporated. Except to the extent required by Sections 6.3 and 6.4, segregated investment of Plan and Trust Fund assets shall not be required with respect to any one or more Participants. Each of the Accounts invested in a particular investment fund shall represent an undivided interest in such investment fund which corresponds to the balance of such Account.

 

6.3                                Investment Funds . From time to time the Administrative & Investment Committee may cause the Trustee, an Investment Manager or an insurance institution to establish one or more investment funds for the investment and reinvestment of the Trust Fund. Although the Administrative & Investment Committee may arrange with the Trustee, Investment Managers and insurance institutions for the establishment of investment funds, the continued availability of these funds cannot be assured nor is it possible to assure that the arrangements or the investment funds managed by a particular Investment Manager, by the Trustee or by an insurance institution will continue to be available on the same or similar terms. Participants may invest the total amount of their Accounts (as provided in Section 6.4) among the investment funds made available by the Administrative & Investment Committee from time to time for such purpose. Such funds shall allow Participants to select from a range of alternatives that offer different types of investments and different risk and return characteristics.

 

If the Administrative & Investment Committee determines that Participants shall exercise direction and control over the investment of their accounts in a manner intended to insulate Plan fiduciaries from liability for investments under Section 404(c) of ERISA, the investment funds established by the Administrative & Investment Committee pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall afford Participants with a broad range of investment alternatives whereby each Participant has a reasonable opportunity to:

 

(a)                                  Affect materially the potential return on amounts in his Accounts and the degree of risk to which such amounts are subject;

 

(b)                                  Choose from at least three investment alternatives:

 

(i)                                      each of which is diversified and each of which has materially different risk and return characteristics;

 

(ii)                                   which, to the extent normally appropriate for Participants, allow them to achieve portfolios with respect to the aggregate of their Accounts which have risk and return characteristics at any point within the range of all alternatives; and

 

28



 

(iii)                                each of which when combined with investments in the other alternatives tends to minimize the overall risk of each Participant’s portfolio with respect to the aggregate of his Accounts through diversification.

 

(c)                                   Diversify the investments of his Accounts so as to minimize the risk of large losses.

 

6.4                                Investment Elections. Each Participant, in accordance with rules promulgated under the Plan shall direct the investment of his Accounts described in Section 6.1 in one or more of the investment funds available under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant may not exercise any investment discretion with respect to the shares of Company Common Stock contributed pursuant to Section 4.1 (d) or the earnings thereon; provided, however, that a Participant may direct the sale (but not the repurchase) of such Company Common Stock subject to the limitations contained in the following subsections. The Administrative and Investment Committee has the authority to implement trading restrictions on all the investment options available under the Plan.  With respect to the investment funds referred to in Section 6.3 above and to the shares of Company Common Stock contributed pursuant to Section 4.1(d) (and earnings thereon), such investment elections shall be subject to the following limitations:

 

(a)                                  Initial Investment Election . At the same time and in the same manner that a Participant makes his initial salary reduction election (in accordance with the requirements of Section 5.2), or if earlier, the same time that an Eligible Employee makes a rollover contribution to the Plan (in accordance with Section 5.6), the Participant must direct the Trustee (electronically via telephone or in any such manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee) as to the investment funds to which the amounts credited to his Accounts shall be invested. Participants shall invest the total amount of the Accounts in any combination (in 1 % increments) of the available investment funds. All investment elections shall continue in force until properly changed in accordance with subsection (b) below.

 

(b)                                  Changes in Investment Elections. Subject to the trading restriction provisions of Section 6.4(d) and (e), a Participant may change his investment decisions daily with the understanding that once a Participant purchases an interest in an investment fund (other than as a result of a periodic payroll salary reduction election or the automatic quarterly re-balancing option), he may not sell that interest for five (5) business days.  This five (5) day business day restriction does not apply to a sale of a Participant’s interest in the Company Common Stock Fund.  A Participant may change his investment direction as to future contributions, as to the amounts already in his Accounts or as to both. Changes in investment elections shall be effected electronically via telephone or in any such manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee and shall become effective on the day the election is properly made (or on the following business day, if made after 3:00 p.m. central time), subject to the restrictions in Section 6.4(d) and (e).

 

29



 

(c)                                   Applicability of Investment Elections . Both with respect to initial investment elections and changes in investment elections, unless the Administrative & Investment Committee prescribes otherwise, one election shall apply to the balance, as of the effective date of the election, in the Participant’s Employer Matching Account, Profit Sharing Account, Before-Tax Account, After-Tax Account, Prior Employer Matching Account, Transition Contribution Account and Rollover Account, and additions thereto; provided that, with respect to an initial election by a Participant who makes a rollover contribution prior to making Pay Deferral Contributions under the Plan, such election shall apply to the balance, as of the effective date of the election, in the Participant’s Rollover Account.

 

(d)                                  Special Limitations and Procedures Applicable to the Company Common Stock Fund . The following limitations and procedures shall be applicable to investment elections which specify investment of a portion of the Participant’s Accounts in the Company Common Stock Fund:

 

(i)                                      The aggregate amount of the assets of the Plan which may be invested in the Company Common Stock Fund shall be limited by the Administrative & Investment Committee to the extent the Administrative & Investment Committee deems necessary to prevent the Plan from holding 5% or more of then outstanding Common Stock of the Company or such other amount as shall be necessary to assure that the Plan does not become subject to the provisions of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

(ii)                                   Voting of Common Stock of the Company . Pursuant to the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement, each Participant having an interest in the Company Common Stock Fund shall have the right to direct the manner in which the Trustee shall vote the Company Common Stock credited to the Participant’s Accounts. Before each annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company, there will be sent to each applicable Participant a copy of the proxy solicitation material for such meeting, together with a form requesting instructions to the Trustee on how to vote the Company Common Stock allocated to such Participant’s Accounts. Instructions will be mailed directly to the Trustee to preserve confidentiality. Upon receipt of such instructions, the Trustee will vote such shares as instructed. The Trustee will vote Company Common Stock allocated to Participants’ Accounts for which the Trustee receives no valid voting instructions and Company Common Stock not credited to Participant’s Accounts, if any, held in the Trust Fund in a manner consistent with the provisions of the Trust Agreement and applicable law. The Administrative & Investment Committee may, but is not required to, direct the Trustee with respect to the voting of Company Common Stock described in the previous sentence, and the Trustee will follow such directions except where to do so would be a breach of the Trustee’s duties under the Trust Agreement or applicable law. The Trustee may not divulge information with respect to any Participant’s directions regarding voting of Company Common Stock allocated to his Accounts. A Participant is deemed to be a named fiduciary of the Plan with regard to all instructions the Participant provides to the Trustee as to the manner to which it shall vote the Company Common Stock credited to such Participant’s account.

 

30



 

(iii)                                Offers for Company Common Stock . Pursuant to the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement, in the event that the stockholders of the Company have received an offer, including a tender offer, for the purchase or exchange of their shares of Company Common Stock, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(A)                                Each Participant having an interest in the Company Common Stock Fund shall have the right to direct the Trustee concerning the sale or tendering of the number of shares of Company Common Stock credited to the Participant’s Accounts. A Participant is deemed to be a named fiduciary of the Plan with regard to all instructions the Participant provides to the Trustee as to the manner to which it shall vote the Company Common Stock credited to such Participant’s account.

 

(B)                                The Trustee will use its best efforts to communicate or cause to be communicated to all Participants the provisions of the Plan and Trust Agreement relating to such offer, all communications directed generally to the owners of the securities to whom the offer is made or available, and any communications that the Trustee may receive from persons making the offer or any other interested party (including the Company) relating to the offer. The Company and the Administrative & Investment Committee will provide the Trustee with such information and assistance as the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with these communications to Participants. Neither the Company nor the Trustee may interfere in any manner with any Participant’s investment decision with respect to such an offer.

 

(C)                                If the offer is for all Company Common Stock held by the Trustee in the Trust Fund, then the Trustee will:

 

1.                                       Accept or reject the offer with respect to Company Common Stock allocated to each Participant’s Accounts according to that Participant’s investment decision, except where to do so would be a breach of the Trustee’s duties under the Trust Agreement or applicable law; and

 

2.                                       Accept or reject the offer with respect to Company Common Stock allocated to Participants’ Accounts for which no valid investment decision was received by the Trustee and with respect to unallocated Company Common Stock held in the Trust Fund in the Trustee’s sole discretion.

 

The Trustee may not divulge information with respect to any Participant’s investment decision regarding the offer.

 

(D)                                If the offer is for less than all the Company Common Stock held by the Trustee in the Trust Fund, all provisions of paragraphs (A) through (C) will be applied to that offer, except that each Participant will have the opportunity to make an investment decision for a pro rata portion of the Company Common Stock allocated to his Accounts and the Trustee, after effecting those investment decisions, will make its acceptance or rejection of the offer with respect to a pro rata portion of the Company Common Stock allocated to Accounts for which it received no valid investment instructions or which is held unallocated in the Trust Fund,

 

31



 

so that the offer has been accepted or rejected with respect to the full amount of Company Common Stock held by the Trustee in the Trust Fund which was subject to the offer.

 

(E)                                 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (C) and (D) above, the Administrative & Investment Committee may, but is not required to, direct the Trustee with respect to the acceptance or rejection of any offer described in paragraph (C) or (D) with respect to Company Common Stock allocated to Participants’ Accounts for which no valid investment instructions are received by the Trustee and with respect to unallocated Company Common Stock held in the Trust Fund, and the Trustee shall accept or reject any such offer in accordance with any such directions from the Administrative & Investment Committee to the Trustee with respect to the offer, except where to do so would be a breach of the Trustee’s duties under the Trust Agreement or applicable law.

 

(F)                                  Following the Trustee’s sale or tender of shares pursuant to the terms of this subsection, each affected Participant’s interest in the Company Common Stock Fund shall be eliminated and the proceeds from the sale or tender of the shares credited to the Participant’s Accounts shall be subject to the Participant’s investment direction.

 

(iv)                               Special Limitations and Procedures Applicable to the Baxter Common Stock Fund . The shareholder rights in the event of a tender offer described in subparagraph (d)(iii) shall also be applicable to Participants in the Baxter Common Stock Fund with respect to a pro rata portion of the unallocated shares of Baxter Common Stock in the Baxter Common Stock Fund determined as described above. For purposes of this paragraph, references to “Company” and “Company Common Stock” in paragraph (d) shall mean “Baxter” and “Baxter Common Stock,” respectively.

 

(v)                                  Company Common Stock Fund Trading Restrictions.   Purchases and sales of an interest in the Company Common Stock Fund other than pursuant to a Participant’s periodic salary reduction investment election are subject to the limitations imposed by the Company’s insider trading policy.  Those Participants who are deemed to be Section 16(b) officers may have additional restrictions on trading within the Company Common Stock Fund.

 

(e)                                   Generally Applicable Trading Restrictions .  A Participant shall be allocated three (3) trades within the Plan’s investment options per calendar quarter.  For purposes of this clause, one trade is equal to the sale of an interest in one of the Plan’s investment options and the reinvestment of the sale proceeds in one or more of the Plan’s other investment options.  Upon execution of three (3) trades within a calendar quarter, a Participant shall be prohibited from purchasing any interest in the Plan’s investment options (other than pursuant to a Participant’s periodic payrolls salary reduction election, the automatic quarterly re-balancing option, or the purchase of an interest in the money market and/or stable value fund equivalent investment option available in the Plan) for the period beginning on the date such trade is executed, and ending on the last day of the calendar quarter in which the trade was executed.  The number of time a Participant may

 

32



 

redirect investments from other investment options (including the Company Common Stock Fund) into the Plan’s money market and/or stable value fund equivalent investment option is not limited.

 

6.5                                Information Provided Under ERISA Section 404(c) .

 

(a)                                  Participant’s Opportunities to Exercise Control . The Administrative & Investment Committee shall communicate its rules to Participants in a manner calculated to ensure that each Participant has a reasonable opportunity to direct the investment of his Accounts. In addition, if the Administrative & Investment Committee determines that Participants shall exercise direction and control over the investment of their Accounts in a manner intended to insulate Plan fiduciaries from liability for investments under Section 404(c) of ERISA, it shall provide Participants with:

 

(i)                                      A statement that the Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of ERISA and that the Plan’s fiduciaries may be relieved of liability for any losses which are the direct and necessary result of investment instructions given by the Participant;

 

(ii)                                   A description of the investment funds under the Plan and a general description of the investment objectives and risk and return characteristics of each such fund, including information relating to the type and diversification of assets comprising the investment fund;

 

(iii)                                The identity of each investment fund’s Investment Manager;

 

(iv)                               An explanation of any specified limitations on transfers to or from a designated investment fund and any restrictions on the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights appurtenant to the Participant’s investment in the investment fund;

 

(v)                                  A description of any transaction fees and expenses which affect the Participant’s Accounts in connection with purchases or sales of interests in the investment funds;

 

(vi)                               A description of the procedures established to provide for the confidentiality of information relating to the purchase, holding and sale of Company Common Stock, and the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights by Participants through investment in the Company Common Stock Fund;

 

(vii)                            In the case of an investment fund which is subject to the Securities Act of 1933, and in which the Participant has no assets invested immediately following or immediately prior to the Participant’s initial investment in that fund, a copy of the most recent prospectus provided to the Plan; and

 

33



 

(viii)                         Any materials provided to the Plan relating to the exercise of voting, tender or similar rights which are incidental to the holding in the Account of a Participant of an ownership interest in the Company Common Stock Fund.

 

(b)                                  Additional Information Provided Upon Request . If the Administrative & Investment Committee determines that Participants shall exercise direction and control over the investment of their Accounts in a manner intended to insulate Plan fiduciaries from liability for investments under Section 404(c) of ERISA, it shall provide Participants, upon their request, with the following information:

 

(i)                                      A description of the annual operating expenses of each investment fund (e.g., investment management fees, administrative fees, transaction costs) which reduce the rate of return to Participants, and the aggregate amount of such expenses expressed as a percentage of average net assets of the fund;

 

(ii)                                   Copies of any prospectuses, financial statements and reports, and of any other materials relating to the investment funds, to the extent such information is provided to the Plan;

 

(iii)                                A list of the assets comprising the portfolio of each investment fund and the value of each such asset; and

 

(iv)                               Information concerning the value of shares or units in the investment funds, as well as the past and current investment performance of such funds, determined, net of expenses, on a reasonable and consistent basis.

 

6.6                                Investment Fund Accounting . The undivided interest of each Participant’s Accounts in an investment fund shall be determined in accordance with the accounting procedures specified in the Trust Agreement, investment management agreement, insurance contract, custodian agreement or other document under which such investment fund is maintained (the “Investment Fund Document”). To the extent not inconsistent with such procedures, the following rules shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Deposits . Amounts deposited in an investment fund shall be deposited by means of a transfer of such amounts to such investment fund to conform with the investment elections properly received in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

(b)                                  Transfers . Amounts required to be transferred from an investment fund to satisfy benefit payments and required transfers to effectuate investment elections in accordance with Section 6.4 shall be transferred from such investment funds as soon as practicable following receipt by the Trustee or Investment Manager of proper instructions to complete such transfers.

 

(c)                                   Allocation of Fund Earnings . Except as provided in the applicable Investment Fund Document, all amounts deposited in an investment fund shall be invested as soon as practicable following receipt of such deposit. Notwithstanding the primary purpose or investment policy of an investment fund, assets of any investment fund which are not invested in the primary investment vehicle authorized by the

 

34



 

Investment Fund Document shall be invested in such short term instruments or funds as the Trustee or applicable Investment Manager or insurance institution shall determine pending investment in accordance with such Investment Fund Document.

 

(d)                                  Accounting for Purchases and Sales of Company Common Stock . Purchases and sales of Company Common Stock shall be made for the Company Common Stock Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement and in accordance with the following:

 

(i)                                      No commissions shall be paid in connection with purchases or sales of Company Common Stock from or to any disqualified person or party in interest (as defined for purposes of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code or Section 3(14) of ERISA).

 

(ii)                                   Purchases of Company Common Stock other than purchases on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) shall be at a price not greater than the last recorded sales price quoted for such shares on the Exchange on the last trading day on which there was a recorded sale of such shares immediately preceding the date of such purchases (the “Exchange Trading Price”).

 

(iii)                                Sales of Company Common Stock other than sales on the Exchange shall be at a price not less than the Exchange Trading Price (as defined in subparagraph (ii) above).

 

(iv)                               In-kind contributions of the Employers, including contributions of Company Common Stock, are valued at fair market value. For this purpose Company Common Stock shall be valued as of the date of such contribution at the then Exchange Trading Price (as defined in subparagraph (ii) above but determined as of the end of the date on which such contribution is made if such date is a trading day on the Exchange). If there are no sales of Company Common Stock on the date as of which the Exchange Trading Price is determined, then the fair market value of such common stock shall be the mean of the bid and asked prices for such date.

 

(v)                                  If the Administrative & Investment Committee is unable to determine the Exchange Trading Price (as defined in subparagraph (ii) above) because sales prices on the Exchange are not so quoted, such quotes are not available to the Administrative & Investment Committee or for any other reason, then the Administrative & Investment Committee may utilize a composite index price or other price which is generally accepted for the establishment of fair market value in lieu of the Exchange Trading Price for purposes of the restrictions of subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) above.

 

6.7                                Expenses . Unless paid by the Employers, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the general administration of the Plan and Trust shall be allocated among each investment funds in the proportion in which the amount invested in each such fund bears to the amount invested in all funds as of the Accounting Date preceding the date of allocation. All costs and expenses directly identifiable to one fund shall be

 

35


 

allocated to that fund. No commission expenses shall be paid from the Plan with respect to transactions described in Section 6.6(d)(i).

 

6.8                                Accounting Dates . All Accounts shall be adjusted in accordance with Section 6.11 as of each Accounting Date.

 

6.9                                Crediting Employer Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Employer Matching Contributions shall be credited to the appropriate Accounts of Participants as of the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the end of the payroll period for which such contributions are made, regardless of the date such contributions are actually made. Expenses, distributions, earnings or losses attributable to such amounts shall be separately credited pursuant to Sections 6.7 and 6.11.

 

(b)                                  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be credited to the appropriate Accounts of Participants as of the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the end of the calendar quarter for which such contributions are made, regardless of the date such contributions are actually made. Expenses, distributions, earnings or losses attributable to such amounts shall be separately credited pursuant to Sections 6.7 and 6.11.

 

(c)                                   Transition Contributions shall be credited to the appropriate Accounts of Participants as of the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the end of the Plan Year for which such contributions are made, regardless of the date such contributions are actually made. Expenses, distributions, earnings or losses attributable to such amounts shall be separately credited pursuant to Sections 6.7 and 6.11.

 

6.10                         Crediting Pay Deferral Contributions . Pay Deferral Contributions shall be credited to the appropriate Accounts as of the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the end of the payroll period for which such contributions are made, regardless of the date such contributions are actually made. Expenses, distributions, earnings or losses attributable to such amounts shall be separately credited pursuant to Sections 6.7 and 6.11.

 

6.11                         Adjustment of Account Balances . As of each Accounting Date the Administrative & Investment Committee shall cause the Accounts of Participants to be adjusted to reflect adjustments in the value of the Trust Fund, to reflect contributions (net of Forfeitures) credited in accordance with Sections 6.9 and 6.10 and to reflect distributions of benefits (including transfers and withdrawals) as follows:

 

(a)                                  First, adjust the Accounts as of the last Accounting Date of all Participants to reflect the Adjusted Net Worth (as described below) of the Trust Fund by applying the earnings adjustment rules applicable to each investment fund and crediting earnings for segregated investments to the appropriate Accounts of the Participants to whom such investments pertain; and

 

36



 

(b)                                  Next, credit Employer Matching Contributions, (including Forfeitures applied towards such contributions in accordance with Section 7.4) Profit Sharing Contributions, Transition Contributions, and Participant Pay Deferral Contributions to the proper Accounts; and

 

(c)                                   Finally, charge to the proper Accounts all distributions made since the previous Accounting Date.

 

The “Adjusted Net Worth” of the Trust Fund as of any date means the fair market value of the Trust Fund as determined by the Trustee. If an error in the adjustment of Accounts under this Section is discovered, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall correct such error either (i) by crediting or changing the adjustment necessary to make such correction to or against income or unclaimed amounts or as an expense of the Trust Fund for the Plan Year in which the correction is made or (ii) by requiring the Participant’s Employer to make a special contribution to the Plan.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNT BALANCES

 

7.1                                Retirement, Disability or Death . If a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment, while employed by an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of an Employer, on or after his attainment of age 55 or because of his Disability or death, the balance in his Accounts, after all adjustments required under the Plan have been made, shall be determined as soon as practicable and shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable. Such amount shall be distributable to the Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s death, to his Spouse or Beneficiary in accordance with Section 7.6.  Effective January 1, 2007,  if a Participant dies while performing qualified military service, the Participant’s Spouse or Beneficiaries shall be entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed Employment and then incurred a Termination of Employment on account of death.

 

7.2                                Resignation or Dismissal . If a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment for reasons other than a Termination of Employment on or after his attainment of age 55, Disability or death, the balance in his Prior Employer Matching Account, Before-Tax Account, Profit Sharing Account, Stock Grant Account (if any), Transition Contribution Account (if any), After-Tax Account, Rollover Account and the vested portion of his Employer Matching Account determined in accordance with the vesting schedule below, after all adjustments required under the Plan have been made, shall be determined as soon as practicable and shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable. The portion of such Account which is vested, based upon the balances of all such Accounts as of the Accounting Date coincident with or next preceding the date of distribution (after adjustments required under the Plan as of that date have been made) shall be distributable to the Participant in accordance with Section 7.6.

 

37



 

Vesting Schedule

 

Years of Vesting Service

 

Vested Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

0

%

 

 

 

 

1 year but less than 2 years

 

20

%

 

 

 

 

2 years but less than 3 years

 

40

%

 

 

 

 

3 years but less than 4 years

 

60

%

 

 

 

 

4 years but less than 5 years

 

80

%

 

 

 

 

5 or more years

 

100

%

 

7.3                                Special Vesting Rules Upon Sale of Business . In the event of a sale by the Company of the stock or substantially all of the assets of an entity that is an Employer, so that the entity ceases to be a participating Employer in this Plan, the Administrative & Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine that all or a portion of the affected Participants (i.e ., those who are employed by such participating  Employer) of said entity shall be fully vested in their Account Balances, determined on the date as of which the entity is no longer a participating Employer in this Plan, provided that such Participant is not rehired before actual payment. In lieu of full vesting upon such a sale, the Administrative & Investment Committee may direct that, in accordance with an agreement between the Company and the purchaser of such stock or assets, periods of a Participant’s service following the effective date of such sale be counted towards determination of such Participant’s Vesting Service hereunder. In the absence of Administrative & Investment Committee action, no accelerated vesting or other special vesting rules shall apply to any Participant in connection with any such sale, except as otherwise required by law. The special vesting rules prescribed by this Section shall be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner to all similarly situated classes of affected Participants.  Effective January 1, 2002 an affected Participant shall be deemed to have a Severance from Employment and thereby be entitled to a distribution of his or her Account Balance.  However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a Severance from Employment before such amounts may be distributed.

 

7.4                                Forfeitures . The portion of any Participant’s Employer Matching Account which is not vested under Section 7.2 or 7.3 will become a Forfeiture upon such Participant’s Termination of Employment and, except as provided in subsection (c) below, will be applied to reduce Employer Matching Contributions on a periodic basis. However, if such Participant resumes employment with an Employer or Commonly Controlled Entity of an Employer before incurring five consecutive One-Year Breaks In Service, the Forfeiture (unadjusted for subsequent earnings or losses) shall be restored to the Participant’s Employer Matching Account if the Participant restores to the Plan the amount previously distributed in accordance with subsection (a) below unless such restoration is not required under an applicable supplement or appendix to this Plan. The

 

38



 

restorations of a Participant’s Employer Matching Account are subject to the following rules:

 

(a)                                  Buy-Back Contribution . The Forfeiture shall be restored if within 60 months following such Participant’s resumption of employment, he deposits with the Administrative & Investment Committee an amount equal to the portion of his Employer Matching Account which was previously distributed.

 

(b)                                  Restoration of Forfeitures . As of the first Accounting Date following receipt by the Administrative & Investment Committee of the deposit described in subsection (a) above (or as soon as practicable thereafter), the Participant’s Employer Matching Account shall be credited with the Forfeiture.

 

(c)                                   Source of Restoration . The amounts necessary to restore the Forfeiture in accordance with subsection (b) above shall be allocated for such purpose from Forfeitures not yet applied towards Employer Matching Contributions, and if such Forfeitures are not sufficient for this purpose, then, to the extent necessary to satisfy such restoration, the balance of such Forfeitures in accordance with subsection (b) above shall be restored by a special allocation of Employer Matching Contributions which shall reduce the amounts available to credit to all other Participants as of such Accounting Date. In lieu of such method of restoring the Forfeiture, the Participant’s Employer may make a special contribution which shall be utilized solely for purposes of such restoration.

 

7.5                                Benefit Commencement Date . Except as otherwise provided in this Section or Section 10.6, the Accounts of a Participant who incurs a Termination of Employment shall be distributed in accordance with Section 7.6 as soon as practicable following the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the following rules shall apply for purposes of determining the benefit commencement date for any Participant or Beneficiary:

 

(a)                                  Cash-Out of Small Amounts . (i) If the vested portion of a Participant’s Accounts does not exceed $5,000, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute such amount to the Participant (or to the Beneficiary, if appropriate) in a single sum without the consent of the Participant. The remaining portion shall be treated as a Forfeiture. A distribution pursuant to this subsection shall be made as soon as administratively practicable following the Participant’s Termination of Employment. (ii) In the event of a distribution greater than $1,000, in accordance with the provisions of clause (i) above, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Article VIII, then the Administrative and Investment Committee will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Administrative and Investment Committee.

 

(b)                                  Restrictions on Immediate Distribution . If the vested portion of a Participant’s Accounts exceeds $5,000, the Participant must consent to any distribution

 

39



 

commencement prior to his Normal Retirement Date; provided, however, that consent under this subsection is not required to make distributions necessary to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9), 401(k)(3), 401(m), 402(g) or 415.  In order for a distribution to commence prior to a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the Participant must elect such a distribution electronically via telephone or in any such manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee.  Any consent by a Participant to receive a distribution prior to his Normal Retirement Date will not be valid unless such consent satisfies the requirements of (i) and (ii):

 

(i)                                      The Participant receives a notice, advising him of (A) his right to defer distribution to his Normal Retirement Date, (B) the eligibility requirements for, the material features of, and the relative values of, the optional forms of benefits available under the Plan, and (C) his right to authorize a rollover of the vested portion of his Accounts.  The notice will be given no less than 30 nor more than 90 days prior to the Participant’s benefit commencement date, or as otherwise required under Code Section 411(a)(11).  Notice may be provided under any method approved under Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(a)-11.

 

(ii)                                   The Participant’s consent is provided no less than 30 nor more than 90 days prior to the Participant’s benefit commencement date, or as otherwise required under Code Section 411(a)(11).  A Participant who has received the notice and, if required, a summary thereof, may make an affirmative election to receive payment prior to the expiration of the 30-day period provided, (A) the Administrative Committee or its delegate informs the Participant that he or she has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision as to whether to elect a distribution and, if applicable, a particular distribution option, and (B) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

 

(c)                                   Commencement Date in Absence of Participant Direction . Subject to Section 10.6, unless a Participant elects otherwise (in the time and manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee), distribution of a Participant’s Accounts which are distributable in accordance with Sections 7.1 or 7.2 shall commence no later than the 60th day after the end of the Plan Year in which the latest of (i), (ii) or (iii) below occurs.

 

(i)                                      The Participant’s Normal Retirement Date;

 

(ii)                                   The date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment; or

 

(iii)                                The 5th anniversary of his initial Plan participation.

 

If such Participant incurs a Termination of Employment prior to his Normal Retirement Date, the Participant will be deemed to have made an election to defer distribution to the earlier of (i) the date the Participant provides written consent to a distribution consistent with the requirements described in subsection (c) or his Normal Retirement Date.

 

40



 

(d)                                  Benefit Commencement Date of Beneficiary . If a Participant dies prior to the commencement of his benefits, and the vested portion of the Participant’s Accounts exceeds $5,000, benefits payable to his Spouse or other Beneficiary shall commence in accordance with the election of such Spouse or Beneficiary, pursuant to Section 7.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the commencement and duration of benefit payments to Spouses and other Beneficiaries shall be subject to the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9), as described in Sections 7.9 and 7.10. In addition, no benefits shall be paid to any Spouse or other Beneficiary prior to the completion by the Administrative & Investment Committee of its determination of the status of such Spouse or other Beneficiary as a proper payee with respect to such Participant. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse dies prior to commencement of such benefits, the benefits payable to any contingent Beneficiary shall commence no later than December 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such surviving Spouse’s date of death occurs. For purposes of this subsection, a Participant’s benefits shall be deemed to have commenced on the date the Participant requests payment of his distribution, in accordance with subsection (b).

 

(e)                                   Alternate Payee Commencement Date . Benefits payable to a former Spouse or other member or former member of the Participant’s family pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)) will commence no sooner than the date the Administrative & Investment Committee or its delegate completes its determination that the order satisfies the requirements set forth in Code Section 414(p). If the value of the alternate payee’s distribution does not exceed $5,000, it shall be distributed in a single sum without the consent of the alternate payee as soon as practicable following the date referred to in the preceding sentence. If the value of the alternate payee’s distribution exceeds $5,000, then the commencement of benefits payable to the alternate payee shall be made at the time prescribed by the terms of the Qualified Domestic Relations Order, subject, however, to the rules set forth herein as applied to the applicable Participant. For such purpose, the alternate payee shall have the same payment options as are available to Participants other than a joint and survivor annuity with the alternate payee’s subsequent spouse.

 

(f)                                    Minimum Required Distribution Rules . The requirements of this subsection are intended to reflect the applicable rules of Code Section 401(a)(9) for pre-death distributions and shall take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. The entire interest of a Participant must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the Participant’s “required beginning date.” Distributions in all cases will be made in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(i)                                      Participants Who Are Not 5%-Owners . The provisions of this paragraph shall apply only to a Participant who was not a 5%-owner (as defined in Code Section 416(i)) at any time during the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 70½. With respect to a Participant who attains age 70½. during the 1996 Plan Year, such Participant’s required beginning date shall be April 1, 1997 unless that Participant makes an election, in the time and manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee, to defer commencement until after his Termination of Employment. With

 

41



 

respect to a Participant who attains age 70½. on or after January l, 1997, the required beginning date is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of (i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½. and (ii) subject to subsection (c) above, the calendar year in which contains the Participant’s Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent required by U.S. Treasury Regulations or other guidance of general applicability of the Internal Revenue Service, a Participant’s required beginning date shall be April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½., if the Participant so elects.

 

(ii)                                   5%-Owners . The required beginning date of a Participant who is a 5%-owner (as described above) is April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½..

 

If the Participant’s benefit is to be distributed pursuant to this subsection in the form of installments, the following minimum distribution rules shall apply on or after the required beginning date:

 

(iii)                                If a Participant’s benefit is to be distributed over (A) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life expectancy of the Participant and Beneficiary or (B) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year must be at least equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s benefit by the applicable life expectancy.

 

(iv)                               Life expectancy (or joint life expectancy) may be calculated by reference to the Uniform Lifetime Table and Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 401(a)(9)-9.  Except as provided in Section 7.10(e), life expectancy shall not be recalculated.

 

The hierarchy for distributions required to be made pursuant to this subsection (f) shall be the hierarchy applicable to installment distributions provided in Section 7.6(c).

 

The date on which distribution of a Participant’s Accounts to a Participant or Beneficiary commences under this Section 7.5 is his “Benefit Commencement Date.”

 

7.6                                Methods of Benefit Payment . Participants and, if applicable, Beneficiaries shall make elections regarding the methods of benefit payments in such manner and at such times as the Administrative & Investment Committee shall require. A Participant’s Accounts shall be distributed to him, or in the event of his death to his Beneficiary, in one of the following methods:

 

(a)                                  Single Sum Form of Payment . This is the normal form of benefit payment. Unless an optional method of payment is elected by the Participant in accordance with subsection (b), (c), or (d) below, or by the Participant’s Beneficiaries in accordance with subsection (c) or (d) below, the Participant’s Accounts will be distributed in a single sum, provided that if the Participant’s Accounts exceed $5,000,

 

42



 

distribution thereof in a single sum may not be made prior to certain designated times without the Participant’s or Beneficiaries’ consent, if required pursuant to Section 7.5.

 

(b)                                  RESERVED

 

(c)                                   Optional Installment Form of Payment . If the Participant’s Accounts exceed $5,000, the Participant or his Beneficiaries, as applicable, may elect to have the Participant’s Accounts distributed in the form of substantially equal annual, semi annual, quarterly or monthly installment payments. Such installment payments shall not be payable over a period of time in excess of the “maximum installment period” (as defined in Section 7.9). Installment distributions shall be deducted from the Participant’s Accounts in the following order (and shall be deducted on a pro rata basis from the investment funds to which amounts in such Accounts are allocated):

 

(i)                                      The portion of the Participant’s After-Tax Account attributable to after-tax contributions made prior to 1987.

 

(ii)                                   The portion of the Participant’s After-Tax Account attributable to after-tax contributions made after 1986 (if any), and the portion of such account attributable to earnings, in the proportion prescribed by section 72 of the Code.

 

(iii)                                Rollover Account.

 

(iv)                               Prior Employer Matching Account.

 

(v)                                  Vested portion of Employer Matching Account.

 

(vi)                               Profit Sharing Account.

 

(vii)                            Transition Contribution Account.

 

(viii)                         Before-Tax Account.

 

(ix)                               Stock Grant Account.

 

(d)                                  Partial Single Sum Form of Payment . A Participant or his Beneficiaries, as applicable, may elect to have less than 100% of the Participant’s Accounts paid in a single sum. Such election shall be made in accordance with the procedures described in Section 7.5(c). The hierarchy for distributions made pursuant to this subsection shall be the hierarchy applicable to installment distributions provided in subsection (c) above.

 

Benefits may be distributed in cash or, if applicable, in whole shares of Company Common Stock from the Company Common Stock Fund or Baxter Common Stock from the Baxter Common Stock Fund, provided that property distributed in Company Common Stock may only be distributed if the requirements of Section 9.11 are satisfied. As part of the distribution election, a Participant or his Beneficiaries, as applicable, must indicate the amount, if any, of the balance in the Participant’s Accounts invested in the

 

43



 

Company Common Stock Fund that he wishes to receive in Company Common Stock.

 

Neither the Employers nor the Administrative & Investment Committee shall be obligated to consider the tax effects upon a Participant, Spouse, or other Beneficiary of receipt by that Participant or such Spouse or other Beneficiary of Plan benefits. It shall be the responsibility of Participants to consider the tax effects of the time and manner of benefit distribution and the disposition of distributions upon receipt by a Participant, Spouse, or other Beneficiary.

 

7.7                                Direct Rollovers . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election hereunder, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

 

(a)                                  Notice of Rights . Each distributee shall be provided with a notice as described in Code Section 402(f) of his or her rights under this subsection no less than 30 days (or such shorter period permitted by applicable U.S. Treasury regulations) and no more than 180 days before the commencement of an eligible rollover distribution to the distributee from the Plan. Written consent of the distributee to the distribution must not be made before the distributee receives the notice and must not be made more than 90 days before such commencement.  A participant who has received the 402(f) Notice and, if required, the summary thereof, may waive the 30-day notice requirement by making an affirmative election to make or not to make a direct rollover of all or a portion of his or her Vested Interest.  The 402(f) Notice may be provided under any method approved under Treasury Regulation section 1.411(a)-11.

 

(b)                                  Definitions .

 

(i)                                      Eligible rollover distribution:  An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include:  any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of 10 years or more; any distribution to the extent that distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); effective January 1, 1999, any hardship distribution described in Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV); and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).  Effective with respect to distributions made on and after January 1, 2002, (i) no portion of a hardship distribution is includible in an eligible rollover distribution and (ii) a portion of a distribution will not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because it consists of after-tax employee contributions that are not includible in gross income, provided, however, that such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Sections 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Sections 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for the

 

44



 

transferred amounts, including separately accounting for the portion includible in gross income and the part that is not so includible.

 

(ii)                                   Eligible retirement plan: An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan or contract described in Code Section 403(a),  a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) that accepts the distributee’s eligible distribution; or an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdividision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan.  However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse or non-spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

 

(iii)                                Additional Rollover Options. In addition, effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 2008, qualified rollover contributions from this Plan to a Roth IRA may be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 408A(e) of the Code. Effective January 1, 2010, a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer from the Plan to an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(b) established for the benefit of a deceased Participant’s non-spouse Beneficiary, as described in Code Section 402(c)(11), shall be treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

 

(iv)                               Distributee : A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s divorced Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

 

(v)                                  Direct rollover :  A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

 

7.8                                RESERVED .

 

7.9                                Maximum Installment Period . Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this ARTICLE VII, the period over which installment payments may be made with respect to any person shall be determined by the Participant. In no event will the period over which installment payments are made exceed a Participant’s Maximum Installment Period. A Participant’s “Maximum Installment Period” shall be determined pursuant to the following rules:

 

(a)                                  Life Expectancy Limitation . In no event shall installment payments be made over a period in excess of the life expectancy of the Participant or the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary. The Administrative & Investment Committee shall not adjust installment payments to take into account changes in the life expectancy of a Participant or of his Spouse or Beneficiary.

 

45


 

(b)           Incidental Benefit Limitation . In no event will installment payments which commence during the lifetime of the Participant be scheduled over a period which would result in less than 50% of the value of the Participant’s Accounts being distributed over the Participant’s life expectancy, or which otherwise violates the incidental benefit rules of Code Section 401(a)(9), unless the Participant’s Spouse is his Beneficiary.

 

(c)           Death after Commencement of Benefits . If distribution of a Participant’s benefits over a period (“Prior Payment Period”) not in excess of the period described in subsection (a) above has begun and the Participant dies before the entire balance in his Accounts has been distributed to him, the remaining portion shall be distributed over a period no longer than the remainder of the Prior Payment Period.

 

(d)           Death before Commencement of Benefits . If a Participant dies before the distribution of his benefits has begun, distribution of the entire balance in his Accounts shall be made no later than December 31 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. However, such five-year limitation shall not apply in the case of any portion of the Accounts to be distributed to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary if such portion is distributed over the life of such designated Beneficiary or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such Beneficiary and such distribution begins not later than December 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year which contains the date of the Participant’s death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the designated Beneficiary is the Participant’s surviving Spouse, the date on which distribution must begin as provided in the preceding sentence shall not be earlier than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70½, had he survived. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse dies before distribution begins, this subsection shall be applied as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant except that the provisions applicable to the surviving Spouse of a Participant shall not be applicable to a spouse of the Participant’s surviving Spouse.

 

For purposes of this Section, a Participant’s “Designated Beneficiary” means the Participant’s Beneficiary determined in accordance with Section 7.11.

 

7.10        Minimum Rate of Installment Payments . Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this ARTICLE VII, a Participant who has selected an installment method of payment may select the rate at which his benefits are paid, provided the rate or amount of such installment payments satisfies all of the following rules, to be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner:

 

(a)           Dollar Limitation . The Administrative & Investment Committee may establish a minimum dollar amount for any installment payment.

 

(b)           Frequency of Payment . Installments may be paid monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually.

 

(c)           Equal Payments . Installments must be payable in substantially equal amounts, provided that the Administrative & Investment Committee may adjust

 

46



 

such amounts annually or more frequently to reflect earnings, losses or other adjustments to the Participant’s Accounts.

 

(d)           Incidental Benefit Limitation . In no event will installment payments which commence during the lifetime of the Participant be scheduled at a rate which would result in less than 50% of the value of the Participant’s Accounts being distributed over the Participant’s life expectancy, or which otherwise violates the incidental benefit rules of Code Section 401(a)(9), unless the Participant’s Spouse is his Beneficiary.

 

(e)           Rate of Payment Under Code Section 401(a)(9) . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.9 or any other provisions of this Section, the frequency, timing and rate at which installment payments are made to a Participant shall comply with the minimum rate of payment requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. Solely for purposes of such redetermination, the life expectancy of the Participant and his Spouse or Beneficiary may be adjusted as of such Plan Year end. The Administrative & Investment Committee shall redetermine the amount of such installment as of each subsequent Plan Year to assure continued compliance with such requirements but no further adjustments shall be made to reflect further changes in such life expectancies.

 

(f)            Death after Commencement of Benefits . If distribution of a Participant’s benefits has begun and the Participant dies before the entire balance in his Accounts has been distributed to him, the remaining portion shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of the Participant’s death.

 

(g)           Death before Commencement of Benefits . If a Participant dies before the distribution of his benefits has begun, distribution of the entire balance in his Accounts shall be made over the period specified in Section 7.9(d) and shall be payable in an amount and at a rate of payment which complies with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9). The Administrative & Investment Committee may redetermine the amount of such payments from time to time to assure continued compliance with such requirements.

 

7.11        Surviving Spouse or Designated Beneficiaries . Except as provided in this Section, a Participant’s Spouse shall be his designated Beneficiary and any benefits remaining to be paid hereunder following a Participant’s death shall be distributed to the Participant’s surviving Spouse, if any. Except as provided below, any such benefits which remain to be paid following the death of the Participant’s surviving Spouse shall be paid to the estate of the Participant’s surviving Spouse. If there is no surviving Spouse or if the surviving Spouse of such Participant consents in the manner described below, the benefits remaining to be paid shall be distributed to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary or Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary designation must be completed and filed with the Administrative & Investment Committee during the Participant’s lifetime. A Beneficiary designation properly completed and filed with the Administrative & Investment Committee will cancel all such designations dated earlier. A Participant may designate contingent or successive Beneficiaries and may name natural persons, legal

 

47



 

persons or entities, trusts, estates, trustees or legal representatives as the Beneficiaries. If a married Participant designates a Beneficiary or contingent Beneficiary other than his Spouse and the estate of such Spouse, the Participant’s Spouse must consent in writing to such designation and such consent must be witnessed by a notary public or Plan representative. If the Spouse does not so consent, then such Beneficiary designation shall not be effective unless the Spouse dies before the Participant unless following the death of the Participant his surviving Spouse disclaims all rights to the Participant’s benefits.

 

If the Participant dies leaving no surviving Spouse and either (a) the Participant failed to file a valid beneficiary designation form, or (b) all persons designated on the beneficiary designation form have predeceased the Participant, the Participant’s benefit shall be paid in the following order: (i) to the Participant’s surviving children (including legally adopted children) in equal shares, (ii) to the Participant’s surviving parents (including legally adoptive parents) in equal shares, (iii) to the Participant’s surviving brothers and sisters in equal shares, then (iv) to the Participant’s estate.

 

7.12        Missing Beneficiaries of Deceased or Missing Participants . Subject to all applicable laws relating to unclaimed property, if the Trustee mails by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last known address of a Participant or Beneficiary, a notification that he is entitled to a Plan distribution, and if the notification is returned by the United States Postal Service as being undeliverable because the addressee cannot be located at the address indicated, and if the Trustee has no knowledge of such Participant’s or Beneficiary’s whereabouts for three years after the date the notification was mailed (or if for three years after the date the notification was mailed to the Participant or Beneficiary he does not respond by informing the Trustee of his or her whereabouts), then, subject to the applicable state laws concerning escheat, the aggregate amount of such Participant’s Accounts shall be treated as a Forfeiture and used to reduce Employer Matching Contributions, subject to the following:

 

(a)           Restoration of Forfeiture . If following a Forfeiture under this Section 7.12, the Participant or Beneficiary is located, the Forfeiture (unadjusted for subsequent earnings or losses), shall be restored by crediting such amount to the appropriate Accounts of the Participant as of the next Accounting Date.

 

(b)           Source of Restoration . The amounts necessary to restore the Forfeiture in accordance with (a) above shall be allocated for such purpose from Forfeitures not yet applied towards Employer Matching Contributions and if Forfeitures are not sufficient then from an initial allocation of Employer Matching Contributions to the extent necessary to satisfy such restoration, which special allocation shall reduce the amounts available for allocation to all other Participants in accordance with Section 6.9 as of the relevant Accounting Date. In lieu of such method of restoring the Forfeiture, the Participant’s Employer may make a special contribution which shall be allocated solely for purposes of such restoration.

 

Participants and Beneficiaries are required to maintain current post office addresses on file with the Administrative & Investment Committee.

 

48



 

7.13        Incapacitated Participants or Beneficiaries . If a Participant or Beneficiary is incompetent or a minor, and a conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his care has been appointed, any benefits to which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled shall be payable to such conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his care. The decision of the Administrative & Investment Committee in such matters shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon all affected or interested parties. Neither the Plan nor any representative of the Plan has any duty to see to the proper application of such payments.

 

7.14        Reemployment after Distributions Commence . If a Participant has elected an installment form of distribution, all such payments shall cease if the Participant is rehired as an Eligible Employee. The portion of the Accounts not distributed shall remain in such Participant’s Accounts. Payments under an annuity contract shall continue during any period of reemployment.

 

7.15        Erroneous Payments . All benefits under the Plan shall be paid to the Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary entitled thereto (“Payee”) in cash and/or in Company Common Stock, provided that if any such payment shall be made in error or in excess of the amount due, the Payee shall be required to return any such payment or excessive portion of any payment upon request of the Administrative & Investment Committee.

 

7.16        Finality of Distributions . Payments made in accordance with this Article VII shall discharge all liabilities for such payments under the Plan.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

 

8.1          Withdrawals . Except as provided in an applicable supplement or appendix to this Plan, Accounts of Participants who have not ceased to be Employees may be withdrawn in accordance with the following rules:

 

(a)           After-Tax/Rollover Contributions . A Participant may elect to withdraw all or a portion of the total value (determined as of the date described below) of his After-Tax Account and/or Rollover Account including earnings thereon.  A Section 16b officer of the Company must obtain permission from the Company in order to receive an in-service distribution under this subsection.  Only one withdrawal of After-Tax Contributions per calendar month may be made pursuant to this subsection.

 

(b)           Employer Matching, Prior Employer Matching, Transition Contribution and Profit Sharing Account Withdrawals.   A Participant who would be fully vested in his Employer Matching Contributions Under Section 7.1 or 7.2 if his Accounts were then distributable and who is fully vested and has completed five or more years of Plan participation may elect to withdraw all or a portion of the total value (determined as of the date described below) of his Employer Matching Account, Prior Employer Matching Account, Transition Contribution Account and Profit Sharing Account.  The amount to be withdrawn is satisfied by reducing the value determined for each such

 

49



 

Account by the amount requested to be withdrawn by the Participant, without regard to any distinction between contributions and earnings.  A Participant who receives a withdrawal under this subsection (b) is ineligible to make Pay Deferral Contributions under Section 5.1 for a period of six months commencing on the first day of the first pay period following the date on which the Accounts are valued under this subsection for purposes of such withdrawal.  Such Participant’s Pay Deferral Contributions shall recommence on the first day of the first pay period following the date on which such Contributions were suspended and shall be at the same rate as in effect at the time of suspension (unless the Participant elects otherwise).  A Section 16(b) officer of the Company must obtain permission from the Company in order to receive an in-service distribution under this subsection. Only one withdrawal per calendar month may be made pursuant to this subsection.

 

(c)           Stock Grant Account . A Participant is not permitted to withdraw the shares contributed to his Stock Grant Account until he has incurred a Termination of Employment.

 

(d)           Withdrawals after Age 59 1/2. Except as otherwise provided in an applicable supplement or appendix to this Plan, a Participant who has attained age 59 1/2 and who is fully vested and has completed five years of Plan participation may elect to withdraw 100% of the value (determined as of the date described below) of his Accounts other than his Stock Grant Account. A Section 16(b) Officer of the Company must obtain permission from the Company in order to receive an in-service distribution under this sub-section.  Only one withdrawal per calendar month may be made pursuant to this subsection.

 

(e)           Hardship Withdrawal . A Participant who has withdrawn all amounts permitted to be withdrawn under subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d) above and who has established hardship (as described below) may elect to withdraw a specified dollar amount up to the total value (determined as of the date described below) of his vested Accounts, other than his Stock Grant Account, according to the hierarchy set forth in 1(h) below. Such withdrawals shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)            Immediate and Heavy Financial Need . A withdrawal shall be deemed to be made on account of a hardship only if it is made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant and is necessary to satisfy such financial need. The determination of whether a Participant has an immediate and heavy financial need is to be made on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances.

 

(ii)           Exhaustion of Other Resources . A withdrawal will not be deemed to be necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need requirement of subparagraph (i) above unless the Participant has first obtained all distributions and withdrawals, other than hardship withdrawals, and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employers and Commonly Controlled Entities of the Employers. A withdrawal generally may be treated as necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need if the need cannot reasonably be relieved:

 

50



 

(A)          Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;

 

(B)          By reasonable liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause an immediate and heavy financial need;

 

(C)          By cessation of Pay Deferral Contributions under the Plan, and the cessation of any similar contributions under all qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation maintained by the Participant’s Employer or any Commonly Controlled Entity; or

 

(D)          By other distributions or nontaxable loans (at the time of the loan) from the Plan or any other plan maintained by the Participant’s Employer or any Commonly Controlled Entity, or by borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms.

 

For purposes of this Section, the Participant’s resources shall be deemed to include those assets of his Spouse and minor children that are reasonably available to the Participant. A financial need shall not fail to qualify as immediate and heavy merely because such need was reasonably foreseeable or voluntarily incurred by the Participant.

 

(iii)          Specific Hardship . A withdrawal shall be deemed to be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant if the withdrawal is made on account o£

 

(A)          Expenses for medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted income);

 

(B)          The purchase of a principal residence of the Participant (excluding mortgage payments);

 

(C)          Payment of tuition, room and board, and related educational fees for p to  the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, or his Spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152);

 

(D)          The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence;

 

(E)           Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to section 152(d)(1)(b));

 

51



 

(F)           Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); or

 

(G)          Such other reasons as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe. The amount of an immediate and heavy financial need may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the withdrawal.

 

(iv)          Withdrawal Limited to Need . A withdrawal shall not be treated as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant to the extent the amount of the withdrawal is in excess of the amount required to relieve the financial need or to the extent such need may be satisfied from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant. This determination generally is to be made on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances.

 

(v)           Impact of Withdrawal on Future Participation. Upon receiving a hardship withdrawal, a Participant shall be precluded from making any further Pay Deferral Contributions and from having further Employer Matching Contributions made on his behalf under the Plan or any other plan of deferred compensation maintained by his Employer or any Commonly Controlled Entity until the beginning of the first pay period coincident with or next following the end of a period of 12 months (6 months effective January 1, 2002) commencing with the date of such withdrawal. The Participant’s Pay Deferral Contributions shall recommence at the same rate.  The denial of a Participant’s request for a hardship withdrawal shall be treated as a denial of a claim for a benefit under the Plan, and shall thus be subject to the claim and review procedures set forth under Section 9.10.  For purposes of this subparagraph (v) the phrase “other plan of deferred compensation” means all qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation, including a cash or deferred arrangement that is part of a cafeteria plan within the meaning of Code Section 125; however, it does not include any mandatory  employee contribution portion of a defined benefit plan, or a health or welfare benefit plan (including one that is part of a cafeteria plan.) For purposes of the six-month suspension of contributions, the phrase “plans maintained by the Employer” also includes stock option, stock purchase or similar plans maintained by the Employer.

 

(f)            Requesting Withdrawals . A Participant may request a withdrawal electronically via telephone or in any such manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee. Upon receipt and approval of a withdrawal request, the Trustee shall mail a federally mandated tax information notice to the Participant. To receive payment of a withdrawal, the Participant must telephone the Trustee (in the manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee) no earlier than seven days and no later than 30 days after the day he requested the withdrawal. If the Participant fails to telephone the Trustee within this period, the withdrawal request shall be canceled.

 

(g)           Spousal Consent . No withdrawal shall be made to a married Participant who has elected to have his Accounts distributed in an annuity form unless the

 

52



 

Participant’s Spouse consents to the withdrawal in the manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee. Such consent must be in writing and witnessed by a notary public.

 

(h)           Hierarchy . Hardship withdrawals shall be deducted from the Participant’s Accounts in the following order (and shall be deducted on a pro rata basis from the investment funds to which amounts in such Accounts are allocated):

 

(i)            The portion of the Participant’s After-Tax Account attributable to after-tax contributions made prior to 1987.

 

(ii)           The portion of the Participant’s After-Tax Account attributable to after-tax contributions made after 1986 (if any), and the-portion of such account attributable to earnings, in the proportion prescribed by section 72 of the Code.

 

(iii)          Rollover Account.

 

(iv)          Prior Employer Matching Account.

 

(v)           Vested portion of Employer Matching Account.

 

(vi)          Profit Sharing Account.

 

(vii)         Transition Contribution Account.

 

(viii)        Before-Tax Account.

 

After a withdrawal in accordance with this Section, amounts remaining in the Participant’s accounts, if any, shall continue to be held, invested and adjusted in accordance with the Plan and Trust Agreement until such amounts are subsequently withdrawn or otherwise distributable in accordance with ARTICLE VII. Withdrawals under this Section shall ordinarily be based on a valuation of the applicable Accounts as of the Accounting Date immediately preceding the date on which such request is processed and/or approved by the Trustee or Administrative & Investment Committee. Actual distribution of amounts withdrawn shall ordinarily occur as soon as practicable after the request is processed.

 

8.2          Loans to Participants .  Loans shall be extended to Participants who are Employees of participating Employers (those Employees classified as Section 16(b) officers of the Company must obtain permission from the Company in order to receive a loan under this Section), but excluding:  (i) Participants, located outside the United States who, at the time the loan is made, is not receiving regular payments of compensation under a United States payroll system, (ii) those Employees classified as parties in interest, (iii) Participants who have a domestic relations order pending with the Plan, (iv) those individuals who are receiving benefits under the Company’s long term disability plan, and (v) Participants who are on an unpaid leave of absence or severance.  Loans to Participants are subject to the following rules::

 

53



 

(a)           Authority . The Administrative & Investment Committee, upon request by a Participant in the manner described in subsection (n) below, shall direct the Trustee to make a loan from the Trust Fund to a Participant.

 

(b)           Loan Documents . Each loan shall be evidenced by a written promissory note providing for repayment and interest. As described in subsection (n) below, the promissory note shall consist of a loan agreement, to which the Participant shall indicate his agreement by endorsing the loan check. The Administrative & Investment Committee shall make appropriate arrangements with the Trustee regarding the custody of such notes.

 

(c)           Applicability . The Administrative & Investment Committee shall exercise its authority under this Section in a manner which makes loans available to all eligible Plan Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis. Loans shall also be made available to any other person who has an account balance under the Plan if the person is a “party in interest” with respect to the Plan, as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA (each such person referred to in this Section as a “Participant”).

 

(d)           Frequency and Number . The Administrative & Investment Committee may establish conditions on the frequency and number of loans to Participants. As of the Effective Date, no Participant may have more than two loans outstanding at any given time.

 

(e)           Term of Loan . The term of the loan will be for a period of time not exceeding five years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of the loan may be for a period of up to ten years if the loan is used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used as a principal residence of the Participant in accordance with Section 72(p)(2) of the Code. The Administrative & Investment Committee shall be entitled to rely on any representation made by a Participant with regard to the purpose for which a loan is requested.

 

(f)            Minimum Loan . From time to time the Administrative & Investment Committee may establish a minimum loan amount, provided that such limitation shall not exceed $1,000.  As of the Effective Date the minimum loan amount is $500.

 

(g)           Maximum Loan . The principal amount of the loan may not exceed the lesser of:

 

(i)            $50,000, provided that such dollar limit shall be reduced by the highest outstanding balance of loans to the Participant from the Plan and any other “qualified employer plan” (as defined in Code Section 72(p)(4)) maintained by the Employer or any Commonly Controlled Entity of the Employer at any time in the prior 12 consecutive month period; or

 

(ii)           50% of the sum of the Participant’s vested Accounts under this Plan (excluding the Participant’s Stock Grant Account), provided that such

 

54



 

percentage limit shall be reduced by the percentage of such Participant’s Accounts which is then invested in any other loans.

 

The limitations of subparagraphs (1) and (ii) above shall be applied as of the Accounting Date immediately preceding or coincident with the day the loan is requested pursuant to the procedures specified in subsection (n) below; provided, however, that the Participant’s vested Accounts as of such request date shall be reduced by the amount of any withdrawals made to such Participant between the date of the loan request and the date such loan is processed by the Trustee.

 

(h)           Interest Rate . The interest rate charged to Participants for loans under this Section shall be determined by the Administrative & Investment Committee from time to time. The rate selected by the Administrative & Investment Committee for this purpose shall be a rate which the Administrative & Investment Committee determines is within the range of prevailing rates which would be charged by commercial lenders for loans of a similar type. For this purpose the Administrative & Investment Committee may rely on such evidence as it may deem reliable concerning such prevailing rates and all decisions of the Administrative & Investment Committee regarding such rates shall be conclusive. The interest rate applicable as of the Effective Date is the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal on the last Accounting Date of the month preceding the month in which the loan is made) plus 1°/o.

 

(i)            Security . Loans shall be secured by all of the balances in the Participant’s Accounts, together with such additional collateral as the Administrative & Investment Committee may require either at the time of the loan or from time to time thereafter. In determining the adequacy of such security, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall not consider any non-vested portion of the Participant’s Accounts and a Participant’s vested Accounts shall not be considered adequate security unless immediately prior to disbursement of the loan the vested portions of the Participant’s Accounts (as of the most recent Accounting Date) have an aggregate value equal to at least twice the sum of the face amount of such loan and the then outstanding balances of all prior loans to such Participant.

 

(j)            Loan Fees . An application fee shall be charged against the Participant’s Account for each loan processed. The amount of such fee shall be established by the Administrative & Investment Committee from time to time. As of the Effective Date, such fee is $50.

 

(k)           Repayment Terms . All Plan loans shall be repaid under a written repayment schedule by payroll deduction and shall be evidenced by a written promissory note payable to the Trustee.  If a Participant with an outstanding loan incurs a Termination of Employment thereby making payroll deductions impossible, then, unless the Participant elects to roll over such loan and the transferee plan agrees to accept such roll over, the Participant must repay the entire outstanding balance of the loan upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the original term of the loan and (ii) the date which is 90 days after such Termination of Employment.  In no event shall principal and interest

 

55


 

payments be less frequent than quarterly on a level amortization basis in substantially non-increasing installments. Loans may be prepaid in full at any time. Loan repayments under this Plan may be suspended with respect to a Participant in military service to the extent required by USERRA and in accordance with Section 414(u)(4) of the Code.

 

(l)            Distribution Prior to Loan Repayment . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any distribution under this Plan to or on behalf of a Participant to whom one or more loans are then outstanding shall first be applied by the Trustee to reduce the outstanding balances of such loans. For this purpose loan reductions shall first be applied to satisfy any loan installments in default. Payments shall be applied to loans which are not in default pro rata.

 

(m)          Events of Default . In the event of a default in payment of either principal or interest that is due under the terms of any loan, the Plan Administrator may declare the full amount of the loan due and payable and may take whatever action may be lawful to remedy the default.  With respect to a Participant who terminates employment, default will be deemed to have occurred if any loan is not rolled over or paid in full within 90 days following his Termination of Employment, as described in subsection (k) above.  With respect to a Participant who is an Employee on an unpaid leave of absence, default will be deemed to have occurred if any payment is not made within one year following the due date for any payment of principal and/or interest for which no payment is made by the Participant. The Trustee may offset amounts owed by the Participant against Plan benefits owed to him or her without being in violation of Section 11.2.

 

(n)           Requesting Loans . A Participant may request a loan electronically via telephone or in any such manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee.

 

(i)            Non-Residential Loans . Upon receipt and approval of a request for a non-residential loan, the Trustee shall mail a loan agreement (including a promissory note) along with a loan check to the Participant. By endorsing the check, the Participant shall indicate his agreement to the terms and conditions of the loan, as described in the loan agreement.

 

(ii)           Residential Loans . Upon receipt of a request for a loan to be used for the purchase of the Participant’s primary residence, the Trustee shall send the Participant a loan agreement along with information as to what supporting documentation the Participant must submit in connection with such loan request. The Participant must then submit this supporting documentation within 30 days. If the loan request is approved, the Trustee shall mail a loan agreement (including a promissory note) along with a loan check to the Participant. By endorsing the check, the Participant shall indicate his agreement to the terms and conditions of the loan, as described in the loan agreement. If the loan request is denied, the Trustee shall notify the Participant and inform the Participant of the reason for such denial within a reasonable period of time after the loan request.

 

56



 

(o)           Hierarchy . Loan amounts shall be deducted from the Participant’s Accounts in the following order (and shall be deducted on a pro rata basis from the investment funds to which amounts in such Accounts are allocated):

 

(i)            Matched portion of Before-Tax Account.

 

(ii)           Non-matched portion of Before-Tax Account.

 

(iii)          Transition Contribution Account.

 

(iv)          Prior Employer Matching Account.

 

(v)           Vested portion of Employer Matching Account.

 

(vi)          Profit Sharing Account.

 

(vii)         Rollover Account

 

(viii)        After-Tax Account.

 

Repayments of loan principal will be credited to the Participant’s Accounts in the same order as above. Repayments of interest will be credited on a pro rata basis to the Accounts from which the loan was deducted. All loan repayments will be allocated to investment funds in accordance with the Participant’s existing investment elections for the applicable Accounts.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8.2 to the contrary, neither the shares contributed to a Participant’s Stock Grant Account nor the earnings thereon shall be available for loans.

 

8.3          No Representation Regarding Tax Effect of Withdrawals or Loans . Neither the Employers, the Administrative & Investment Committee, the Trustee nor any other Plan representative shall be construed as representing the tax effects of any withdrawals or loans made in accordance with this ARTICLE VIII. It shall be the responsibility of Participants requesting withdrawals or loans to consider the tax effects of such withdrawals or loans.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

PLAN COMMITTEES

 

9.1          Membership of Administrative & Investment Committees . The Administrative & Investment Committee, consisting of at least three persons, shall be appointed by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  The Secretary of the Company shall certify to the Trustee from time to time the appointment to (and termination from) office of each member of the Administrative & Investment Committee and the persons, if any, who are selected as secretaries of the Administrative &

 

57



 

Investment Committee. The appointment of a member of either Committee and acceptance of such appointment by any person constitutes an agreement by and between the Company and such Committee member that the member, acting in concert with the other Committee members, shall have and will exercise the powers and duties described herein, including, with respect to the Administrative & Investment Committee, the power and duty to interpret this Plan and determine the benefits to which Participants are entitled hereunder.

 

9.2          Administrative & Investment Committee Powers and Duties . The Administrative & Investment Committee shall have such powers and duties necessary to discharge its duties hereunder, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(a)           Within its complete and unfettered discretion to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Trust Agreement provisions and to resolve all questions arising under the Plan including questions of Plan participation, eligibility for benefits and the rights of Employees, Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons to benefits under the Plan and to determine the amount, manner and time of payment of any benefits hereunder;

 

(b)           To prescribe procedures, rules and regulations to be followed by Employees, Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons or to be otherwise utilized in the efficient administration of the Plan consistent with the Trust;

 

(c)           To make determinations as to the rights of Employees, Participants, Beneficiaries and other persons to benefits under the Plan and to afford any Participant or Beneficiary dissatisfied with such determination with rights pursuant to a claims procedure adopted by the Administrative & Investment Committee;

 

(d)           To enforce the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trust and to enforce its procedures, rules and regulations;

 

(e)           To be responsible for the preparation and maintenance of records necessary to determine the rights and benefits of Employees, Participants and Beneficiaries or other persons under the Plan and the Trust and to request and receive from the Employers such information necessary to prepare such records;

 

(f)            To prepare and distribute in such manner as it deems appropriate and to prepare and file with appropriate government agencies information, disclosures, descriptions and reporting documents regarding the Plan, and in the preparation and review of such reports the Administrative & Investment Committee is entitled to rely upon information supplied to it by the Employees, accountants, counsel, actuaries, the Investment Managers and any insurance institutions described in the Trust Agreement;

 

(g)           To appoint or employ individuals to assist in the administration of the Plan and other agents (corporate or individual) that the Administrative & Investment Committee deems advisable, including legal counsel and such clerical, medical, accounting, auditing, actuarial and other services as the Administrative & Investment Committee may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan. However, no agent

 

58



 

except an Investment Manager or fiduciary named in the Plan shall be appointed or employed in a position that would require or permit him or her: (i) to exercise discretionary authority or control over the acquisition, disposition or management of Trust assets; (ii) to render investment advice for a fee; or (iii) to exercise discretionary authority or responsibility for Plan administration;

 

(h)           To cause to be prepared and to cause to be distributed, in such manner as the Trustee determines to be appropriate, information explaining the Plan and Trust;

 

(i)            To furnish to the Employers upon request such annual or other reports with respect to the administration of the Plan as are reasonable and appropriate;

 

(j)            To receive, review and keep on file (as it deems convenient or proper) reports of the financial condition, receipts and disbursements, and assets of the Trust; and

 

(k)           To discharge all other duties set forth in the Plan.

 

The Administrative & Investment Committee has no power to add to, subtract from or modify any of the terms of the Plan, nor to change or add to any benefits provided by the Plan, nor to waive or fail to apply any requirements of eligibility for benefits under the Plan.

 

9.3          Administrative & Investment Committee Powers and Duties . The Administrative & Investment Committee has such powers necessary to discharge its duties hereunder, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(a)           To establish and from time to time revise the investment policy of the Plan, to communicate and consult with the Company, the Administrative & Investment Committee and the Trustee and any Investment Manager or insurance institution regarding the investment policy applicable to the Plan as a whole or to any individual investment fund;

 

(b)           To supervise the performance by the Trustee and any Investment Manager or insurance institution regarding their responsibilities under the Plan and Trust. The Investment Committee shall review and analyze performance information supplied by the Trustee and the Investment Managers or insurance institutions to the Investment Committee and/or any such performance information obtained. independently by the Investment Committee and shall report the results of such analysis to the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors from time to time in such form and with such degree of frequency as the Administrative & Investment Committee shall determine proper. Such responsibilities of the Administrative & Investment Committee with respect to supervision, review and analysis shall be performed no less frequently than once each Plan Year and shall ordinarily not be required more frequently than once each calendar quarter. The Trustee, the Administrative & Investment Managers and insurance institutions have been allocated the responsibility for day-to-day investment management of the Plan and Trust and the responsibilities of the Administrative & Investment

 

59



 

Committee hereunder are not intended to relieve the Trustee, Investment Managers or insurance institutions of such on-going investment management responsibilities;

 

(c)           To instruct the Trustee, the Administrative & Investment Managers and insurance institutions with respect to the proper application of contributions made under the Plan;

 

(d)           To determine the proper allocation of investment responsibilities with respect to the assets of the Plan between the Trustee and any Investment Manager or insurance institution acting hereunder or under the terms of the Trust and to allocate fiduciary responsibilities among these parties;

 

(e)           To the extent not provided to the contrary in the Trust Agreement, to appoint the Trustee and any Investment Managers or insurance institutions, to direct the establishment of any investment fund and to remove the Trustee and any Investment Managers or insurance institutions or appoint additional Trustees, Investment Managers or insurance institutions;

 

(f)            To review any accounts submitted by the Trustee and any Investment Managers or insurance institutions and to report to the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors with respect to any such accounts;

 

(g)           Following the Administrative & Investment Committee’s determination of the benefit rights of any Participant or Beneficiary, to aggregate information concerning such benefits and authorize and direct the Trustee with respect to the commencement, modification or cessation of such benefit payments;

 

(h)           To supervise the performance of fiduciary responsibilities by others including the Trustee and any Investment Managers;

 

(i)            To appoint and utilize the services of administrative staff employees of the Company and the other Employers for the performance of duties delegated to the Administrative & Investment Committee hereunder and to rely upon information received from such staff employees; provided that in both cases the Administrative & Investment Committee reasonably believes the performance of such services and the preparation of such information is within the competence of such staff employees;

 

(j)            To furnish to the Employers, upon reasonable request, such annual or other reports as the Employers deem necessary regarding the administration of the Plan; and

 

(k)           To employ reputable agents (who may also be Employees) and to delegate to them any of the administrative powers or duties imposed upon the Administrative & Investment Committee or the Employers.

 

60



 

9.4          Conflicts of Interest . No member of the Administrative & Investment Committee shall participate in any action on matters involving solely such member’s rights or benefits as a Participant under the Plan.

 

9.5          Compensation; Reimbursement . No member of the Administrative & Investment Committee shall receive compensation for his services, but the Employers shall reimburse him for any necessary expenses incurred in the discharge of his duties.

 

9.6          Standard of Care . The Administrative & Investment Committee shall perform their duties under this Plan in accordance with the terms of this document and the Trust Agreement solely in the interest of the Participants and for the exclusive purposes of providing retirement benefits to Participants and defraying the reasonable expenses of Plan administration and operation. The Administrative & Investment Committee shall also perform their duties under this Plan with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

 

9.7          Action by Committees . Action by each Plan Committee ( i.e ., the Administrative & Investment Committee) is subject to the following special rules:

 

(a)           Each Committee may act by meeting or by document signed without meeting and documents may be signed through the use of a single document or concurrent documents.

 

(b)           Each Committee shall act by a majority, and such action shall be as effective as if such action had been taken by all Committee members, provided that by majority action one or more Committee members or other persons may be authorized to act with respect to particular matters on behalf of all Committee members.

 

(c)           Each Committee may, but is not required to, select a secretary, who may but need not be a Committee member, and the certificate of such secretary that the Committee has taken or authorized any action shall be conclusive in favor of any person relying upon such certificate.

 

(d)           Each Committee may act through agents or other delegates and may retain legal counsel, auditors or other specialists (who may also be Employees) to aid in the Committee’s performance of its responsibilities.

 

9.8          Resignation or Removal of Committee Member .  Any person serving as an Administrative & Investment Committee member may resign from such Committee at any time by written notice to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or may be removed by the Compensation Committee at any time by written notice to such member. Any person serving as an Administrative & Investment Committee member may resign from such Committee at any time by written notice to the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors or may be removed by the Finance Committee at any time by written notice to such member. The Compensation Committee shall fill any vacancy in the membership of the Administrative & Investment Committee as soon as practicable.

 

61



 

The Finance Committee Company shall fill any vacancy in the membership of Administrative & Investment Committee as soon as practicable. Until any such vacancy is filled, the remaining members of the applicable Committee may exercise all of the powers, rights and duties conferred on the Committee.

 

9.9          Uniform Application of Rules by Administrative & Investment Committee . The Administrative & Investment Committee shall apply all rules, regulations, procedures and decisions uniformly and consistently to all Employees and Participants similarly situated. Any ruling, regulation, procedure or decision of the Administrative & Investment Committee which is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or the Trust shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons affected by it. There shall be no appeal of any ruling by the Administrative & Investment Committee which is within its authority, except as provided in Section 9.10 below. When making a determination or a calculation, the Administrative & Investment Committee is entitled to rely on information supplied by the Employer, Trustee, Investment Managers, insurance institutions, accountants and other professionals including legal counsel for the Company.

 

9.10        Claims Procedure .  Each person entitled to benefits under the Plan (the “Applicant”) must submit a written claim for benefits to the Administrative & Investment Committee.  If a claim for benefits by the Applicant is denied, in whole or in part, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall furnish the Applicant within 90 days after receipt of such claim (or within 180 days after receipt if special circumstances require an extension of time), a written notice which (i) specifies the reason for the denial, (ii) refers to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, (iii) describes any additional material or information necessary for properly completing the claim and explains why such material or information is necessary, (iv) explains the claim review procedures of this Section 9.10, and (v) advises the Applicant of his or her right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following the denial or adverse benefit determination on appeal, provided Participant brings the action within 1 year following the denial or adverse benefit determination on appeal.  If special circumstances require an extension of the initial 90 day review period, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall furnish the Applicant, prior to the termination of the initial 90-day review period, with a written notice of the extension indicating the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Administrative & Investment Committee expects to render a decision.  Any Applicant whose claim is denied under the provisions described above, or who has not received from the Administrative & Investment Committee a response to his claim within the time periods specified in the provisions described above may request a review of the denied claim by written request to the Administrative & Investment Committee within 60 days after receiving notice of the denial.  In connection with such request, the Applicant or his authorized representative may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing.  If such a request is made, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall make a full and fair review of the denial of the claim and shall make a decision not later than 60 days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time, in which case a decision shall be made as soon as possible but not later than 120 days after receipt of the request for review, and written notice of the extension shall be given to the Applicant before the commencement

 

62



 

of the extension.  The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based.  No person entitled to benefits under the Plan shall have any right to seek review of a denial of benefits, or to bring any action to enforce a claim for benefits, in any court prior to his filing a claim for benefits and exhausting all of his rights under this Section 9.10.  Although not required to do so, an Applicant may choose to state the reason or reasons he believes he is entitled to benefits, and may choose to submit written evidence, during the initial claim process or review of claim denial process.  An Applicant shall be entitled to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following a denial or an adverse benefit determination on appeal, provided Applicant brings the action within one year following the denial or adverse benefit determination on appeal.  If an Applicant’s claim is approved, but Applicant believes he or she is entitled to a different amount of benefits, Applicant can file a written claim for adjustment within one year of the date of the initial payment.

 

9.11        Investments in Company Common Stock . The Administrative & Investment Committee is responsible for directing the Trustee with respect to investments of Plan assets in Company Common Stock. In connection with such investments, the Administrative & Investment Committee has the authority to cause the Trustee to exercise or sell in the open market any options, rights or warrants which entitle the Plan to subscribe to or purchase shares of Company Common Stock. As provided in Section 6.6, the Administrative & Investment Committee is responsible for determining the appropriate value for Company Common Stock contributed to the Plan or purchased by the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all certificates for shares of Company Common Stock held on behalf of the Plan shall be in the custody of the Trustee and shall be held in the name of the Trustee or a nominee of the Trustee. Prior to any distribution of Plan assets in the form of Company Common Stock pursuant to Section 10.6 or any other provision of the Plan, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall cause such Common Stock held by the Trust, to the extent not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, to be registered to the extent required under said Act.

 

ARTICLE X

 

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR PLAN MERGER

 

10.1        Amendment . The Administrative & Investment Committee shall have the right at any time to amend in whole or in part any or all of the provisions of this Plan except as expressly set forth below

 

(a)           Except as expressly provided in Section 11.14 below, no amendment may result in, authorize or permit any part of the Trust Fund, the income from the Trust Fund or any Plan assets to be distributed to or for the benefit of anyone other than the Participants and any other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan.

 

(b)           No amendment may be adopted which will reduce any Participant’s benefits to an amount less than the benefit that the Participant would be entitled to receive if he had resigned from the employ of the Employers and all

 

63



 

Commonly Controlled Entities of the Employers immediately prior to the effective date of such amendment.

 

(c)           No amendment may increase the duties of either the Administrative & Investment Committee without its consent.

 

10.2        Plan Termination . The Plan will terminate as to all Employers on the earlier of the date the Plan is terminated by the Company with respect to all Employers or the earliest date on which one of the events described in subsections (a) through (d) below has occurred with respect to all Employers. The Plan will terminate with respect to an individual Employer on the first to occur of the following dates:

 

(a)           Any date that the Plan is terminated with respect to an individual Employer by action of that Employer, provided that the Company and the Trustee have been given prior written notice of such termination and provided that the Company does not elect to continue the Plan as it applies to such Employer.

 

(b)           Any date that the Employer is judicially declared bankrupt or insolvent unless the Company elects to continue the Plan as it applies to such Employer.

 

(c)           Any date an Employer completely discontinues its contributions under the Plan unless the Company elects to continue such contributions.

 

(d)           Any date the Employer is dissolved, merged, consolidated or reorganized or the date on which the assets of the Employer are completely or substantially sold, unless arrangements have been made whereby the Plan will be continued by the Company or the other Employers or by a successor to the Employer or purchaser of its assets under Section 10.3.

 

10.3        Continuation by a Successor or Purchaser . The Plan and the Trust shall not terminate with respect to an Employer in the event of dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of such Employer or sale by such Employer of its entire assets or substantially all of its assets if arrangements are made in writing among the Employer, the Company and any successor to the Employer or purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets whereby such successor or purchaser will continue the Plan and the Trust. If such arrangements are made, such successor or purchaser shall be substituted for the Employer under the Plan and the Trust.

 

10.4        Plan Merger or Consolidation . The Company may cause the Plan or the Trust or both to be merged or consolidated with, or may transfer the assets or liabilities under the Plan to, any other qualified plan or from any other qualified plan, provided that the documents and other arrangements regarding such merger, consolidation or transfer provide safeguards which would cause each Participant in the Plan, if the Plan terminated, to receive a benefit in the event of a termination immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to. or greater than the benefit the Participant would have been entitled to receive if the Plan had terminated immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer.

 

64



 

10.5        Notice to Participants of Amendments Terminations or Plan Mergers . Participants shall be notified by the Company within a reasonable time following any significant amendment, termination, Plan merger or consolidation. The Administrative & Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether an amendment is “significant” for purposes of the preceding sentence.

 

10.6        Vesting and Distribution on Termination . There shall be no Employer contributions (including Pay Deferral Contributions) after the date the Plan terminates. However, the Trust shall remain in existence, and all of the provisions of the Plan (other than the provisions relating to contributions) which in the sole opinion of the Trustee are necessary, shall remain in full force and effect until all the assets of the Plan are distributed in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trust. The benefits of each Participant affected by a termination or partial termination will be fully vested and will be payable to such Participant in a lump sum as soon as practicable, unless other arrangements are previously made in accordance with ARTICLE VII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan assets to be distributed to Participants in accordance with this Section 10.6 include Company Common Stock, prior to such distribution the Company shall cooperate with the Administrative & Investment Committee to cause all such Company Common Stock, to the extent not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, to be registered to the extent required under said Act.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

11.1        No Employment Guarantee . The establishment of the Plan, any modification thereof, the creation of any fund or Account, or the payment of any benefits shall not be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against the Employers, the Administrative & Investment Committee, the Trustee or any Plan representative except as herein provided. Under no circumstances shall the terms of employment with the Employer of any Participant be modified or in any way affected hereby. The maintenance of this Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment with the Employer. Participation in the Plan will not give any Participant a right to be retained as an Employee of any Employer.

 

11.2        Nonalienation of Plan Benefits . The rights or interests of any Participant or any Beneficiary to any benefits or future payments hereunder shall not be subject to attachment or garnishment or other legal proceeding or process by any creditor of any such Participant or Beneficiary nor shall any such Participant or Beneficiary have any right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, attach, encumber or assign any of the benefits or rights which he may expect to receive, contingently or otherwise under the Plan except as may be required by the tax withholding provisions of the Code or of a state’s income tax act, or as may be required by Section 8.2.

 

(a)           The rule against alienation in this Section 11.2 shall not apply to a “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” (as defined in Code Section 414(p)). The Administrative & Investment Committee shall establish written procedures consistent

 

65


 

with Code Section 414(p) and ERISA Section 206(d)(3) to determine the qualified status of any domestic relations order.

 

(b)                                  The rule against alienation in this Section 11.2 shall not apply, to the extent permitted by law, to any offset of a Participant’s benefits under the Plan against an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the Plan pursuant to (1) a judgment of conviction for a crime involving the Plan, (ii) a civil judgment in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or (iii) a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor and the Participant or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA.

 

11.3                            Action by an Employer . Action required or permitted to be taken by an Employer may be taken by action of the board of directors of that Employer or by a person or committee of persons authorized to act by said board. The Company’s powers may be exercised by the Board of Directors or a person or committee of persons authorized to act by the Board of Directors or by the Company’s chief executive officer or his delegate.

 

11.4                            Applicable Law . The Plan and Trust shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of ERISA and other applicable federal laws. To the extent not inconsistent with such laws, this Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of California.

 

11.5                            Participant Litigation . In any action or proceeding regarding the Plan assets or any property constituting a portion or all thereof or regarding the administration of the Plan, Employees or former employees of the Employers or their Beneficiaries or any other persons having or claiming to have an interest in this Plan shall not be necessary parties and shall not be entitled to any notice or process. Any final judgment which is not appealed or appealable and may be entered in any such action or proceeding shall be binding and conclusive on the parties hereto and all persons having or claiming to have any interest in this Plan. To the extent permitted by law, if a legal action is begun against the Employers, the Administrative & Investment Committee, or the Trustee by or on behalf of any person and such action results adversely to such person or if a legal action arises because of conflicting claims to a Participant’s or other person’s benefits, the costs to the Employers, the Administrative & Investment Committee, or the Trustee of defending the action will be charged to the sums, if any, which were involved in the action or were payable to the Participant or other person concerned. To the extent permitted by applicable law, acceptance of participation in this Plan shall constitute a release of the Employers, the Administrative & Investment Committee, the Trustee and their agents from any and all liability and obligation not involving willful misconduct or gross neglect.

 

11.6                            Participant and Beneficiary Duties . Each person entitled to benefits under the Plan shall furnish the Administrative & Investment Committee with all appropriate documents, evidence, data or information which the Administrative & Investment Committee considers necessary or desirable in administering the Plan.

 

66



 

11.7                            Individual Account Statements . At least once each year the Administrative & Investment Committee will issue to each Participant an Account Balance statement. As of the Effective Date, such statements are provided quarterly.

 

11.8                            Gender and Number . Words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular wherever required by the context.

 

11.9                            Adequacy of Evidence . Evidence which is required of anyone under this Plan shall be executed or presented by proper individuals or parties and may be in the form of certificates, affidavits, documents or other information which the Administrative & Investment Committee, the Trustee, the Employer or other persons acting on such evidence consider pertinent and reliable.

 

11.10                      Notice to Participants and Beneficiaries . A notice mailed to a Participant or Beneficiary at his last address filed with the Administrative & Investment Committee will be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan.

 

11.11                      Waiver of Notice . To the extent permitted by applicable law, any notice under this Plan may be wholly or partially waived by the person entitled to notice.

 

11.12                      Successors . This Plan and the Trust will be binding on all persons entitled to benefits hereunder and their respective heirs and legal representatives, and on the Administrative & Investment Committee, the Trustee and their successors.

 

11.13                      Severability . If any provision of the Plan is held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegal or invalid provision shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provisions had never been contained in the Plan.

 

11.14                      Nonreversion . Except as provided below, the Employers have no right, title or interest in the assets of the Plan or in the Trust Fund and no portion of the Trust Fund or the assets of the Plan or interest therein shall at any time revert or be repaid to the Employers. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the following Employer contributions or Participant contributions may be returned to the Employer or the Participant, as the case may be:

 

(a)                                   The Employer contributions which cannot be credited to a Participant’s Account because of the limitations of Sections 4.3 or 4.4 may be returned to the Employer.

 

(b)                                  Employer contributions which are conditioned upon their deductibility under Code Section 404 shall be returned to the applicable Employer or Employers to the extent any such contributions are determined to be nondeductible. Employer contributions and Participant contributions which are made as a result of a mistake of fact may be returned to the Employer or the Participant making those contributions. Employer contributions may only be repaid under this subsection within 12 months after the date the error or nondeductibility is discovered by the Employer.

 

67



 

(c)                                   Employer contributions which are conditioned upon qualification of the Plan and the Trust may be returned to the- Employer if the Plan is not initially determined to be qualified.

 

11.15                      Qualification of Plan and Trust . The Trust and the Plan taken together are intended to qualify under Section 401(a) so as to be tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code, as amended. Each of the Trust and the Plan shall also be deemed to be mutually incorporated by reference and to implement and form a part of each other such document. Unless and until advised to the contrary, the Administrative & Investment Committee, the Trustee, any Investment Managers, any insurance institutions and persons dealing with them shall be entitled to assume that the Trust and this Plan are so qualified and tax-exempt.

 

11.16                      Certain Indemnification . To the extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that he is not indemnified or saved harmless under any liability insurance contracts, any present or former Administrative & Investment Committee or Investment Committee member and any officer, Employee or director of any Employer or its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Employers from and against any and all liabilities or allegations of liability, joint or several to which he may be subjected by reason of any act done or omitted to be done in good faith in the administration and operation of the Plan and Trust (and for the acts and omissions of his agents or co-fiduciaries), including all expenses reasonably incurred in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable costs of settlement) in the event that the Employers fail to provide such defense after having been requested to do so.

 

11.17                      Voice Response Unit Deemed Written Consent . Where the written consent of a Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or alternate payee is required pursuant to the terms of the Plan and/or applicable law, electronic telephone entries made by any such individual via the Company’s automated “voice response unit” system shall constitute such written consent for purposes of the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations.

 

11.18                      Effective January 1, 2002. With respect to any distribution or severance from employment on or after that date, a Participant’s benefits will become payable upon the Participant’s termination of employment due to death, disability or severance from employment or, subject to Code Section 401(k)(10), a termination of the Plan without establishment of a successor plan.  Prior to 2002, Plan benefits will become distributable when (a) the Participant separates from service, including but not limited to a separation due to death, disability or retirement, (b) subject to Code Section 401(k)(10), if substantially all the assets of a trade or business are sold to an unrelated corporation, the Participant continues employment with the unrelated corporation and the Employer continues to maintain this Plan, or (c) subject to Code Section 401(k)(10), if an Employer’s interest in a subsidiary is sold to an unrelated entity and the Participant continues employment with the subsidiary and the Employer continues to maintain this Plan.

 

68



 

ARTICLE XII

 

SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES

 

12.1                            Application . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this ARTICLE XII shall apply and be effective for any Plan Year for which the Plan shall be determined to be a “Top-Heavy Plan” as provided and defined herein.

 

12.2                            Special Terms . For purposes of this ARTICLE XII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                   “Aggregate Benefit” means the sum of:

 

(i)                                      The present value of the accrued benefit under each and all defined benefit plans in the Aggregation Group determined on each plan’s individual Determination Date as if there were a Termination of Employment on the most recent date the plan is valued by an actuary for purposes of computing plan costs under Section 412 of the Code within the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date of each such plan, but with respect to the first plan year of any such plan determined by taking into account the estimated accrued benefit as of the Determination Date; provided that the actuarial assumptions to be applied for purposes of this subparagraph (i) shall be the same assumptions as those applied for purposes of determining the actuarial equivalents of optional benefits under the particular plan, except that the interest rate assumption shall be 5%;

 

(ii)                                   The present value of the accrued benefit (i.e., account balances) under each and all defined contribution plans in the Aggregation Group, valued as of the valuation date coinciding with or immediately preceding the Determination Date of each such plan, including (A) contributions made after the valuation date but on or prior to the Determination Date, (B) with respect to the first plan year of any plan, any contribution made subsequent to the Determination Date but allocable as of any date in the first plan year or (C) with respect to any defined contribution plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, any contribution made after the Determination Date that is allocable as of a date on or prior to the Determination Date; and

 

(iii)                                The sum of each and all amounts distributed (other than a rollover or plan-to-plan transfer) from any Aggregation Group Plan, plus a rollover or plan-to-plan transfer initiated by the Employee and made to a plan which is not an Aggregation Group Plan within the Current Plan Year, however, (1) that in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than a Participant’s Termination of Employment, death or Disability, such sums shall include all amounts distributed within the Current Plan Year or within the preceding four plan years of any such plan and (ii) that provided such amounts are not already included in the present value of the accrued benefits as of the valuation date coincident with or immediately preceding the Determination Date.

 

The Aggregate Benefit shall not include the value of any rollover or plan-

 

69



 

to-plan transfer to an Aggregation Group Plan, the contribution or transfer of which was initiated by a Participant, was from a plan which was not an Aggregation Group Plan and was made after December 31, 1983, nor shall the Aggregate Benefit include the value of employee contributions which are deductible pursuant to Section 219 of the Code.

 

(b)                                  Aggregation Group” means the Plan and any plan (including a plait that has terminated) which is described in Section 401 (a) of the Code, is an annuity contract described in Section 403(a) of the Code, is a simplified employee pension described in Section 408(k) of the Code or is a simple retirement account described in Section 408(p) of the Code maintained or adopted by an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of the Employer in the Current Plan Year which is either a “Required Aggregation Group” or a “Permissive Aggregation Group.

 

(i)                                      A “Required Aggregation Group” means all Aggregation Group Plans (A) in which a Key Employee participates or (B) which enable any Aggregation Group Plan in which a Key Employee participates to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410 of the Code;

 

(ii)                                   A “Permissive Aggregation Group” means all Aggregation Group Plans included in the Required Aggregation Group, plus one or more other Aggregation Group Plans as designated by the Administrative & Investment Committee in its sole discretion, which satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) and Section 410 of the Code when considered with the other component plans of the Required Aggregation Group.

 

(c)                                   “Aggregation Group Plan” means the Plan and each other plan in the Aggregation Group.

 

(d)                                  “Current Plan Year” means (i) with respect to the Plan, the Plan Year in which the Determination Date occurs, and (ii) with respect to each other Aggregation Group Plan, the plan year of such other plan in which occurs the Determination Date of such other plan.

 

(e)                                   “Determination Date” means (i) with respect to the Plan and its Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year, or (ii) with respect to any other Aggregation Group Plan in any calendar year during which the Plan is not the only component plan of an Aggregation Group, the determination date of each plan in such Aggregation Group to occur during the calendar year as determined under the provisions of each such plan.

 

(f)                                     “Former Key Employee” means an Employee (including a terminated Employee) who is not a Key Employee in the Current Plan Year but who was a Key Employee at any time prior to the Current Plan Year.

 

(g)                                  “Key Employee” means an Employee (including a terminated Employee) who at any time during the Current Plan Year is:

 

70



 

(i)                                      An officer of an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of an Employer whose total Compensation from the Employer and the Commonly Controlled Entities during the Plan Year is greater than the amount in effect under Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i) of the Code (as adjusted for cost-of-living increases by the Secretary of the Treasury) for the calendar year in which the Plan Year ends; provided, however, that no more than the lesser of (A) 50 Employees, or (B) the greater of (1) three Employees or (2) 10% (rounded to the next whole integer) of the greatest number of Employees during the Current Plan Year shall be considered as officers for this purpose.  Such officers considered will be those with the greatest annual Compensation as an officer during the one-year period ending on the Determination Date

 

(ii)                                   A person who owns more than 5% of the value of the outstanding stock of an Employer or of any Commonly Controlled Entity of the Employer or more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or any Commonly Controlled Entity of the Employer (considered separately); or

 

(iii)                                A person who owns more than 1% of the value of the outstanding stock of an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of the Employer or more than 1 % of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or of the Commonly Controlled Entity (considered separately) and whose total annual Compensation from the Employer and the Commonly Controlled Entity is in excess of $150,000.

 

The rules of Section 416(i)(1)(B) and (C) of the Code shall be applied for purposes of determining an Employee’s ownership interest in an Employer or a Commonly Controlled Entity of an Employer for purposes of subparagraphs (iii) and (iv) above. For purposes of this subsection (g), “value” means fair market value. A Beneficiary (who would not otherwise be considered a Key Employee) of a deceased Key Employee shall be deemed to be a Key Employee in substitution for such deceased Key Employee.

 

(h)                                  “Top-Heavy Plan” means the Plan with respect to any Plan Year if the Aggregate Benefit of all Key Employees or the Beneficiaries of Key Employees determined on the Determination Date is an amount in excess of 60% of the Aggregate Benefit of all persons who are Employees within the Current Plan Year, excluding Former Key Employees. With respect to any calendar year during which the Plan is not the only Aggregation Group Plan, the ratio determined under the preceding sentence shall be computed based on the sum of the Aggregate Benefits of each Aggregation Group Plan totaled as of the last Determination Date of any Aggregation Group Plan to occur during the calendar year.

 

12.3                            Vested Percentage . For any Plan Year that the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the non-forfeitable percentage of the Employer Matching Account of any person who is an Employee for such Plan Year shall be determined under the vesting schedule in Section 7.2.

 

71



 

12.4                            Minimum Contribution . For any Plan Year that the Plan shall be a Top-Heavy Plan, each Participant who is (a) an Eligible Employee but who is neither a Key Employee nor a Former Key Employee and (b) who is an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year regardless of how many Hours of Service he earned during the Plan Year shall have allocated to his Employer Matching Account the sum of Employer Matching Contributions in an amount equal to not less than the lesser of 3% of such Participant’s Compensation, or an amount which is the same ratio or percentage of Employer Matching Contributions to such Compensation for the Plan Year as for the Key Employee who has the highest such ratio or percentage for the Plan Year. The amount of Employer Matching Contributions required to be allocated under this Section for any Plan Year shall be reduced by the amount of Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of the Participant under any other defined contribution plan in the Aggregation Group for the Plan Year.  For Plan Years beginning after 2001, Matching Contributions will be taken into account as Employer Contributions for purposes of the minimum contribution in a top-heavy Plan Year.

 

12.5                            Termination of Top-Heavy Status . If the Plan has been determined to be a Top-Heavy Plan for one or more Plan Years and thereafter ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, the provisions of this ARTICLE XII shall cease to apply to such Plan effective as of the Determination Date on which the Plan is not a Top-Heavy Plan.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

ADOPTION AND WITHDRAWAL FROM PLAN

 

13.1                            Procedure for Adoption . Any Employer and certain unrelated companies (as provided in Section 13.3) may adopt the Plan for the benefit of their Employees as of a date specified. No such adoption shall be effective until such adoption has been approved by the Administrative & Investment Committee. Notwithstanding any term or provision of the Plan to the contrary (including, but not limited to, terms and conditions concerning Vesting Service, Eligibility Service, Compensation and amount of retirement benefits), the terms and provisions as may be imposed with respect to such Employer Employers and their Employees in an applicable supplement or appendix to the Plan shall govern. Any Employer who adopts the Plan in accordance with this Section or Section 13.3 agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions, conditions and limitations of the Plan and the accompanying Trust Agreement which are pertinent to any entity defined as an “Employer” in the Plan with respect to its Eligible Employees under the Plan. Such Employer further agrees that the Administrative & Investment Committee shall act for the Employer and its Eligible Employees under the provisions of the Plan. Such Employer further agrees to furnish from time to time such information with reference to its Eligible Employees as may be required by the Administrative & Investment Committee.

 

13.2                            Procedure for Withdrawal . Any Employer (other than the Company) may, with the consent of the Company, and subject to such conditions as may be imposed by the Company, terminate its adoption of the Plan. Upon discontinuance of an Employer’s participation in the Plan, the Trustee shall cause a determination to be made of the

 

72



 

equitable part of the Plan assets held on account of Participants of the withdrawing Employer and their Beneficiaries. The Administrative & Investment Committee shall direct the Trustee to transfer assets representing such equitable part to a separate fund for the plan of the withdrawing Employer. Such withdrawing Employer may thereafter exercise, in respect of such separate fund, all the rights and powers reserved to the Company with respect to Plan assets. The plan of the withdrawing Employer shall, until amended by the withdrawing Employer, continue with the same terms as the Plan herein, except that with respect to the separate plan of the withdrawing Employer the words “Employer,” “Employers,” and “Company” shall thereafter be considered to refer only to the withdrawing Employer. Any discontinuance of participation by an Employer shall be effected in such manner that each Participant or Beneficiary would (if the Plan and the plan of the withdrawing Employer then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after such discontinuance of participation which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before such discontinuance of participation if the Plan had then terminated. No transfer of assets pursuant to this Section shall be effected until such statements with respect thereto, if any, required by ERISA to be filed in advance thereof have been filed.

 

13.3                            Adoption of Plan by Unrelated Employers . The Company may authorize companies that are not Commonly Controlled Entities with respect to the Company to adopt the Plan. Such authorization may extend to an individual company or to a group of related companies. Any such company that is authorized to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its employees shall do so in accordance with Section 13.1. For purposes of such adoption and for purposes of its participation in the Plan, any such company shall be deemed to be an “Employer” hereunder and shall be subject to all terms of the Plan applicable to an Employer.

 

73



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a duly authorized officer of the Company has caused this Plan to be executed on the 23rd day of December, 2010.

 

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert C. Reindl

 

Its:

Corporate Vice President, Human Resources

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

The undersigned, as Secretary of the Administrative & Investment Committee under the Edwards Lifesciences 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan and on behalf of the other members of such Committee, acknowledges receipt of the foregoing amendment instrument and approves thereof.

 

Dated this 23rd day of December, 2010.

 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE & INVESTMENT

 

COMMITTEE

 

 

 

under

 

 

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

 

401(K) SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christine McCauley

 

Its

Secretary as Aforesaid

 

74




Exhibit 10.19

 

Amendment #1 to the

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k)

Savings and Investment Plan

(Effective January 1, 2010)

 

The Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan (“Plan”) is amended as of January 1, 2011, unless specified otherwise:

 

1.                Section 2.16 is amended by the addition of subsection (e) which reads as follows:

 

“(e)  any employee who is classified as a “proctor” who is hired in conjunction with the launch of the THV product.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a duly authorized officer of the Company has caused this Plan to be executed on the 1st day of April, 2011.

 

 

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES

 

CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert C. Reindl

 




Exhibit 10.20

 

Amendment #2 to the

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k)

Savings and Investment Plan

(September 1, 2010)

 

The Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan (“Plan”) is amended as of September 1, 2011, unless specified otherwise:

 

1.               Section 2.16 is amended by the addition of subsection (f) which reads as follows:

 

“(e)  individuals employed by an Employer whose entire amount of non-imputed U.S. source income is  paid to a U.S.  taxing authority. “

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a duly authorized officer of the Company has caused this Plan to be executed on the 13th day of September, 2011.

 

 

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES

 

CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christine McCauley

 




Exhibit 10.21

 

Amendment No. 3 to the

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan

 

The Edwards Lifesciences Corporation 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan (“Plan”) is amended effective January 1, 2011 unless otherwise stated:

 

1.                     Effective October 10, 2011, Section 2 shall be amended by the addition of Subsection 2.35A that read as follows:

 

“Roth Contributions/ Roth Elective Deferrals” shall mean any Employer contributions with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, in lieu of cash compensation, and shall include contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism. With respect to any taxable year, a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral is the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any Roth elective deferral arrangement as described in IRC section 402A. Roth Elective Deferrals shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess annual additions. Roth Elective Deferrals are a Participant’s Plan Deferral Contributions that are includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferrals by the Participant in his or her deferral election.

 

2.                     Effective October 10, 2011, the first paragraph of Section 5.1 shall be amended to read as follows:

 

5.1                          Pay Deferral Contributions . An Eligible Employee may elect in the manner described below to have his Employer reduce his Compensation via payroll deduction in an amount not less than 1% nor more than 25% (prior to January 1,  2003, the maximum percentage was 15%) of his Compensation, in whole multiples of 1%.  Such salary reductions shall constitute Pay Deferral Contributions and shall be contributed to the Trust by the Employer in accordance with Section 4.1.  Pay Deferral Contributions shall include both before-tax and Roth Elective Deferrals unless otherwise stated.   A Participant’s salary reduction election shall be made electronically via telephone or in any such manner prescribed by the Administrative & Investment Committee. Salary reduction elections will become effective as of the first pay period beginning after such elections are properly made. No salary reduction election will become effective unless the Participant properly selects the Plan investment fund or funds to which his Pay Deferral Contributions are to be allocated (in the manner described in Section 6.4). Salary reduction elections shall continue in effect (with automatic adjustments for any change in Compensation) until the Participant alters such election in accordance with Section 5.2 or until the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee.”

 



 

3.                                       Effective October 10, 2011,Section 5.3 is amended by the addition of the following paragraph:

 

“If Pay Deferrals exceed the limit for the Plan Year as a result of a Participant’s combined before-tax and/or Roth Contributions to the Plan and any other plan or arrangement described in Code Section 401(k), 408(k), or 403(b) that is sponsored by an entity unrelated to the Employer, any amount relating to the excess Pay Deferrals made under the Plan (as adjusted for earnings or losses thereon) shall be distributed to such Participant within the statutory time period, so long as the Employer receives a written request for the distribution by no later than March 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such excess Pay Deferral was made.  If any Roth Contributions are made to the Plan, the Participant must identify the extent to which the excess deferrals are comprised of Roth Contributions.”

 

4.                                       Section 5.5 is amended by deleting subsection (c).

 

5.                                       Effective October 10, 2011, Section 5.5(d)(i)(B) is amended to read as follows:

 

“If it appears that there will be excess contributions as of the end of any Plan Year, the Administrative and Investment Committee shall inform the Employer.  The Employer, in its discretion, may make a supplemental contribution which shall be allocated to the Accounts of active Participants who are not Highly Compensated Employees in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner in order to eliminate excess contributions.  Such supplemental contribution by the Employer must be made, if at all, within the twelve months after the close of the Plan Year in which the contribution is to be allocated.  Such supplemental contribution shall be treated for all purposes as a before-tax and/or Roth Contribution (in a ratio substantially identical to the Participant’s Pay Deferral election) and shall satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6).  The allocation of a portion of any such supplemental contribution to the Account of an affected Participant is subject to the Code Section 415 limits.  If the Employer chooses to make a supplemental contribution in an amount less than that required to completely eliminate all excess contributions, such supplemental contributions shall be taken into account before application of the correction method hereinafter described.

 

Supplemental contributions will be treated as before-tax and/or Roth contributions and will be fully vested when contributed to the Plan and subject to the same distribution limitations applicable to before-tax and/or Roth Contributions as set forth in Article VII.  Supplemental contributions which may be treated as before-tax and/or Roth Contributions must satisfy the requirements set forth in this paragraph without regard to whether they are actually taken into account as before-tax and/or Roth Contributions.”

 

2



 

6.                                       Section 5.5(d)(iii) is amended to read as follows:

 

“(iii)                          Administrative Discretion.

 

If after making the adjustments required by paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection for a Plan Year the Administrative & Investment Committee determines that the sum of the HCE ADP and the HCE MCP exceeds the aggregate limit for such Plan Year, the Administrative & Investment Committee shall, no later than the last day of the subsequent Plan Year, reduce the Pay Deferral Contributions made for such Plan Year on behalf of each Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and any corresponding Matching Contributions to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess. Such reduction shall be effected by reducing the Pay Deferral Contributions made on behalf of each Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee in the manner described in paragraph (1) of this subsection.”

 

7.                                       Effective October 10, 2011,Section 5.6 is amended by the addition of the following new paragraph:

 

“Effective as of October, 1 2011, a Participant may make a Roth rollover contribution to the Plan (a “Roth Rollover Contribution”).  A Roth Rollover Contribution is a direct rollover from another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1), and only to the extent that the rollover is permitted under Code Section 402(c).  The Administrative & Investment Committee’s discretion with respect to Rollover Contributions (as described in this Section 5.6) applies to Roth Rollover Contributions, unless otherwise specified under the Code.”

 

8.                                       Effective October 10, 2011, Section 6.1 is amended by the addition of the following new subsections (i) and (j):

 

“(i)                                Roth Account.  A Roth Account/Roth Contribution Account shall be maintained for each Participant. This account shall represent the amount of such Participant’s Roth Contributions and the expenses, distributions, earnings and losses attributable to such account .

 

(j)                                     Roth Rollover Account.  A Roth Rollover Account shall be maintained for each Participant whose benefits under another plan described in Section 401 (a) of the Code, are transferred to the Trust Fund in accordance with Section 5.6 for the subsequent payment of such amounts in accordance with this Plan. This account shall reflect the expenses, distributions, earnings and losses attributable to such account.”

 

9.                                       Section 6.4 is amended by the deletion of subsections (b) and (e).

 

3



 

10.                                Effective October 10, 2011, Section 6.4(c) is amended to read as follows:

 

“(c)                             Applicability of Investment Elections . Both with respect to initial investment elections and changes in investment elections, unless the Administrative & Investment Committee prescribes otherwise, one election shall apply to the balance, as of the effective date of the election, in the Participant’s Employer Matching Account, Profit Sharing Account, Before-Tax Account, Roth Account , After-Tax Account, Prior Employer Matching Account, Transition Contribution Account, Roth Rollover Account , and Rollover Account, and additions thereto; provided that, with respect to an initial election by a Participant who makes a rollover contribution prior to making Pay Deferral Contributions under the Plan, such election shall apply to the balance, as of the effective date of the election, in the Participant’s Rollover Account and/or Roth Rollover Account .”

 

11.                                Effective October 10, 2011, the first paragraph of Section 7.2 is amended to read as follows:

 

“7.2                          Resignation or Dismissal . If a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment for reasons other than a Termination of Employment on or after his attainment of age 55, Disability or death, the balance in his Prior Employer Matching Account, Before-Tax Account, Roth Account , Profit Sharing Account, Stock Grant Account (if any), Transition Contribution Account (if any), After-Tax Account, Rollover Account, Roth Rollover Account and the vested portion of his Employer Matching Account determined in accordance with the vesting schedule below, after all adjustments required under the Plan have been made, shall be determined as soon as practicable and shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable. The portion of such Account which is vested, based upon the balances of all such Accounts as of the Accounting Date coincident with or next preceding the date of distribution (after adjustments required under the Plan as of that date have been made) shall be distributable to the Participant in accordance with Section 7.6.”

 

12.                                Section 7.5 (b) is amended to read as follows:

 

“(b)                            Restrictions on Immediate Distribution . If the vested portion of a Participant’s Accounts exceeds $5,000 (disregarding any rollover contributions of any kind) , the Participant must consent to any distribution commencement prior to his Normal Retirement Date; provided, however, that consent under this subsection is not required to make distributions necessary to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9), 401(k)(3), 401(m), 402(g) or 415.  In order for a distribution to commence prior to a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the Participant must elect such a distribution electronically via telephone or in any such manner prescribed by the Administrative Committee.  Any consent by a Participant to

 

4



 

receive a distribution prior to his Normal Retirement Date will not be valid unless such consent satisfies the requirements of (i) and (ii).”

 

13.                                Effective October 10, 2011, Section 7.6(c) is amended by the addition of subsections (x) and (xi)

 

“(x)                            Roth Account

 

(xi)                               Roth Rollover Account .”

 

14.                                Effective October 10, 2011, Section 8.1(a) is amended to read as follows:

 

“(a)                            After-Tax/Rollover Contributions . A Participant may elect to withdraw all or a portion of the total value (determined as of the date described below) of his After-Tax Account and/or Rollover Account and/or Roth Rollover Account including earnings thereon.  A Section 16b officer of the Company must obtain permission from the Company in order to receive an in-service distribution under this subsection.  Only one withdrawal of After-Tax Contributions per calendar month may be made pursuant to this subsection.”

 

15.                                Effective October 10, 2011, Section 8.1(h) is amended by the addition of the following subsections (iii)A and (ix)A:

 

“(iii)A                 Roth Account .

 

(ix)A                      Roth Rollover Account .”

 

16.                                Effective October 10, 2011, Section 8.2(o) is amended by the addition of the following subsections (ii)A, (ii)B and (viii)A.

 

“(ii)A                    Matched portion of Roth Account

 

(ii)B                          Non-matched portion of the Roth Account

 

(viii)A  Roth Rollover Account”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a duly authorized officer of the Company has caused this Amendment No. 3 to be executed on the 21 day of October, 2011.

 

 

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

Christine McCauley

 

Name:

 

Christine McCauley

 

Title:

 

VP, Human Resources

 

5




Exhibit 10.25

 

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation

 

Amended and Restated Officer Perquisite Program Guidelines

(as of February 20, 2013)

 

Edwards Lifesciences provides its corporate officers with a comprehensive perquisite program.  The perquisite program is reviewed periodically by the Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors to ensure that program components and flexible allowance levels remain competitive.  The various program components are described below.

 

Participation in the  perquisite program is effective from date the individual becomes a corporate vice president (or higher position) to the date an individual ceases to be a corporate vice president (or higher position).  Throughout this document, the term “officer” shall mean such individual.

 

Note that information and guidance contained in these Guidelines are subject to all applicable laws and regulations.

 

Tax Consequences

 

Amounts paid through the perquisite program constitute taxable income to the officers and will be reported on the individual officer’s W-2 (or any other such similar form).  Officers will not be grossed-up for any taxes due upon the receipt of a taxable benefit.

 

Flexible Allowance

 

An important feature of the perquisite program is a flexible allowance that is established to recognize our diverse officer group.  Each officer (except for the Chief Executive Officer) is entitled to a $20,000 annual flexible allowance, and the Chief Executive Officer is entitled to a $40,000 annual flexible allowance.  These flexible allowance amounts do not include (1) for each officer, a separate car allowance (as described below) and the cost of an annual physical examination, and (2) for the Chief Executive Office, the cost of two club memberships.  The annual flexible allowance is stated in the officer’s Total Compensation Statement.

 

Any costs incurred by an officer for any item covered by the perquisite program, including the flexible allowance and the car allowance, cannot be claimed for reimbursement by the Company.

 

Officers will receive the flexible allowance and the car allowance as pro-rated monthly stipends, which will be included in the officer’s regular paycheck.

 



 

I.  CAR ALLOWANCE

 

Officers will receive a stipend that is separate from the flexible allowance to cover car-related expenses.  Each officer (except for the Chief Executive Officer and any officer residing outside of the U.S.) is entitled to a $10,800 annual car allowance.  The Chief Executive Officer is entitled to annual car allowance of  $13,200, and an officer residing outside the U.S. would be entitled to an amount in local currency that would provide such officer with similar car benefits as those received by an officer in the U.S.  These car allowance amounts cover expenses related to the lease or purchase, insurance, maintenance of a vehicle, and mileage for business use.

 

II.  AIRLINE CLUBS/ FIRST CLASS AIR

 

First Class Air Travel.  Officers are eligible to use first class air travel for business reasons.

 

Airline First Class Upgrades.  Airlines often permit individuals to purchase upgrade tickets for a nominal fee that allow a passenger to fly first class if seats are available on the flight.  The flexible allowance will cover business-related airline upgrades.

 

Airline Clubs Officers can maintain membership in airline clubs that provide airport meeting facilities that are useful for conducting job-related business. The flexible allowance will cover airline club dues.

 

Consistent with company policy, corporate airline partners should be used for all business-related travel.

 

III.  CELLULAR PHONE

 

The flexible allowance covers expenses resulting from the purchase, installation and business use of a cellular telephone.

 

Reimbursement for business-related calls should be requested through expense reports submitted to Accounts Payable.  Any incidental personal use of the cellular phone should be excluded from the expense report and highlighted in the original phone company statement.

 

IV.  CLUB MEMBERSHIPS

 

In order to maintain customer relations and properly reflect the Company’s image, the Company’s policy is to maintain memberships in various and diverse business, dining, country, and social clubs.  Since most such clubs do not provide for corporate memberships, the Company’s policy is to enable officers to represent the Company’s interests by becoming members in such organizations.

 

2



 

Business and Dining Clubs.  The flexible allowance will cover the cost of maintaining membership in organizations that provide substantial visibility within the business community and are useful for conducting job-related business.

 

Country, Golf and Social Clubs.   The flexible allowance will cover the cost of maintaining membership in organizations that provide substantial visibility within the business community and are useful for conducting job-related business.  Because the primary goal of membership in these clubs is to conduct business with customers who are visiting an Edwards facility, these clubs should be local to the office of the individual officer.

 

V.  ATHLETIC/HEALTH CLUB MEMBERSHIP

 

Officer wellness is important for the Company to achieve success.  To help maintain the officer’s personal health, the flexible allowance will cover the cost of maintaining membership in an athletic or health club.

 

VI.  FINANCIAL PLANNING/ESTATE PLANNING/TAX COUNSELING/TAX PREPARATION

 

The flexible allowance covers expenses resulting from financial planning, estate planning, tax return preparation, and related matters.

 

VII.  HOME OFFICE EQUIPMENT

 

Expenses related to set up and maintenance of a home business office are covered under the flexible allowance.  These expenses include purchase of home office furniture, purchase of a personal computer, additional phone lines which may be necessary to operate office equipment, home fax line, and DSL/Cable connections for home office computers.

 

VIII.  SPOUSAL TRAVEL

 

If an officer takes a spouse to a business function where spousal attendance is optional , the flexible allowance will cover the cost of spousal travel.  If a spouse travels on the corporate jet for an optional function, the officer will reimburse the Company for the cost of a first-class commercial airline ticket for the same route, as priced by the Company’s travel office.

 

The Company recognizes that there are occasions when a spouse’s attendance is required at a function or event.  The Company will reimburse the cost of spousal attendance at approved events or functions.  Please submit an expense report to Accounts Payable for reimbursement.

 

*  *  *

 

3




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21.1

        The following corporations are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation:

Legal Entity
  State of
Incorporation/
Formation
  Country of
Incorporation/
Formation

Edwards Lifesciences Asset Management Corporation

  Delaware   U.S.

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation of Puerto Rico

  Delaware   U.S.

Edwards Lifesciences Financing LLC

  Delaware   U.S.

Edwards Lifesciences International Assignments Inc.

  Delaware   U.S.

Edwards Lifesciences International Holdings LLC

  Delaware   U.S.

Edwards Lifesciences LLC

  Delaware   U.S.

Edwards Lifesciences (U.S.) Inc.

  Delaware   U.S.

Edwards Lifesciences World Trade Corporation

  Delaware   U.S.

Edwards Lifesciences PVT, Inc.

  Delaware   U.S.

Red Hill Holding LLC

  Delaware   U.S.

Red Hill Insurance Corporation

  D.C.   U.S.

Edwards Lifesciences Austria GmbH

      Austria

Edwards Lifesciences Pty. Limited

      Australia

Edwards Lifesciences S.P.R.L.

      Belgium

Edwards Lifesciences Macchi Ltda.

      Brazil

Edwards Lifesciences Participacoes e Comercial Ltda.

      Brazil

Edwards Lifesciences Comercio de Produtos Medico-Cirurgicos Ltda.

      Brazil

Edwards Lifesciences (Canada) Inc.

      Canada

Edwards Lifesciences A/S

      Denmark

Edwards Lifesciences (Shanghai) Medical Products Co., Ltd.

      China

Edwards Lifesciences SAS

      France

Edwards Lifesciences Services GmbH

      Germany

Edwards Lifesciences Hellas, EPE

      Greece

Edwards Lifesciences (India) Private Limited

      India

Edwards Lifesciences (Israel) Ltd.

      Israel

Edwards Lifesciences Sales (Israel) Ltd.

      Israel

Edwards Lifesciences Italia SpA

      Italy

Edwards Lifesciences (Japan) Limited

      Japan

Edwards Lifesciences Korea Co., Ltd.

      Korea

Edwards Lifesciences (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

      Malaysia

Edwards Lifesciences Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

      Mexico

BMEYE B.V.

      The Netherlands

Edwards Lifesciences B.V.

      The Netherlands

Edwards Lifesciences Holding B.V.

      The Netherlands

Edwards Lifesciences (Poland) Ltd.

      Poland

Edwards Lifesciences (Portugal) Comércio e Distribuicao de Dispositivos Medicos, Lda.

      Portugal

Edwards Lifesciences Export (Puerto Rico) Corporation

      Puerto Rico

Edwards Lifesciences (Asia) Pte., Ltd.

      Singapore

Edwards Lifesciences (Singapore) Pte Ltd

      Singapore

Edwards Lifesciences (Proprietary) LTD

      South Africa

Edwards Lifesciences S.L.

      Spain

Edwards Lifesciences Nordic AB

      Sweden

Edwards Lifesciences AG

      Switzerland

Edwards Lifesciences Technology S.A.R.L.

      Switzerland

Edwards Lifesciences IPRM AG

      Switzerland

Edwards Lifesciences (Taiwan) Corporation

      Taiwan

Edwards Lifesciences (Thailand) Ltd.

      Thailand

Edwards Lifesciences Limited

      United Kingdom

Whitland Research Limited

      United Kingdom



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-33054, 333-33056, 333-40434, 333-52332, 333-52334, 333-52346, 333-60670, 333-98219, 333-105961, 333-127260, 333-150810, 333-154242, 333-168462 and 333-183106) of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation of our report dated February 28, 2013 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Irvine, California
February 28, 2013




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
CERTIFICATION

I, Michael A. Mussallem, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 
   
   
    By:   /s/ MICHAEL A. MUSSALLEM

Michael A. Mussallem
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

February 28, 2013




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
CERTIFICATION

I, Thomas M. Abate, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 
   
   
    By:   /s/ THOMAS M. ABATE

Thomas M. Abate
Corporate Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
(Chief Accounting Officer)

February 28, 2013




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32

EDWARDS LIFESCIENCES CORPORATION
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), we, Michael A. Mussallem, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Thomas M. Abate, Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

February 28, 2013   /s/ MICHAEL A. MUSSALLEM

Michael A. Mussallem
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

February 28, 2013

 

/s/ THOMAS M. ABATE

Thomas M. Abate
Corporate Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
(Chief Accounting Officer)



QuickLinks